GM Tech Agt Kmlbid1 29-03-19

TRIPURA STATE ELECTRICITY CORPORATION LIMITED
(A Govt. of Tripura Enterprise)

1
SECTION-I
NOTICE INVITING E-TENDER
(DOMESTIC COMPETITIVE BIDDING)
(SINGLE STAGE TWO ENVELOPE BIDDING)
NIT NO: 59/GM(Tech)/TSECL/IPDS/KMP SS(Ph-II)/2018-19 Dt. 06.03.2019

FUNDING: IPDS
1.0 General Manager Technical, TSECL, Agartala invites the tender on behalf of TSECL for the work of
“Augmentation by capacity addition of 1 X 10/16 MVA, 132/33 KV transformer with associated
equipments and civil works at 132 KV Sub-Station, Garodtilla, Kamalpur under IPDS” through
electronic tendering (e-tendering) from eligible and resourceful contractors/firms having sufficient
credential and financial capability for execution of works of similar nature on Turn-Key basis.
Estimated Cost: Rs. 59996581.00

Earnest Money: Rs 1199932.00
Tender Fee: Rs. 25000.00
2.0 This NIT for the above work shall be appear in National and Regional Newspapers on 08-03-2019. This
shall also be available on Tripura State Electricity Corporation Limited website at http://www.tsecl.in
from 08-03-2019. The complete Bidding Documents including tender drawings and technical
specifications shall be available at Government e-procurement portal http://tripuratenders.gov.in
from 12-03-2019. Interested bidders can download the Bidding Documents and commence
preparation of bids to gain time.
3.0 Eligible bidders shall participate in tender online through the government e-procurement portal at
http://tripuratenders.gov.in. Tender shall be uploaded/submitted in a two-bid system:
(a) Bid Envelop-I (Technical bid)
(b) Bid Envelop-II (Financial bid)
4.0 Bidders willing to take part in the process of e-tendering are required to obtain a valid Class 2/Class 3
Digital Signature certificate (DSC), from any of the of the certifying authorities, enlisted by Controller of
Certifying Authorities (CCA) at http://cca.gov.in. After obtaining the Class 2/3 Digital Signature Certificate
(DSC) from the approved CA, Bidders shall Enroll themselves in the Tripura Government e-procurement
web site at ‘http: //tripuratenders.gov.in’ and obtain User ID and Password for the purpose of bidding.
5.0 Critical Dates:

1. Completion period for the work: 9 (Nine) Months.
2. Period of downloading of Bidding From:-12.03.2019
Documents at tripuratenders.gov.in: To:-09.04.2019
3. Period of Seeking clarification : From: 12.03.2019
To: 25.03.2019
4 Time and date of Pre-Bid Meeting: 25.03.2019
2
5. Place of Pre-Bid Meeting: General Manager, Technical, Corporate Office,

Bidyut Bhavan, Agartala, West Tripura, Pin:
799001.
Ph. 0381-230 7433, Fax: 0381 232 5345.
6. Deadline for online Bidding: 09.04.2019 upto 5.00PM
7. Time and Date of Opening Technical 10.04.2019 at 3.30pm
Bid/Bids:
8. Time and Date of Opening To be notified after Technical Evaluation
Price/Financial Bid/Bids :
9. Place of Opening Bids: General Manager, Technical, Corporate Office,
799001.
Ph. 0381-230 7433, Fax: 0381 232 5345.
10. Bid Validity: 6 (six) Months from the date of Opening Of
Technical Bid.
11. Officer inviting Bids (Employer): General Manager, Technical, Corporate Office,
799001.
Ph. 0381-230 7433, Fax: 0381 232 5345.
6.0 Scope of Work:

The scope of work under the subject package includes site survey, planning, design, engineering,
assembly manufacturing, testing, supply, loading, transportation, unloading, insurance, delivery at site,
handling, storage, installation, testing, commissioning and documentation of all items/material required to
complete the augmentation work by capacity addition of 1 X 10/16 MVA, 132/33 KV transformer with
associated equipments and civil works at 132 KV Sub-Station, Garodtilla, Kamalpur, Dhalai Tripura
under Kamalpur IPDS on Turn-Key basis.
The above Scope of work is only indicative. The detailed scope has been described in the SBD and as
per schedule of item(s)/BoQ.
7.0 QUALIFYING REQUIREMENTS FOR BIDDERS:

To be qualified to bid for the package, the bidder shall have to meet the following minimum criteria:
7.1 The bidder must have done construction work of at least 1 (one) No. 132 KV transformer feeder
bay or above voltage transformer feeder bay on turnkey basis (along with supply of 132KV or
above voltage class Power Transformer) in a single award of work in India which must be in
satisfactory operation for at least 1(one) year as on the last date of submission of bid as per NIT,
supported by commissioning and performance certificate from reputed Indian Power Utility not
bellow the rank of Executive Engineer / Deputy General Manager / Divisional Engineer or
equivalent. Authentic Documents in support of the above facts should be accompanied with the
Bid.
7.2 The minimum average annual turnover of the bidder for the last three years shall be not less than 30% of
the estimated cost put to tender.
3
7.3 Bids may be submitted by an individual firm (proprietorship entity ) with relevant experience or registered
partnership firm or companies registered under companies act or joint ventures of registered
firms/companies/ proprietorship entity with two constituents only as one of the following.
7.3.1 A single firm of proprietorship entity or registered partnership firms or companies registered under
Companies Act, which meets anyone or both the requirements, indicated in para 7.1 above and
7.2(Mandatory).
7.3.2 A joint venture/consortium of two registered firms/companies/ proprietorship entity, wherein each
registered firm/company/ proprietorship entity shall meet any one or both the requirements of para 7.1,
7.2. Out of two bidders one bidder must fulfill the requirement of Para 7.1
7.3.3 The figures of average annual turnovers for each registered firm/company/ proprietorship entity shall be
added together to determine the bidder’s compliance with the minimum average annual turnover
requirement for the package as given at para 7.2 above.
7.4 In case of joint ventures /consortium, any of the registered firms/companies/ proprietorship entities shall
be authorized to incur liabilities and receive instructions for and on behalf of any and all partners of the
joint venture/consortium and the entire execution of the contract including receipt of payment shall be
done exclusively through him. This authorization shall be evidenced by submitting a registered power of
attorney signed by legally authorized signatories of all the partners.
7.5 All partners of Joint Venture/consortium shall be liable jointly and individually / severally for the execution
of the contract in accordance with the contract terms. A copy of the agreement of joint
venture/consortium partners having such provision shall be submitted with the bid.
7.6 Notwithstanding anything contained herein above, TSECL reserves the right to assess the “capacity and
capability” of the bidder to execute the work.
7.7 In addition to qualifying requirement mentioned above, the bidder’s offer must include the following
documents which to be submitted with technical bid
i. Photo copy of PAN Card.

ii. Photo Copy of Goods & Service Tax (GST) registration certificate.
iii. Photo Copy Contractor license and supervisory certificate of competency for requisite parts.
iv. Photo Copy of balance sheet of the bidder (audited by Chartered Accountant) with auditor's certificate in
support of annual turnover i/c IT Return Certificate for the last 5 (Five) years .
v. Any bidder who has been debarred /black listed by any Central (GOI)/State Govt owned Power
Utility, for works of similar type during last 3 years for whatever reasons and thereby shall stand
disqualified automatically at the very pre-qualification stage. Therefore, the bidder submitting the
tender documents is liable to enclose a “Declaration” to this effect with due certification by
“NOTARY” depicting full name & designation.(As per Format , annexed in Bid document).
vi. Notwithstanding anything stated above, TSECL reserves the right to assess the Bidder’s capability and
capacity to perform the contract satisfactorily, should the circumstances warrant such assessment in the
overall interest of TSECL.
vii. The above stated requirements are minimum and the TSECL reserves the right to request for any
additional information and also reserves the right to reject the proposal of any bidder, if in the opinion of
the owner, the qualification data is incomplete or the bidder if found not qualified to satisfactorily perform
the works.
4
viii. Price bid of only those bidders shall be opened who qualify based on the specified qualifying
requirements after Scrutiny of details / documents furnished by them and found to be techno- commercial
responsive.
The bidder shall furnish documentary evidence in support of the qualifying requirements stipulated above
along with their bid. Bid received without such documents shall be summarily rejected.
8.0 Earnest Money Deposit amounting to 2% (Two Percent) of the estimated cost put to tender. The Earnest
Money Deposit shall be submitted by Demand Draft (DD) / Banker’s Cheque (BC) on any Scheduled
Bank guaranteed by Reserve Bank of India favouring TRIPURA STATE ELECTRICITY CORPORATION
LIMITED payable at Agartala initially valid for 3 (three) months with claim period of another 3 (three)
months, subject to further extension if required. Earnest Money Deposit in any other form or amount will
not be accepted.
Tender Fee shall be submitted in the form of Demand Draft on any Scheduled Bank guaranteed by
Reserve Bank of India favouring TRIPURA STATE ELECTRICITY CORPORATION LIMITED payable at
Agartala.
9.0 Submission of original copies of documents of Tender Cost and Earnest Money Deposit:
The Bidder shall have to deposit both the original Demand Drafts against related Tender Fee and EMD
in a sealed envelope depicting NIT No. and the Bidders Name & Address at “O/O The General
Manager Technical, Tripura State Electricity Corporation Limited, Corporate Office, Bidyut
Bhavan, Agartala, West Tripura, Pin: 799001.” on or before 1.00 P.M., 10.04.2019 .
If the bidder fails to submit the original copies within the due time his bid will stand rejected.
10.0 Power of Attorney, if given to authorized signatory for signing the Contract Agreement, shall be
made in an INDIA NON-JUDICIAL STAMP OF Rs.100.00 (Rupees one hundred)only.
11.0 On award of work the successful bidder shall have to deposit a Contract Performance Guarantee
(CPG) equivalent to 10% of the LOA value / Supply order value in the shape of Demand Draft in favour
of Tripura State Electricity Corporation Limited from any schedule Bank guaranteed by Reserve Bank of
India, payable at Agartala or in the shape of Bank Guarantee from a Public sector / scheduled Indian
Bank guaranteed by Reserve Bank of India. The CPG within the definition of clause 36.0 of section –II
of the bid document shall remain valid for actual completion period plus guarantee period against the
item as per provision of clause 14.0 of section-III of the bid document. Extension of bank guarantee for
performance of the contract shall be extended as & when asked by the Engineer in charge to keep the
currency of the contract alive. In the event of failure on the part of agency to extend the bank guarantee
before expiry of the bank guarantee submitted, the same shall be enchased without showing the reason
thereof.
The earnest money @ 2% will be release/adjusted after received of CPG from the successful bidder.
12.0 The acceptance of Price bid (Financial bid) shall be subjected to acceptance of Tender fee.
5
13.0 The Bidding Documents are meant for the exclusive purpose of bidding against this specification and
shall not be transferred to any other party or reproduced or used otherwise for any purpose other than for
which they are specifically issued.
14.0 Downloaded NIT, Bid Document are to be uploaded back and digitally signed as a part of technical bid,
and as a proof of acceptance of all terms and conditions in NIT and Bid Document.
15.0 Submission of Bids:
Bids are to be submitted online through the website, and as, stated in Clause 1.0 and 2.0 and 3.0. All the
Bidding documents ( SBD, Scan copy of tender fee) uploaded by the TSECL form an integral part of the
contract. Bidders are required to upload these bidding documents as asked for in the Bid, through the
above website and within the stipulated date and time mentioned in the Tender.
Tenders are to be submitted in two folders at a time for each work, one for Technical Proposal and the
other for Financial Proposal. The Bidder shall carefully go through the requirements and prepare the
required documents to be uploaded.
In Technical Bid, Bidder shall have to submit the entire requisite document as specified in the SBD(SBD,
Scan copy of tender fee and EMD ,All forms/Amendments/Formats/Annexure with supporting
documents/certificates, Technical Data Sheet/GTPs and drawings, Test Reports, Financial, Tax related
document, machinery & manpower details specified in the Bid Document etc.
In, Financial Bid Bidder shall upload BoQ in the financial Bid.
The bidder shall scan all the documents before uploading and all scanned documents shall be of 100 dpi
resolution in Portable Document Format (PDF).The scanned documents shall be uploaded in the
designated locations of Technical Bid and Financial Bid, as prompted by the e-Procurement website.
The Bidder needs to fill up their name and rates for all the items and in the designated Cells of the
downloaded BOQ for the related work, and upload the same in the designated location of Financial Bid. The
documents uploaded are virus scanned and digitally signed using the Digital Signature Certificate (DSC).
Bidders shall specially take note of all the addendum/corrigendum related to the tender and upload the latest
documents as part of the tender.
Bid Envelop-I (Technical Bid):
The Technical Bid/Bid Envelop-I should contain scanned copies and/or declarations in the following
standardized formats.
A. My Document (Non-Statutory ):
All the below-mentioned documents/certificates are to be uploaded with digital signature in the ‘My
Document’ folder option available after login in the e-procurement portal http://tripuratenders.gov.in. Bidders
are requested to scan the necessary documents in 100 dpi resolution into PDF. ‘My Document’ shall be
populated prior to real time biding and during real time bidding, uploaded documents/certificates in the ‘My
Document’ are to be appropriately included (Checked) for incorporation in the Bid.
An indicative organization of ‘My Document’ folder and the related documents are indicated here under.
6
Sl. Folder Name Documents to be uploaded

1. Mfg lic Company Details:
I.Registration of the firm/Partnership deed/ Articles of Association.
2. DNIT Documents I. Corrigendum, if published

3. Machinery Details Machinery & Manpower in possession of the firm:
4. Tax related I. GST Registration certificate
document II. IT PAN
5. Financial details I. Audited Balance Sheets of last five financial years with auditor's certificate
regarding annual turnover i/c IT Return Certificate from contracting
business in each year.
6. Misc. document I. Electrical Contractor License & supervisory certificate
II. Valid Labour License
III. Any other important document.
B. Statutory Documents:
After uploading the above mentioned non-statutory documents/certificates, Bidders shall submit the
following, during real time bidding
1. Scanned copy of Tender Fee and EMD in single PDF.

2. NIT.
3. Bid Document.
4. All annexure/ formats/certificates i/c supporting documents/certificates in support of qualifying
requirement other than mentioned in My Document specified in the Bid Document in single PDF.
5. Technical Data Sheet/GTPs, Guarantee/Test report etc. offered by the Original manufacturer and
drawings specified in the Bid Document
6. Guaranteed Loss of Power Transformer.
Note-1: Failure of submission of any one of the above mentioned documents shall render the tender to
summarily rejection.
Note-2: If the company was set up less than three years ago, audited balance sheet for the no of years
since inception is to be submitted.
Note-3: Bidders are requested to scan the necessary documents/certificates in 100 dpi resolution into
PDF.
Bid Envelop-II (Financial Bid):

Documents to be submitted in the Financial Bid are:
1. BOQ (Bill of quantity/Price schedule).
Note: Bill of Quantity (BOQ) i.e. Price schedule, which is the Rate quoting sheet in Ms-excel shall be
downloaded, filled up properly and uploaded in the financial bid after digital signing. The Bidder shall always
open the BOQ sheet with Macros Enabled. The Bidder shall quote rates in figures only, for all items in the
Bill of Quantity (BOQ).
7
16.0 BOQ (Price Schedule) TAMPERING: The provided BOQ (Price schedule) in the Tender is meant for
downloading in the Bidders client machine, for entering the relevant fields meant for rates & bidder’s
particulars and finally uploading in the Financial Bid. The BOQ Excel Sheet is Macro enabled and working
with the Sheet requires the Macro to be allowed/ enabled to run.
Bidders are hereby warned not to tamper the Excel Sheet, make copies and work in a copied Sheet or
break through the default Work-Sheet Security. Such BOQs with stated violations will be treated as
Tampered BOQs and Bids uploaded with Tampered BOQs will be summarily rejected.
17.0 Bidders are allowed to bid 24x7 till the time of Bid closing, with option for Re-Submission, wherein only their
latest submitted Bid will be considered for evaluation. The e-Procurement website will not allow any Bidder
to attempt bidding, after the scheduled date and time.
18.0 For any clarification related to NIT/Bid Document/e-procurement, bidder(s) are requested to contact:
General Manager Technical

Tripura State Electricity Corporation Limited
Corporate Office, Bidyut Bhaban
Agartala. Tripura (West).
Mail id:ad_comm@rediffmail.com gmtech.tsecl@gmail.com
19.0 Addendum/amendments/corrigendum:
Before the last date for submission of Tenders, the Employer may modify any of the Contents of the Tender
Notice, Tender documents by issuing amendment / Addendum/corrigendum.
Any addendum/amendments/corrigendum issued by the Employer shall be part of the tender Document
and it shall be published in the e-procurement portal at http://www.tripuratenders.gov.in. Registered
Bidders shall be notified of the related Corrigendum(s) by e-mail. However TSECL shall bear no
responsibility or liability arising out of non-receipt of the same in time or otherwise. Bidders are requested to
visit the site frequently to check whether there is any related Corrigendum(s) or not.
20.0 EMPLOYER reserves the right to cancel/withdraw this invitation for bids without assigning any
reason and shall bear no liability whatsoever consequent upon such a decision.
21.0 The bidder shall bear all cost and expenses associated with purchase and submission of its bid
document and TSECL will not be responsible or liable in any case for those cost, regardless of the
conduct or outcome of the bidding process
General Manager Technical

Corporate Office, Bidyut Bhaban
8
SECTION-II
INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS
1. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
The bidders are to satisfy themselves by actual site visit to the site of work as regards the prevailing
condition of approaches, transportation facilities, availability of labours and availability of materials etc.
before submission of bid. No claim or excuse on this account will be entertained at any stage later on.
The location of the work is at Garodtilla 132 KV Sub-station, Kamalpur which is about 119KM away
from Agartala. The nearest railway station in Tripura is at Ambassa. The materials may be transported
by road transport through National Highway – 08.
2. COST OF BIDDING
The Bidder shall bear all the costs and expenses associated with preparation and submission of its
Bid including post-bid discussions, technical and other presentation etc. and the TSECL shall in no
case be responsible or liable for those costs, regardless of the conduct or outcome of the bidding
process.
3. THE BIDDING DOCUMENT
3.1 CONTENTS OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS
The goods and services required, bidding procedures and contract terms are as prescribed in the
Bidding Documents.
In addition to the Invitation for Bids, the Bidding Documents is a compilation of the following
sections:
Section-I Notice Inviting E-Tender
Section-II Instructions to Bidders
Section-III General Conditions of Contract
Section-IV Erection Conditions of Contract
Section-V Standard Technical Specification & Guaranteed Technical Particulars
Section-VI Sspecial Iinstructions to bidder(s)
Section-VII Price Schedule/BoQ
3.2 UNDERSTANDING OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS

A prospective Bidder is expected to examine all instructions, forms, terms and specifications in the
Bidding Documents and fully inform himself as to all the conditions and matters which may in any
way affect the scope of work or the cost thereof. Failure to furnish all information required by the
Bidding Documents or submission of a Bid not substantially responsive to the Bidding Documents
in every respect shall be at the Bidder’s risk and may result in the rejection of its Bid.
4. CLARIFICATIONS ON BIDDING DOCUMENTS
4.1 If prospective Bidder finds discrepancies or omissions in the specifications and documents or is in
doubt as to the true meaning of any part or requires any clarification on Bidding Documents should
make the request / notify the Tender inviting Authority of TSECL in writing. The concerned
authority of TSECL shall respond in writing to any request for such clarification of the Bidding
Documents, which it receives not later than fifteen (15) days prior to the deadline for submission of
bids stipulated in tender notice. Written copies of the response (including an explanation of the
9
query but without identifying its source) shall be sent to all prospective bidders who purchased the
tender document.
4.2 Verbal clarification and information given from any offices of TSECL or its employee(s) or
representative (s) shall not in any way be binding on TSECL.
5. CORRIGENDUM /AMENDMENT TO BIDDING DOCUMENTS
5.1 At any time prior to the deadline for submission of bids, TSECL may, for any reason, whether at its
own initiative or in response to a clarification requested by a prospective Bidder, modify the Bidding
Documents by amendment (s).
5.2 The amendment(s) will be published in the e-Tender portal at http://www.tripuratenders.gov.in.
Registered Bidders shall be notified of the related Corrigendum(s) by e-mail. However, TSECL shall
bear no responsibility or liability arising out of non-receipt of the same in time or otherwise. Bidders
are requested to visit the site frequently to check whether there is any related Corrigendum or not.
5.3 In order to afford prospective bidders reasonable time to take the corrigendum/amendment into
account in preparing their bids, TSECL may, at its discretion, extend the deadline for submission of
bids.
5.4 Such corrigendum/amendment, clarifications, etc shall be binding on the bidders and shall be given
due consideration by the bidders while they submit their bids and invariably enclose such documents
as a part of the Bid.
6. PREPARATION OF BIDS
6.1. LANGUAGE OF BID
The Bid prepared by the Bidders and all correspondence and documents relating thereto, exchanged
by the Bidder and TSECL, shall be written in English language, provided that any printed literature
furnished by the bidder may be written in another language so long as accompanied by an English
translation of its pertinent passages. Failure to comply with this may disqualify a bid. For purposes of
interpretation of the bid, the English translation shall govern.
7. LOCAL CONDITIONS
7.1. It shall be imperative on each bidder to fully inform him of all local conditions and factors, which may
have any effects on the execution of the contract covered under these documents and specifications.
The Owner (TSECL) shall not entertain any request for clarification from bidders, regarding such local
conditions.
7.2. It must be understood and agreed that such factors as above have properly been investigated
and considered while submitting the proposals. No claim for financial adjustment to the Contract
awarded under these specifications and documents shall be entertained by TSECL. Neither any
change in the time schedule of the Contract nor any financial adjustments arising thereof shall be
permitted by TSECL.
8. DOCUMENTS COMPRISING THE BID
The Bid shall be submitted in 2(two) parts, post registration in the http://www.tripuratenders.gov.in, as
under:
10
Part-I: Envelop-I (Technical Bid):
1. Containing Tender Fee & Earnest Money as per the stipulations described under the title “Notice
Inviting E-Tender” of Section 1 in this Bid Document. No financial aspect will be entertained in
technical bid
2. Containing Documentary Evidence of the Bidder fulfilling the Qualifying Requirements stipulated in the
NIT / Bid Document along with other necessary documents. The document to be submitted shall
include copies of the relevant work order / purchase order / Award letters / Agreements etc. and
corresponding completion and performance certificates issued by the concerned clients.
3. Containing Bidders Technical Proposal, GTPs, drawings, Guaranteed Loss etc. along with his
Commercial Terms, Payment Terms in conformity with the Bid Documents.
Bid Envelop-II (Price Bid):
Only the successfully qualified Technical bidders shall be considered for opening of Price bid.
The Price Bid shall be consisting of the following documents:
Bill of Quantity (BOQ) ie. the Price Bidding Schedule - to be downloaded.
Regarding Bill of Quantity mentioned as above (BOQ), the Bidder shall download the BOQ file in
XLS format from the Tender document. All cells of the XLS document will be protected except the field
(Bidder’s Name and Rates only in figures), the Bidder is expected to fill in. The BOQ XLS document
shall contain bundled Macros which shall have to be enabled for automatic calculations and “figure to
word conversions”.
9. SCOPE OF THE PROPOSAL
9.1. The scope of the proposal shall cover all the equipments, structures, insulators and fitting fixtures
etc. specified under the accompanying Technical Specification. It shall include the following:
i. Detailed design of the equipment as applicable/required for the proposed works.
ii. Complete manufacture including shop testing.
iii. Providing engineering drawing, design & schematic lay-out of proposed work including survey of
total proposed line route, Operation Manual etc. for approval by TSECL.
iv. Packing and transportation from the Manufacturer’s works to the Site.
v. Receipt, storage, preservation and conservation of equipment and materials at the Site.
vi. Associated civil works for foundation of equipments etc.
vii. Pre-assembly, if any, Erection, Testing and Commissioning of all the equipment.
viii. Reliability & Performance Test on completion of Commissioning.
ix. Providing Guaranteed Technical Particulars of Equipment / Materials

9.2. Bids containing deviations from provisions relating to the following clauses shall be considered as
‘non-responsive’:
a) Price Basis and Payments & Price Adjustment:
Clause 12.0 (Section-II,) 32.0 & 33.0 (Section-III,)
b) Bid Guarantee:
Clause 8.0, Section-I
11
c) Contract Performance Guarantee:

Clause 11.0, Section-I
d) Liquidated Damages:
Clause 13.0, General Condition of Contract (Section-III)
e) Guarantee:
Clause 14.0, Section-III
f) Payment:
Clause 33.0, Section-III.
The determination of a Bid’s responsiveness will be based on the contents of the Bid itself without
recourse to extrinsic evidence.
9.3. Bids not covering the above entire Scope of Work shall be treated as incomplete and hence
rejected.
10. BID PRICE
10.1 The Bidder shall quote unit rates as per the downloaded BOQ XLS file and upload the same in
Financial Part of the Tender.
11. ALTERNATE PROPOSALS
11.1. Bidder shall submit offers that comply with the requirements of the bidding documents, including the
basic technical design as indicated in the drawing and specifications. Alternatives will not be
considered.
12. PRICE BASIS AND PAYMENTS
12.1. The bidders shall quote in their proposal price for the entire Scope of Supply covered under the
Technical Specification as required in the “How to Quote Price” in this Section followed by BOQ.
12.2. Bidder shall indicate Bid prices in Indian Rupees only
13. TAXES AND DUTIES
13.1. Price Shall be quoted in Rupees only, in the BoQ uploaded in the portal. Quoted Prices shall be
FIRM and inclusive of all cost of labour, insurance, EPF charges, spares, T&Ps, all
consumables & materials and all applicable tax and duties.
13.2. Goods and Services Tax (GST) as applicable on twenty eight (28) days prior to deadline for
submission of bids, shall be mentioned in the BoQ/Price Bid.
13.3. Applicable GST shall be reimbursed by TSECL on submission of actual documentary proof
based on tax invoices raised by the contractor.
13.4. Statutory variation in Taxes & duties after twenty eight (28) days prior to deadline for submission of
bids and during the scheduled completion period will be adjusted / reimbursed against production of
documentary evidence.
13.5. Income Tax as admissible will be deducted at source for which necessary TDS certificate will be
issued”
14. TIME SCHEDULE
14.1. The basic consideration and the essence of the Contract shall be strict adherence to the time
schedule for performing the specified works.
14.2. The requirement of completion schedule for the works is mentioned in Clause – 5 (Section – I) of this
document.
12
14.3. The completion schedule as stated in Clause – 5 (Section – I) shall be one of the major factors in
consideration of the Bids.
14.4. TSECL reserves the right to request for a change in the work schedule during post-bid
discussion with successful bidder.
14.5. The successful Bidder shall be required to submit detailed BAR CHART and finalize the same with
TSECL, as per the requirement of completion schedule.
15. CONTRACT QUALITY ASSURANCE
15.1. The Bidder shall include in his proposal, the quality assurance programme containing the overall
quality management and procedures which he proposed to follow in the performance of the works
during various phases, as detailed in relevant clause of the General Technical Conditions.
15.2. At the time of award of Contract, the detailed quality assurance programme to be followed for the
execution of the contract shall be mutually discussed and agreed to and such agreed programme
shall form part of the contract.
16. INSURANCE
The bidder’s insurance liabilities pertaining to the Scope of Work is detailed out in clauses titled
insurance in General Terms & Conditions of Contract and in Erection Conditions of Contract. Bidder’s
attention is specifically invited to these clauses. The bid price shall include all the cost in pursuance of
fulfilling all the insurance liabilities under the Contract.
17. BRAND NAMES
All the equipments/ materials/ PCC Pole/Insulators/ UG Cable/ Steel Sections/Power
Transformer/Breaker/Cable/Steel poles/ACSR/ Hardware & Stay Sets/Spares shall be supplied
out of the ‘list of the makes/manufacturers’ as stipulated in the attached technical
specification. Any deviation in this regard shall not be entertained and bids having such
deviation shall be rejected. In case brand names are not specified in the attached technical
specification, standard equipments / materials of reputed manufacturer acceptable to TSECL
shall be supplied.
18. BID GUARANTEE
18.1. The Bidder shall furnish, as part of its Bid, earnest money for an amount as specified in the Notice
Inviting Tender (NIT) in the shape of demand draft only in favour of Tripura State Electricity
Corporation Limited payable at Agartala, and West Tripura.
18.2. The earnest money is required to protect TSECL against the risk of Bidder’s conduct, which would
warrant the earnest money forfeiture pursuant to Para 18.7.
18.3. The earnest money shall be deposited in Indian rupees only.
18.4. Any bid not secured in accordance with para 18.1 and 18.3 above shall be rejected by TSECL as non-
responsive.
18.5. The earnest money of the unsuccessful Bidders shall be discharged /returned as promptly as
possible as but not later than 60 days after the expiration of the period of bid validity
prescribed by the Owner.
18.6. The earnest money of the successful Bidder will be adjusted with the performance guarantee required
to be furnished on award of contract as per Clause 11.0 of Section – I.
18.7. The earnest money shall be forfeited:
13
a. If a Bidder withdraws its bid during the period of bid validity specified by the Bidder on the
bid form; or
b. In case of a successful Bidder fails:
i) to sign the contract; or
ii) to furnish the ‘Contract Performance Guarantee’.
18.8. No interest shall be payable by TSECL on the above earnest money.
19. PERIOD OF VALIDITY OF BIDS
19.1. Bids shall remain valid for 6 (six) calendar months after the date of bid opening prescribed by
TSECL, unless otherwise specified in the accompanying Special Conditions of Contract. A Bid valid
for a shorter period shall be rejected by TSECL as non-responsive.
19.2. In exceptional circumstances, TSECL may solicit the Bidder’s consent to an extension of the period of
Bid validity. The request and the response thereto shall be made in writing (including cable or fax).
The Earnest money provided under Clause 6.0 of Section – I shall also be retained up to the
extended period. No interest shall be payable by TSECL for retaining the earnest money upto the
extended period. A Bidder may refuse the request without forfeiting the earnest money deposited by
him. A Bidder granting the request shall not be required or permitted to modify his Bid.
SUBMISSION OF BIDS
20. FORMAT OF BID
20.1. Bids are to be submitted online through the website, and as, stated in Clause 1.0 and 2.0 and 3.0. All
the Bidding documents (SBD, Scan copy of tender fee) uploaded by the TSECL form an integral part of
the contract. Bidders are required to upload these bidding documents as asked for in the Bid, through
the above website and within the stipulated date and time mentioned in the Tender.
Tenders are to be submitted in two folders at a time for each work, one for Technical Proposal and the
other for Financial Proposal. The Bidder shall carefully go through the requirements and prepare the
required documents to be uploaded.
In Technical Bid, Bidder shall have to submit the entire requisite document as specified in the SBD(SBD,
Scan copy of tender fee and EMD ,All forms/Amendments/Formats/Annexure with supporting
documents/certificates, Technical Data Sheet/GTPs and drawings, Test Reports, Financial, Tax related
document, machinery & manpower details specified in the Bid Document etc.
In, Financial Bid Bidder shall upload BoQ in the financial Bid.
The bidder shall scan all the documents before uploading and all scanned documents shall be of 100
dpi resolution in Portable Document Format (PDF).The scanned documents shall be uploaded in the
designated locations of Technical Bid and Financial Bid, as prompted by the e-Procurement website.
The Bidder needs to fill up their name and rates for all the items and in the designated Cells of the
downloaded BOQ for the related work, and upload the same in the designated location of Financial Bid.
The documents uploaded are virus scanned and digitally signed using the Digital Signature Certificate
(DSC). Bidders shall specially take note of all the addendum/corrigendum related to the tender and
upload the latest documents as part of the tender.
14
Bid Envelop-I (Technical Bid):
The Technical Bid/Bid Envelop-I should contain scanned copies and/or declarations in the following
standardized formats.
A. My Document (Non-Statutory ):
All the below-mentioned documents/certificates are to be uploaded with digital signature in the ‘My
Document’ folder option available after login in the e-procurement portal http://tripuratenders.gov.in. Bidders
are requested to scan the necessary documents in 100 dpi resolution into PDF. ‘My Document’ shall be
populated prior to real time biding and during real time bidding, uploaded documents/certificates in the ‘My
Document’ are to be appropriately included (Checked) for incorporation in the Bid.
An indicative organization of ‘My Document’ folder and the related documents are indicated here under.
Sl. Folder Name Documents to be uploaded

1. Mfg lic Company Details:
II.Registration of the firm/Partnership deed/ Articles of Association.
2. DNIT Documents II. Corrigendum, if published

3. Machinery Details Machinery & Manpower in possession of the firm:
4. Tax related III. GST Registration certificate
document IV. IT PAN
5. Financial details II. Audited Balance Sheets of last five financial years with auditor's certificate
regarding annual turnover i/c IT Return Certificate from contracting
business in each year.
6. Misc. document III. Electrical Contractor License & supervisory certificate
IV. Valid Labour License
III. Any other important document.
B. Statutory Documents:
After uploading the above mentioned non-statutory documents/certificates, Bidders shall submit the
following, during real time bidding
1. Scanned copy of Tender Fee and EMD in single PDF.

2. NIT.
3. Bid Document.
4. All annexure/ formats/certificates i/c supporting documents/certificates in support of qualifying
requirement other than mentioned in My Document specified in the Bid Document in single PDF.
5. Technical Data Sheet/GTPs, Guarantee/Test report etc. offered by the Original manufacturer and
drawings specified in the Bid Document
6. Guaranteed Loss of Power Transformer.
Note-1: Failure of submission of any one of the above mentioned documents shall render the tender to
summarily rejection.
15
Note-2: If the company was set up less than three years ago, audited balance sheet for the no of years
since inception is to be submitted.
Note-3: Bidders are requested to scan the necessary documents/certificates in 100 dpi resolution into
PDF.
Bid Envelop-II (Financial Bid):

Documents to be submitted in the Financial Bid are:
1. BOQ (Bill of quantity/Price schedule).
Note: Bill of Quantity (BOQ) i.e. Price schedule, which is the Rate quoting sheet in Ms-excel shall be
downloaded, filled up properly and uploaded in the financial bid after digital signing. The Bidder shall always
open the BOQ sheet with Macros Enabled. The Bidder shall quote rates in figures only, for all items in the
Bill of Quantity (BOQ).
20.2. BOQ (Price Schedule) TAMPERING: The provided BOQ (Price schedule) in the Tender is meant for
downloading in the Bidders client machine, for entering the relevant fields meant for rates & bidder’s
particulars and finally uploading in the Financial Bid. The BOQ Excel Sheet is Macro enabled and
working with the Sheet requires the Macro to be allowed/ enabled to run.
20.3. Bidders are hereby warned not to tamper the Excel Sheet, make copies and work in a copied Sheet or
break through the default Work-Sheet Security. Such BOQs with stated violations will be treated as
Tampered BOQs and Bids uploaded with Tampered BOQs will be summarily rejected.
20.4. Bidders are allowed to bid 24x7 till the time of Bid closing, with option for Re-Submission, wherein only
their latest submitted Bid will be considered for evaluation. The e-Procurement website will not allow any
Bidder to attempt bidding, after the scheduled date and time.
20.5. For any clarification related to NIT/SBD/e-procurement, bidder(s) are requested to contact:
General Manager Technical,

Corporate Office, Bidyut Bhavan,
21. SIGNATURE OF BIDS
21.1. Bid by a partnership must be furnished with full names of all partners and be signed with the
partnership name, followed by the signature(s) and designation(s) of the authorized partner(s) or other
authorized representative(s) and as per Section I & II of the BID.
21.2. Bids by Corporation / Company must be signed with the legal name of the Corporation/Company
by the President, Managing Director or by the Secretary or other person or persons authorized to Bid
on behalf of such Corporation / Company in the matter.
21.3. A Bid by a person who affixes to his signature the word ‘President’, ‘Managing Director’, ‘Secretary’,
‘Agent’, or other designation without disclosing his principal shall be rejected.
21.4. Satisfactory evidence of authority of the person signing on behalf of the Bidder shall be furnished with
the Bid.
21.5. The Bidder’s name stated on the proposal shall be exact legal name of the firm.
21.6. Bids not conforming to all the above requirements of para 21.0 above may be disqualified.
16
21.7. The original tender document shall be digitally signed by the bidder and will be uploaded during the
e-Bid as part of the financial bid.
22. SEALING AND MARKING OF BIDS
The Bidder shall have to deposit both the original Demand Drafts against related Tender Fee and
EMD in a sealed envelope depicting NIT No. and the Bidders Name & Address at “O/O General
Manager Technical, Tripura State Electricity Corporation Limited, Corporate Office, Bidyut Bhaban,
Agartala, Tripura (West).Pin: 799001” on or before 1.00 P.M.,10.04.2019.
If the outer envelope is not sealed and marked as required by para 22.2 (b), TSECL shall assume no
responsibility for the Bid’s misplacement or premature opening.
23. DEADLINE FOR SUBMISSION OF BIDS
23.1. TSECL may, at its discretion, extend this deadline for the submission of Bids, in which case all rights
and obligations of TSECL and Bidders previously subject to the deadline shall thereafter be subject to
the deadline as extended.
24. MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS
24.1. Withdrawal of Bid is not permitted.
24.2. The Bidder may Revise (modify) his Bid as many number of times he wants, till the point of Tender
Closing. In such case, only his last modified Bid would be considered for evaluation.
25. INFORMATION REQUIRED WITH THE PROPOSAL
25.1. The Bids must clearly indicate the name of the manufacturer, the type of model of each principal item
of equipment proposed to be furnished and erected. The Bid shall also contain drawings and
descriptive materials indicating general dimensions, principles of operation, the extent of pre-
assembly involved, major construction equipment proposed to be deployed, method of erection and
the proposed erection organizational structure.
25.2. The above information shall be provided by the Bidder in the form of separate sheets,
drawings, catalogues, etc. in five copies.
25.3. Any bid not containing sufficient descriptive material to describe accurately the equipment proposed,
shall be treated as incomplete and hence rejected. Such descriptive materials and drawings
submitted by the Bidder shall be retained by TSECL. Any major departure from these drawings and
descriptive material submitted shall not be permitted during the execution of the Contract without
specific written permission of TSECL.
25.4. Oral statements made by the Bidder at any time regarding quality, quantity or arrangement of the
equipment or any other matter shall not be considered.
25.5. Standard catalogue pages and other documents of the Bidder may be used in the Bid to provide
additional information and data as deemed necessary by the Bidder.
25.6. In case the proposal information contradicts specification requirements; the specification
requirements shall govern, unless otherwise brought out clearly in the technical / commercial
deviation schedule.
BID OPENING AND EVALUATION

26. OPENING OF BIDS BY TSECL
26.1. The Employer will designate Tender Opening Authority for each and every Bid separately, and the
Technical bids will be opened online by them at the time and date, as specified in the NIT/ Standard Bid
Documents.
17
26.2. All the Statements, Documents, Certificates, Demand Draft / Bank Guarantee etc. submiited/uploaded
by the Bidders will be verified for technical evaluation. The clarifications and particulars, if any, required
from the bidders, will be obtained by addressing the bidders directly. The technical bids will be
evaluated against the specified parameters/ criteria mentioned in the BID, and in the same process as
done in the case of conventional tenders. The technically qualified bidders will be identified and
considered for their Financial Bid opening. The result of Technical Bids evaluation shall be displayed in
the e-procurement portal and all the Bidders who have participated in the Tender will be able to access
the same.
26.3. The Bidders or their authorized representatives may remain present at the time of opening of the
tenders. Either the Bidder himself or one of his representative with proper authorization only will be
allowed at the time of tender opening. If any of the Bidders is not present at the time of opening of
tenders, the tender opening authority will, on opening the tender of the absentee Bidder, read out and
record the deficiencies if any, and this will be binding on the Bidder.
26.4. The Minutes of the Technical bid opening shall be recorded and signed by the Tender Opening Authority
as well as Bidders or their Authorized Representatives present and the same shall be uploaded and can
be accessed in the e-procurement portal.
26.5. The Price bids (Financial bids) of all the technically qualified bidders will be opened by the concerned
Tender Opening Authority at the specified date and time. The same can be tracked through the e-
procurement portal by all the technically qualified bidders who participated in the tender. However,
Qualified Bidders or their authorized representatives may remain present at the Price Bid (Financial bid)
opening.
26.6. The Financial Bid’s Item-wise Rates and total amount shall be read out, Minutes of the Bid opening shall
be recorded and the Bidder’s signatures will be taken in the minutes. The result of financial bids (Price
bids) evaluation shall be displayed in the e-procurement portal and Bidders can access the same
26.7. The ‘BOQ comparative chart’ generated & displayed from the e-procurement portal, after the opening of
financial Bid (which will be displayed as ‘BOQ comparative chart’ at financial bid opening summary
page), will not be final.
26.8. Employer will prepare comparative Statement as per the decision of the Financial Bid Evaluation
Committee in the Employer, which will be appropriately displayed in the e-procurement portal (this will
be displayed at financial bid opening summary page).
26.9. The Price Bid (Financial Bid) of the Unqualified Bidders will not be opened
27. CLARIFICATION OF BIDS
27.1. During in the examination, evaluation and comparison of Bids, TSECL may, at its discretion, ask the
Bidder for a clarification in writing before opening of Price bid Once Price bid is opened no clarification
will be done.
28. PRELIMINARY EXAMINATION
28.1. TSECL shall examine the Bids to determine whether they are complete, whether any computational
errors have been made, whether required sureties have been furnished, whether the documents have
been properly signed and whether the Bids are generally in order.
28.2. The Bidder shall ensure that the prices furnished by him are complete. In the case of not quoting of
rates of any item (supply/erection) in the downloaded BOQ XLS file, TSECL shall be entitled to
consider the highest price of the tender for the purpose of evaluation and for the purpose of
evaluation and for the purpose of award of the Contact, use the lowest prices of the tender:
28.3. Prior to the detailed evaluation, TSECL shall determine the substantial responsiveness of each Bid
w.r.t. Bidding Documents. For purpose of these Clauses, a substantially responsive Bid is one which
conforms to all the terms and conditions of the Bidding Documents without material deviations. A
material deviation is one which affects in any way the prices, quality, quantity or delivery period of the
equipment or which limits in any way the responsibilities or liabilities of the Bidder or any right of
18
TSECL as required in these specifications and documents. TSECL determination of a Bid’s

responsiveness shall be based on the contents of the Bid itself without recourse to extrinsic evidence.
28.4. A Bid determined as not substantially responsive shall be rejected by TSECL and may not
subsequently be made responsive by the Bidder by correction of the non-conformity.
28.5. TSECL may waive any minor non-conformity or irregularity in a Bid which does not constitute a
material deviation, provided such waiver does not prejudice or affect the relative ranking of any
Bidder.
28.6. Capitalization of Losses of Transformer: The maximum guaranteed declared no load loss, load
loss and auxiliary loss shall be mentioned by the bidder while submitting Technical Bid. The
capitalization of the losses of the transformer shall be calculated as per following rates.
No load Loss: Rs.5, 61,036.00 / KW

Load Loss: Rs.2, 28,903.00 / KW
Auxiliary loss: Rs.2, 24,414.00 / KW
28.7. In case of transformer loss (no load loss, load loss and auxiliary loss) mentioned by the bidder in their
Technical Bid as firm/Maximum, no IS tolerance will be applicable/ admissible to this loss and
capitalization will be done as per above mentioned rate.
28.8. If any or all actual losses after test are found to exceed the guaranteed value, the penalty will
be imposed on the excess loss (up to 10%), over the corresponding guaranteed loss (any or
all). The penalty shall be calculated for the excess of no load loss and for the excess of the
load losses at rates specified above. For fraction of a KW the penalty shall be applied prorate
basis. Any changes in the figure assigned for transformer losses will not be permitted after
opening of bids and bid evaluation will be carried out on the basis of information made
available at the time of bid opening.
29. DEFINITIONS AND MEANINGS
29.1. For the purpose of the evaluation and comparison of bids, the following meanings and definition shall
apply: -
a. ‘Bid Price’ shall mean the base price quoted by each Bidder in his proposal for the complete
scope of works.
b. “Cost Compensation for Deviations” shall mean the Rupee value of deviations from the
Bidding Documents, as determined from the Bidder’s proposal.
c. “Evaluated Bid Price” shall be the summation of ‘Bid Price’, ‘Differential Price’ and ‘Cost
Compensation for Deviations’.
29.2. Calculation of Differential Price & Cost Compensation for Deviations.
29.3. Deviations from the Bidding Documents in so far as practicable shall be converted to a Rupee
value and added to the Bid Price to compensate for the deviation from the Bidding Documents
while evaluating the Bids. In determining the Rupee value of the deviations, TSECL shall use
parameters consistent with those specified in the specifications and documents and/or other
information as necessary and available to TSECL.
30. COMPARISON OF BIDS

30.1. For comparison purposes all the evaluated bid prices shall be in Indian Rupee as under:-
W = M+D
19
Where,
W = Total Comparison Price
M = Bid Price including ex-works value of equipment/ materials and other taxes &
duties including local taxes, freight and insurance charges, cost of erection
/services including works contract tax and other components of bid price, if
any.
D = Cost compensation for deviations calculated according to para
28.3. above.
30.2. Evaluated bid prices of all the bidders shall be compared among themselves to determine the lowest
evaluated Bid and, as a result of this comparison, the lowest Bid shall be selected for consideration of
award of the Contract.
31. CONTACTING THE OWNER
Bids shall be deemed to be under consideration immediately after they are opened and until such time
official intimation of award/rejection is made by TSECL to the Bidders. While the bids are under
consideration, Bidders and/or their representatives or other interested parties are advised to refrain
from contacting by any means, the Owner and/or his employees/representatives on matters relating to
the bids under consideration. TSECL, if necessary, shall obtain clarifications on the bids by
requesting for such information from any or all the Bidders, either in writing or through personal
contacts as may be necessary. Bidders shall not be permitted to change the substance of the bids
after the bids have been opened.
AWARD OF CONTRACT
32. AWARD CRITERIA
32.1. TSECL shall award the Contract to the successful Bidder whose bid has been determined to be
substantially responsive and has been determined as technically acceptable and lowest evaluated
Bid, provided further that the Bidder is determined to be qualified to perform the Contract
satisfactorily. TSECL shall be the sole judge in this regard.
32.2. Further, TSECL reserves the right to award separate Contracts to two or more parties in line with the
terms and conditions specified in the accompanying Technical Specifications.
33. OWNER’S RIGHT TO ACCEPT ANY BID AND TO REJECT ANY OR ALL BIDS
33.1. TSECL reserves the right to accept or reject any bid, and to annul the bidding process and reject all
bids at any time prior to award of contract, without thereby incurring any liability to the affected Bidder
or Bidders or any obligation to inform the affected Bidder or Bidders of the grounds for such action.
34. NOTIFICATION OF AWARD
34.1. Prior to the expiration of the period of bid validity and extended validity period, if any, TSECL shall
notify the successful Bidder in writing by registered letter or by telex or FAX, to be confirmed in writing
by registered letter, that his Bid has been accepted.
34.2. The Notification of Award/Letter of Award shall constitute the formation of the Contract.
34.3. Upon the successful Bidder’s furnishing of Contract Performance Guarantee pursuant to
Clause 11.0 of Section – I. TSECL shall promptly notify each unsuccessful Bidder and will
discharge its bid guarantee, pursuant to Clause 18 (Section – II)
35. SIGNING OF CONTRACT
35.1. At the same time as TSECL notifies the successful Bidder that its bid has been accepted, TSECL
shall send the Bidder the detailed Letter of Award.
20
Within 15(fifteen) days of receipt of the detailed Letter of Award, the successful Bidder shall convey in
writing unconditional acceptance of the Letter of Award and shall attend the respective office of
TSECL for signing the contract agreement.
36. CONTRACT PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE
36.1. On award of work the successful bidder shall have to deposit a contract performance guarantee
(CPG) equivalent to 10% of the LOA value / Supply order value in the shape of Demand Draft in
favour of Tripura State Electricity Corporation Limited from any schedule Bank guaranteed by
Reserve Bank of India, payable at Agartala or in the shape of Bank Guarantee from a Public sector /
scheduled Indian Bank guaranteed by Reserve Bank of India. The CPG shall remain valid for actual
delivery period plus guarantee period against the item (CPG is to be extended further subject to actual
delivery period).
36.2. Earnest Money (EM) deposited will be merged / adjusted towards Contract Performance Guarantee
(CPG) in the shape of Demand Draft/Banker Cheque in favour of TRIPURA STATE ELECTRICITY
CORPORATION LIMITED from any schedule bank guaranteed by Reserve Bank of India payable at
Agartala or in the shape of Bank guarantee from a Public Sector / Scheduled Indian Bank
guaranteed by Reserve Bank of India (the latest annual report of the Bank should support
compliance of capital adequacy ratio requirement) in the form attached as Annexure – I in favour of
TRIPURA STATE ELECTRICITY CORPORATION LIMITED. The guarantee amount shall be equal to
ten percent (10%) of the Contract Price and it shall guarantee the faithful performance of the Contract
in accordance with the terms and conditions specified in these documents and specifications. The
earnest money deposited at the time of tender shall be adjusted with the contract performance
guarantee.
The contract performance guarantee submitted in the shape of Bank guarantee shall be
valid for actual execution period of the contract and up to guarantee period as per Clause –
14 of section – III. The performance security of a joint venture shall be in the name of Lead
Partner of the joint venture.
36.3. The Performance Guarantee shall cover additionally the following guarantees to TSECL:
a. The successful Bidder guarantees the successful and satisfactory operation of the equipment
supplied and erected under the Contract, as per the specifications and documents.
b. The successful Bidder further guarantees that the equipment provided and installed by him
shall be free from all defects in design, material and workmanship and shall upon written
notice from TSECL fully remedy free of expenses to TSECL such defects as developed under
the normal use of the said equipment within the period of guarantee specified in the relevant
clause of the General Terms and conditions.
36.4. The Contract Performance Guarantee is intended to secure the performance of the entire contract.
However, it is not to be construed as limiting the damages under clause entitled “Equipment
Performance Guarantee” in Technical Specifications and damages stipulated in other clauses in the
Bidding Documents.
36.5. The Contract performance Guarantee submitted in the shape of demand draft shall be returned to the
Contractor without any interest at the end of successful completion and commissioning of the work
against a Bank Guarantee of equivalent amount from any Public Sector / scheduled Indian Bank valid
up to the Guarantee period. The Bank Guarantee such deposited shall be discharged after expiry of
Guarantee period.
36.6. The contract performance Guarantee shall be forfeited: -
a) If the contractor fails to start the work as per approved BAR CHART for reasons solely
rest on him.
21
b) If the contractor left / suspends the work without prior written intimation to the owner’s
Engineer in charge of the work stating the reasons for such suspension of work.
c) If the contractor left / suspends the work for reasons which are not acceptable to TSECL.
37. CORRUPT OR FRAUDULENT PRACTICES
37.1. TSECL expects the bidders / suppliers / contractors to observe the highest standards of ethics
during the procurement and execution of such contracts. In pursuance of this policy, TSECL
a. defines, for the purpose of this provision, the terms set forth below as follows;
I. “Corrupt practice” means offering, giving, receiving or soliciting of anything of value to
influence the action of a official in the procurement process or in contract execution, and
II. “Fraudulent practice” means a misrepresentation of facts in order to influence a
procurement process or the execution of a contract to the detriment of the owner, and
includes collusive practice among bidders (prior to or after bid submission) designed to
establish bid prices at artificial non-competitive levels and to deprive the owner from the
benefits of free and open competition.
b. Will reject a proposal for award if it determines the bidder recommended for award has
engaged a corrupt or fraudulent practice in competing for the contract in question.
c. Will declare a firm ineligible, either indefinitely or for a stated period of time, if TSECL at any
time determines that the firm has engaged in corrupt / fraudulent practices in competing for,
or in executing the contract.
22
SECTION-III
GENERAL TERMS & CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
A. INTRODUCTION
1.0 DEFINITION OF TERMS
1.1 ‘The Contract’ means the agreement entered into between Tripura State Electricity Corporation
Limited and Contractor as per the Contract Agreement signed by the parties, including all
attachments and appendices thereto and all documents incorporated by reference therein.
1.2 ‘Owner’ shall mean TRIPURA STATE ELECTRICITY CORPORATION LIMITED (TSECL) and
shall include their legal representatives, successors and assigns.
1.3 ‘Contractor’ or ‘Manufacturer’ shall mean the Bidder whose bid shall be accepted by TSECL for
award of the Works and shall include such successful Bidder’s legal representatives, successors
and permitted assigns.
1.4 ‘Sub-contractor’ shall mean the person named in the Contract for any part of the Works or any
person to whom any part of the Contract has been sublet by the Contractor with the consent in
writing of the owner’s Engineer in charge of the work and shall include the legal representatives,
successors and permitted assigns of such person.
1.5 ‘Consulting Engineer’/’Consultant’ shall mean Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd. or any firm or
person duly appointed as such from time to time by TSECL ..
1.6 The terms ‘Equipment’, ‘Stores’ and ‘Materials’ shall mean and include equipment, stores and
materials to be provided by the Contractor under the Contract.
1.7 ‘Works’ shall mean and include the furnishing of equipment, labour and services, as per the
Specifications and complete erection, testing and putting into satisfactory operation including all
transportation, handling, unloading and storage at the Site as defined in the Contract.
1.8 ‘Specifications’ shall mean the Specifications and Bidding Documents forming a part of the
Contract and such other schedules and drawings as may be mutually agreed upon.
1.9 ‘Site’ shall mean and include the land and other places on, into or through which the works and the
related facilities are to be erected or installed and any adjacent land, paths, street or reservoir
which may be allocated or used by TSECL or Contractor in the performance of the Contract.
1.10 The term ‘Contract Price’ shall mean the item wise price / lump-sum price quoted by the
Contractor in his bid with additions and/or deletions as may be agreed and incorporated in the
Letter of Award, for the entire scope of the works.
1.11 The term ‘Equipment Portion’ of the Contract price shall mean the ex-works value of the
equipment.
1.12 The term ‘Erection Portion’ of the Contract price shall mean the value of field activities of the
works including erection, testing and putting into satisfactory operation including successful
completion of performance and guarantee tests to be performed at Site by the Contractor including
cost of insurances.
1.13 ‘Manufacturer’s Works’ or ‘Contractor’s Works’, shall mean the place of work used by the
manufacturer, the Contractor, their collaborators/associate or sub-contractors for the performance
of the Contract.
1.14 ‘Inspector’ shall mean TSECL or any person nominated by TSECL from time to time, to inspect the
equipment; stores or Works under the Contract and/or the duly authorized representative of
TSECL.
23
1.15 ‘Notification of Award of Contract’/Letter of Award’/Telex of Award’ shall mean the official
notice issued by TSECL notifying the Contractor that his bid has been accepted.
1.16 ‘Date of Contract’ shall mean the date on which Notification of Award of Contract/Letter of
Award/Telex of Award has been issued.
1.17 ‘Month’ shall mean the calendar month. ‘Day or ‘Days’, unless herein otherwise expressly defined,
shall mean calendar day or days of 24 hours each.
A ‘Week’ shall mean continuous period of seven (7) days.
1.18 “Writing” shall include any manuscript, type written or printed statement, under or over signature
and/or seal as the case may be.
1.19 When the words ‘Approved’. Subject to Approval’, ‘Satisfactory’, ‘Equal to’, ‘Proper’, ‘Requested’,
‘As Directed’, ‘Where Directed’, ‘When ‘Determined by’, ‘Accepted’, ‘Permitted’, or words
and phrases of like importance are used, the approval, judgment, direction etc. is
understood to be a function of TSECL.
1.20 “Test on Completion” shall mean such tests as prescribed in the Contract to be performed by the
Contractor before the work is Taken Over by TSECL.
1.21 ‘Start Up’ shall mean the time period required to bring the equipment covered under the Contract
from an inactive condition, when construction is essentially complete, to the state ready for trial
operation. The startup period shall include preliminary inspection and checkout of equipment and
supporting sub-system, initial operation of the complete equipment covered under the Contract to
obtain necessary pre-trial operation data, perform calibration and corrective action, shut down,
inspection and adjustment prior to the trial operation period.
1.22 “Initial Operation” shall mean the first integral operation of the complete equipment covered under
the Contract with the sub-system and supporting equipment in service or available for service.
1.23 ‘Trial Operation’, Reliability Test’, ‘Trial Run’, ‘Completion Test’ shall mean the extended
period of time after the start up period. During this trial operation period, the unit shall be operated
over the full load range. The length of Trial Operation shall be as determined by the Engineer of
TSECL unless otherwise specified elsewhere in the Contract.
1.24 ‘Performance and Guarantee Test’ shall mean all operational checks and tests required to
determine and demonstrate capacity, efficiency and operating characteristics as specified in the
Contract Documents.
1.25 The term ‘Final Acceptance/Taking Over’ shall mean written acceptance of the Works performed
under the Contract by TSECL, after successful commissioning/completion of Performance and
Guarantee Tests, as specified in the accompanying Technical Specification or otherwise agreed in
the Contract.
1.26 ”Commercial Operation” shall mean the Conditions of Operation in which the complete equipment
covered under the Contract is officially declared by TSECL to be available for continuous operation
at different loads upto and including rated capacity. Such declaration by TSECL, however, shall not
relieve or prejudice the Contractor of any of his obligations under the Contract.
1.27 ‘Guarantee period’/’Maintenance Period’ shall mean the period during which the Contractor shall
remain liable for repair or replacement of any defective part of the works performed under the
contract.
1.28 ‘Latent Defects’ shall mean such defects caused by faulty designs, material or work man ship
which cannot be detected during inspection, testing etc, based on the technology available for
carrying out such tests.
24
1.29 ‘Drawings’, ‘Plans’ shall mean all:

a) Drawing furnished by TSECL as a basis for Bid Proposals.
b) Supplementary drawings furnished by TSECL to clarify and define in greater detail
the intent of the Contract.
c) Drawings submitted by the Contractor with his Bid provided such drawings are
acceptable to TSECL.
d) Drawings furnished by TSECL to the Contractor during the progress of the Work; and
e) Engineering data and drawings submitted by the Contractor during the progress of
the Work provided such drawings are acceptable to the Engineer in charge of the
work.
1.30 “Codes” shall mean the following including the latest amendments and / or replacement, if any:
a) A.S.M.E. Test Codes.
b) A.I.E.E. Test Codes.
c) American Society of Testing Materials Codes.
d) Standards of the Indian Standards Institutions.
e) I.E.E. standards.
f) I.E.C. standards.
g) Other Internationally approved standards and / or Rules and Regulations touching
the subject matter of the Contract.
1.31 Words imparting ‘Person’ shall include firms, companies, corporation and association or bodies of
individuals.
1.32 Terms and expressions not herein defined shall have the same meaning as are assigned to them in
the Indian Sale of Goods Act (1930), failing that in the Indian Contact Act (1872) and failing that
in the General Clauses Act (1897) including amendments thereof if any.
1.33 In addition to the above the following definitions shall also apply.
a) ‘All equipment and materials’ to be supplied shall also mean ‘Goods’.
b) ‘Constructed’ shall also mean ‘erected and installed’
c) ‘Contract Performance Guarantee shall also mean ‘Contact Performance Security’
2.0 APPLICATION
These General Conditions shall apply to the extent that they are not superseded by
provisions in other parts of the Contract.
3.0 STANDARDS
The Goods supplied under this Contract shall conform to the standards mentioned in the
Various Technical Specifications and when no applicable standard is mentioned to the
authoritative standard appropriate to the Goods and such standards shall be the latest issued
by the concerned institution.
4.0 LANGUAGE AND MEASURES
All documents pertaining to the Contract including specification, Schedules, notices,
correspondence, operating and maintenance instructions, drawings or any other writing shall
25
be written in English language. The Metric System of measurement shall be used exclusively
in the Contract.
5.0 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
5.1 The term “Contract Documents” shall mean and include the following which shall be deemed
to form an integral part of the Contract:
a) Invitation of Bid including letter forwarding the Bidding Documents, Instructions to
Bidders, General Terms and Conditions of Contract, Erection Conditions of Contract
and all other documents included under the Special Conditions of Contract and
various other sections.
b) Specifications of the equipment to be furnished and erected under the Contract as
brought out in the accompanying Technical Specification.
c) Contractor’s Bid proposal and the documents attached there-to including the letter of
clarifications thereto between the Contractor and TSECL prior to the Award of
Contract.
d) All the materials, literature, data and information of any sort given by the Contractor
along with his bid, subject to the approval of TSECL.
e) Letter of Award and any agreed variations of the conditions of the documents and
special terms and conditions of contract if any.
6.0 USE OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND INFORMATION
The Contractor shall not communicate or use in advertising, publicity, sales releases or in any
other medium, photographs or other reproduction of the Works under this contract, or
descriptions of the site, dimensions, quantity, quality, or other information, concerning the
Works unless prior written permission has been obtained from TSECL.
7.0 JURISDICTION OF CONTRACT
The laws applicable to the Contract shall be the laws in force in India. The Courts of Agartala
shall have exclusive jurisdiction in all matters arising under this Contract.
8.0 MANNER OF EXECUTION OF CONTRACT
8.1 The contractor should attend the concerned office of TSECL within 15(fifteen) days from the
date of issue of the Letter of Award to the Contractor for signing the contract agreement.
The Contractor shall provide for signing of the Contract, Performance Guarantee,
appropriate power of attorney and other requisite materials.
8.2 The Agreement shall be signed in two originals and the Contractor shall be provided with one
signed original and the rest shall be retained by TSECL.
8.3 The Contractor shall provide free of cost to TSECL all the engineering data, drawings, and
descriptive materials submitted with the Bid, in at least six (6) copies to form a part of the
contract immediately after issue of Letter of Award.
8.4 Subsequent to signing of the Contract, the Contractor, at his own cost, shall provide TSECL
with at least five (5) true copies of Agreement and one soft copy including 3(three) hard
copies of the approved drawings within fifteen (15) days after the signing of the Contract.
26
9.0 ENFORCEMENT OF TERMS

9.1 The failure of either party to enforce at any time any of the provisions of this Contract or any
rights in respect thereto or to exercise any option therein provided, shall in no way be
construed to be a waiver of such provisions, rights or options or in anyway to affect the
validity of the Contract. The exercise by either party of any of its rights herein shall not
prejudice either party from exercising the same or any other right it may have under the
Contract.
10.0 COMPLETION OF CONTRACT
10.1 Unless otherwise terminated under the provisions of any other relevant clause, this Contract
shall be deemed to have been completed on the date stipulated in the NIT.
GUARANTEE & LIABILITIES
11.0 TIME – THE ESSENCE OF CONTRACT
11.1 The time and the date of completion of the Contract as stipulated in the Contract by TSECL
without or with modifications, if any, and so incorporated in the Letter of Award, shall be
deemed to be the essence of the Contract. The Contractor shall so organize his resources
and perform his Work as to complete it not later than the date agreed to.
11.2 The Contractor shall submit a detailed BAR CHART / PERT NETWORK consisting of
adequate number of activities covering various key phases of the Work such as design,
procurement, manufacturing, shipment and field erection activities within fifteen (15) days of
the date of Notice of Award of Contract. This Bar Chart shall also indicate the interface
facilities to be provided by TSECL and the dates by which such facilities are needed. The
Contractor shall discuss with TSECL for finalization and approval of the Bar Chart by TSECL.
The agreed Bar Chart shall form part of the contract documents. During the performance of
the Contract, if in the opinion of the owner’s Engineer in charge of the work, proper progress
is not maintained, suitable changes shall be made in the Contractor’s operations to ensure
proper progress without any cost implication to TSECL. The interface facilities to be provided
by TSECL in accordance with the agreed Bar Chart shall also be reviewed while reviewing
the progress of the Contractor.
11.3 Based on the agreed Bar Chart fortnightly reports shall be submitted by the Contractor as
directed by the owner’s Engineer in charge of the work.
11.4 Subsequent to the finalization of the Bar Chart, the Contractor shall make available to the
owner’s Engineer in charge of the work a detailed manufacturing programme in line with the
agreed Contract Bar Chart. Such manufacturing programme shall be reviewed, updated and
submitted to the owner’s Engineer in charge of the work once in every month thereafter.
11.5 The above Bar Charts/manufacturing programme shall be compatible with TSECL computer
environment and furnished to TSECL on such media as may be desired by TSECL.
12.0 EFFECTIVENESS OF CONTRACT
The Contract shall be considered as having come into force from the date of the Notification
of Award, unless otherwise provided in the Notification of Award.
13.0 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
13.1 For Equipment Portion (Excluding Spares)
27
13.1.1 If the Contractor fails to successfully complete the commissioning within the time fixed under
the Contract, the Contractor shall pay to TSECL as liquidated damages and not as penalty a
sum specified for each specified period of delays. The details of such liquidated damages are
brought out in the accompanying Special Conditions of Contract.
13.1.2 Equipment and materials will be deemed to have been delivered only when all its
components, parts are also delivered. If certain components are not delivered in time, the
equipment and materials will be considered as delayed until such time the missing parts are
also delivered.
13.1.3 The total amount of liquidated damages for delay under the Contract will be subject to
a maximum of 5% of the Contract price.
13.2 For Spares
13.2.1 The liquidated damages for delay in supply of spares, beyond the dates stipulated under
clause 35 Section - III shall be ½% (Half per cent) of the price of undelivered spares, per
week or part thereof.
13.2.2 The total amount of liquidated damages for delay under the Contract shall be subject to a
maximum of ten per cent (10%) of the value of spares ordered unless otherwise specifically
mentioned in Special Conditions of Contract.
14.0 GUARANTEE
14.1 The Contractor shall warrant that the equipment shall be new, unused and in accordance with
the contract documents and free from defects in material and workmanship for a period of
Thirty (30) calendar months commencing immediately upon the satisfactory commissioning.
The Contractor’s liability shall be limited to the replacement of any defective parts in the
equipment of his own manufacture or those of his sub-contractors under normal use and
arising solely from faulty design, materials and/or workmanship provided always that such
defective parts are repairable at the site and are not in the meantime essential in the
commercial use of the equipment. Such replaced/defective parts shall be returned to the
Contractor unless otherwise arranged. No repairs or replacement shall normally be carried
out by owner’s Engineer in charge of the work when the equipment is under the supervision
of the Contractor’s supervisory engineer.
14.2 In the event of any emergency, where in the judgment of the owner’s Engineer in Charge of
work, delay would cause serious loss or damages, repairs or adjustment may be made by
him or a third party chosen by him without advance notice to the Contractor and the cost of
such work shall be paid by the Contractor. In the event such action is taken by the Engineer
in Charge of work, the Contractor shall be notified promptly and he shall assist wherever
possible in making necessary corrections. This shall not relieve the Contractor of his liabilities
under the terms and conditions of the Contract.
14.3 If it becomes necessary for the Contractor to replace or renew any defective portions of the
Works, the provision of this clause shall apply to portion of the Works so replaced or renewed
until the expiry of Twelve (12) months from the date of such replacement or renewal. If any
defects are not remedied within a reasonable time, the Engineer in Charge of work may
proceed to do the work at the Contractor’s risk and cost, but without prejudice to any other
rights which TSECL may have against the Contractor in respect of such defects.
28
14.4 The repaired or new parts shall be furnished and erected free of cost by the Contractor. If
any repair is carried out on his behalf at the site, the Contractor shall bear the cost of such
repairs.
14.5 The cost of any special or general overhaul rendered necessary during the maintenance
period due to defects in the equipment or defective work carried out by the Contractor shall
be borne by the Contractor.
14.6 The acceptance of the equipment by the Engineer in Charge of work shall in no way relieve
the Contractor of his obligation under this clause.
14.7 In the case of those defective parts, which are not repairable at site but are essential for the
commercial operation of the equipment, the Contractor and the Owner’s Engineer in Charge
of work shall mutually agree to a programme of replacement or renewal, which shall minimize
interruption to the maximum extent in the operation of the equipment.
14.8 At the end of the guarantee period, the Contractor’s liability ceases except for latent defects.
For latent defects, the Contractor’s liability as mentioned in clause nos. 14.1 through 14.7
above shall remain till the end of 5 years from the date of commissioning.
In respect of goods supplied by sub-contractors to the Contractor, where a longer guarantee
(more than 12 months) is provided by such sub-contractor, TSECL shall be entitled to the
benefits of such longer guarantee.
14.9 The provisions contained in this clause shall not be applicable:
a) If TSECL has not used the equipment according to the generally approved industrial
practice and in accordance with the conditions of operations specified and in
accordance with operating manuals, if any.
b) In cases of normal wear and tear of the parts to be specifically mentioned by the
Contractor in the offer.
15.0 TAXES, PERMITS & LICENCES
The Contractor shall be liable and pay all non-Indian taxes, duties, levies lawfully assessed
against TSECL or the Contractor in pursuance of the Contract. In addition, the Contractor
shall be responsible for payment of all Indian duties, levies and taxes lawfully assessed
against this contract.
16.0 REPLACEMENT OF DEFECTIVE PARTS AND MATERIALS
16.1 If during the performance of the Contract, owner’s Engineer in charge of the work shall decide
and inform in writing to the Contractor that the Contractor has manufactured any equipment,
material or part of equipment unsound and imperfect or has furnished any equipment inferior
to the quality specified, the Contractor on receiving details of such defects or deficiencies
shall at his own expense within Seven (7) days of his receiving the notice, or otherwise, within
such time as may be reasonably necessary for making it good, proceed to alter, reconstruct
or remove such works and furnish fresh equipment/materials upto the standards of the
specifications. In case, the Contractor fails to do so, the Owner’s Engineer in charge of the
work may on giving the Contractor Seven (7) days notice in writing of his intentions to do so,
proceed to remove the portion of the works so complained of and at the cost of the Contractor
perform all such work or furnish all such equipment/materials.
16.2 The Contractor’s full and extreme liability under this clause shall be satisfied by the payment
to TSECL of the extra cost, of such replacement procured including erection as provided for
in the Contract, such extra cost being the ascertained difference between the price paid by
29
TSECL for such replacements and the Contract Price by portion for such defective
equipment/materials/works and repayments of any sum paid by TSECL to the Contractor in
respect of such defective equipment/material. Should TSECL not so replace the defective
equipment/materials, the Contractor’s extreme liability under this clause shall be limited to
repayment of all sums paid by TSECL under the Contract for such defective
equipment/materials.
17.0 PATENT RIGHTS AND ROYALTIES
Royalties and fees for patents covering materials, articles, apparatus, devices, equipment or
processes used in the Works shall be deemed to have been included in the Contract Price.
The Contractor shall satisfy all demands that may be made at any time for such royalties or
fees and he alone shall be liable for any damages or claims for patent infringements and shall
keep TSECL indemnified in that regard. The Contractor shall, at his own cost and expense,
defend all suits or proceedings that may be instituted for alleged infringement of any patents
involved in the Works, and, in case of an award of damages, the Contractor shall pay for such
award. In the event of any suit or other proceedings instituted against TSECL, the same shall
be defended at the cost and expense of the Contractor who shall also satisfy/comply with any
decree, order or award made against TSECL. But it shall be understood that no such
machine, plant, work, material or thing has been used by TSECL for any purpose or any
manner other than that for which they have been furnished and installed by the Contractor
and specified under these specifications. Final payment to the Contractor by TSECL shall not
be made while any such suit or claim remains unsettled. In the event any apparatus or
equipment, or any part thereof furnished by the Contractor, is in such suit or proceedings held
to constitute infringement, and its use is enjoined, the Contractor shall at his option and at his
own expense, either procure for TSECL, the right to continue the use of said apparatus,
equipment or part thereof, replace it with non-infringing apparatus or equipment or modify it,
so it becomes non-infringing.
18.0 DEFENCE OF SUITS
If any action in court is brought against TSECL for the failure, omission or neglect on the part
of the Contractor to perform any acts, matters, or things under the Contract, or for damage or
injury caused by the alleged omission or negligence on the part of the Contractor, his agents,
representatives or his Sub-Contractors, or in connection with any claim based on lawful
demands of Sub-Contractors, workmen, suppliers or employees, the Contractor shall in all
such cases indemnify and keep TSECL, from all losses, damages, expenses or decrees
arising of such action.
19.0 LIMITATION OF LIABILITIES
The final payment by TSECL in pursuance of the Contract shall mean the release of the
Contractor from all his liabilities under the Contract. Such final payment shall be made only at
the end of the Guarantee/Warranty Period, and till such time as the contractual liabilities and
responsibilities of the Contractor, shall prevail. All other payments made under the Contract
shall be treated as on-account payments.
20.0 POWER TO VARY OR OMIT WORK
20.1 No alterations, amendments, omissions, suspensions or variations of the Works (hereinafter
referred to as ‘variation’) under the Contract as detailed in the Contract Documents, shall be
made by the Contractor except as directed in writing by owner’s Engineer in charge of the
work, but he shall have full powers subject to the provisions hereinafter contained, from time
to time during the execution of the Contract, by notice in writing to instruct the Contractor to
make such variation without prejudice to the Contract. The Contractor shall carry out such
variation and be bound by the same conditions as far as applicable as though the said
variations occurred in the Contract Documents. If any suggested variations would, in the
30
opinion of the Contractor, if carried out, prevent him from fulfilling any of his obligations or
guarantees under the Contract, he shall notify the Engineer thereof in writing and the
Engineer shall decide forthwith whether or not, the same shall be carried out and if the
Engineer confirm his instructions, the Contractor’s obligations and guarantees shall be
modified to such an extent as may be mutually agreed. Any agreed difference in cost
occasioned by any such variation shall be added to or deduced from the Contract Price as the
case may be.
20.2 In the event of the Engineer requiring any variation, a reasonable and proper notice shall be
given to the Contractor to enable him to work his arrangement accordingly, and in cases
where goods or materials are already prepared or any design, drawings or pattern made or
work done requires to be altered, a reasonable and agreed sum in respect thereof shall be
paid to the Contractor.
20.3 In any case in which the Contractor has received instructions from the Engineerin charge of
the work as to the requirement of carrying out the alterations or additional or substituted work
which either then or later on, shall in the opinion of the Contractor, involve a claim for
additional payment, the Contractor shall immediately and in no case later than Thirty (30)
days, after receipt of the instructions aforesaid and before carrying out the instructions, advise
the Owner’s Engineer in charge of the work to that effect. But the Owner’s Engineer in charge
of the work shall not become liable for the payment of any charges in respect of any such
variations, unless the instructions for the performance of the same shall be confirmed in
writing by the Engineer in charge of the work.
20.4 If any variation in the Works results in reduction of Contract Price, the parties shall agree, in
writing, to the extent of any change in the price, before the Contractor proceeds with the
change.
20.5 In all the above cases, in the event of a disagreement as to the reasonableness of the said
sum, the decision of owner’s Engineer in charge of the work shall prevail.
20.6 Notwithstanding anything stated above in this clause, owner’s Engineer in charge of the work
shall have the full power to instruct the Contractor, in writing, during the execution of the
Contract to vary the quantities of the items or groups of items in accordance with the
provisions of clause entitled ‘Change of Quantity in Section – III’. The Contractor shall carry
out such variations and be bound by the same conditions as though the said variations
occurred in the Contract Documents.
21.0 ASSIGNMENT AND SUB-LETTING OF CONTRACT
21.1 The Contractor may, after informing owner’s Engineer in charge of the work and getting his
written approval, assign or sub-let the Contract or any part thereof other than supply of main
equipments and any part of the plant for which makes are identified in the Contract.
Suppliers of the equipment not identified in the Contract or any change in the identified
suppliers shall be subjected to approval by the owner’s Engineer in charge of the work. The
experience list of equipment vendors under consideration by the Contractor for this Contract
shall be furnished to the owner’s Engineer in charge of the work for approval, prior to
procurement of all such items/equipment. Such assignment/sub-letting shall not relieve the
Contractor of any obligation, duty or responsibility under the Contract. Any assignment as
above, without prior written approval of the owner’s Engineer in charge of the work, shall be
void.
21.2 For components/equipment procured by the Contractor for the purposes of the Contract, after
obtaining the written approval of TSECL, the Contractor’s purchase specifications and
31
enquiries shall call for quality plan to be submitted by the suppliers along with their proposals.
The quality plans called for from the Vendors shall set out, during the various stages of
manufacture and installation, the quality practices and procedures followed by the Vendors
quality control organization, the relevant reference document/standard used, acceptance
level, inspection documentation raised, etc. Such quality plans of the successful vendors shall
be discussed and finalized in consultation with the owner’s Engineer in charge of the work
and shall form part of the purchase order/contract between the Contractor and the Vendor.
Within three weeks of the release of the purchase orders/contracts for such bought out
items/components, a copy of the same without price details but together with detailed
purchase specifications, quality plans and delivery conditions shall be furnished to the
owner’s Engineer in charge of the work by the Contractor.
22.0 CHANGE OF QUANTITY
22.1 During the execution of the Contract, TSECL reserves the right to increase or decrease the
quantities of items under the Contract but without any change in unit price or other terms &
conditions. Such variations shall not be subjected to any limitation for the individual items but
the total variations in all such items including items not covered under the Contract shall be
limited to ±25% of contract value.
22.2 The Contract price shall accordingly be adjusted based on the unit rates available in the
Contract for the change in quantities as above. The base unit rates, as identified in the
Contract shall however remain constant during the currency of the Contract, except as
provided for in clause 32.0 below. In case, the unit rates are not available in the contract, the
same shall be worked out as below: -
i) If the rates for the additional, altered or substituted work are specified in the contract, the
contractor is bound to carry the additional, altered or substituted work at the same rates as
are specified in the contract.
ii) If the rates for the additional, altered or substituted work are not specifically provided in the
contract, the rates will be derived from a similar class of work as are specified in the
contract.
iii) If the rates for the additional, altered or substituted work includes any work for which no
rate is specified in the contract / cannot be derived from the similar class of work in the
contract, then such work shall be carried out at the rates which will be determined on the
basis of current schedule of rate of TSECL above minus / plus the percentage which the
total contract amount bears to the estimated cost put to tender. Provided always if the rate
for particular part or parts of the item is not available in the schedule of rates the rate of
such part or parts will be determined by TSECL of the work on the basis of the prevailing
market rate when the work was done.
iv) If the rates for the additional, altered or substituted work can not be determined in the
manner specified in sub-clause i, ii & iii above, then the contractor shall within 7(Seven)
days of receipt of order to carry out the order, inform the owner’s Engineer in charge of the
work of rate which it is his intention to charge for such class of work, supported by analysis
of rate or rates claimed, and TSECL shall determine the rate or rates claimed with mutual
settlement with the contractor.
v) The deviation limit referred to above is the net effect (algebraically sum) of all additions
and deductions ordered.
vi) Time for the completion for the work shall be extended in the proportion that the altered,
additional or substituted work bears to the original contract of the work and the certificate
32
of the owner’s Engineer in charge of the work shall be conclusive for approval of the
time extension by TSECL.
23.0 PAKCING, FORWARDING AND SHIPMENT
23.1 The Contractor, wherever applicable, shall after proper painting, pack and crate all equipment
in such a manner as to protect them from deterioration and damage during rail and road
transportation to the site and storage at the site till the time of erection. The Contractor shall
be held responsible for all damages due to improper package.
23.2 The Contractor shall notify the owner’s Engineer in charge of the work of the date of each
shipment from his works, and the expected date of arrival at the site.
23.3 The Contractor shall also give all shipping information concerning the weight, size and
content of each packing including any other information the owner’s Engineer in charge of the
work may require.
23.4 The Contractor shall prepare detailed packing list of all packages and containers, bundles
and loose materials forming each and every consignment dispatch to Site.
The Contractor shall further be responsible for making all necessary arrangements for
loading, unloading and other handling, right from his works up to the Site and also till the
equipment is erected, tested and commissioned. He shall be solely responsible for proper
storage and safe custody of all equipment.
24.0 CO-OPERATION WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS AND CONSULTING ENGINEERS
The Contractor shall agree to cooperate with the TSECL’s Consulting Engineers and freely
exchange with them such technical information, as is necessary to obtain the most efficient
and economical design and to avoid unnecessary duplication of efforts. The owner’s
Engineer in charge of the work shall be provided with three copies of all correspondence
addressed by the Contractor to the consulting Engineers of TSECL in respect of such
exchange of technical information.
25.0 NO WAIVER OF RIGHTS
Neither the inspection by TSECL nor any order by TSECL for payment of money or any
payment for or acceptance of, the whole or any part of the Works by the owner’s Engineer in
charge of the work, nor any extension of time, nor any possession taken by the owner’s
Engineer in charge of the work shall operate as a waiver of any provision of the Contract, or
of any power herein reserved to TSECL or any right to damages herein provided nor shall any
waiver of any breach in the Contract be held to be a waiver of any other or subsequent
breach.
26.0 CERTIFICATE NOT TO AFFECT RIGHT OF TSECL AND LIABILITY OF CONTRACTOR.
No interim payment certificate of the owner’s Engineer in charge of the work, nor any sum
paid on account by TSECL, nor any extension of time for execution of the Works granted by
TSECL shall affect or prejudice the rights of TSECL against the Contractor or relieve the
Contractor of his obligation for the due performance of the Contractor, or be interpreted as
approval of the Works done or of the equipment furnished and no certificate shall create
liability for TSECL to pay for alterations, amendments, variations or additional works not
ordered, in writing, by the owner’s Engineer in charge of the work or discharge the liability of
the Contractor for the payment of damages whether due, ascertained or certified or not or any
33
sum against the payment of which he is bound to indemnify TSECL, nor shall any such
certificate nor the acceptance by him of any sum paid on account or otherwise affect or
prejudice the rights of TSECL against the Contractor.
27.0 INSPECTION AND TESTING OF EQUIPMENTS / MATERIALS
27.1 All equipments / materials shall be dispatched by the contractor only after issuance of
‘Materials Inspection Clearance Certificate (MICC)’ by the inspecting officer / team of
TSECL , Waiver of inspection may be done by TSECL special circumstances with
deduction of inspection cost @ 3% of the value of materials for which inspection to be
waived. In that case bidder should submit the routine test certificate of manufacturers
which shall be on the basis for acceptance of such materials by TSECL. No such
materials will be accepted without test certificate.
27.2 After manufacturing or at the stage of dispatch of equipments / materials the contractor shall
give intimation to the owner’s Engineer in charge of the work for conducting inspection of
equipments / materials at manufacture’s works or at recognized testing laboratories to be
arranged by the contractor. The intimation shall be made at least 15(fifteen) days before
the equipments / materials become ready for dispatch.
27.3. Testing of equipments / materials as specified above shall be conducted at the risk and cost
of the contractor. The contractor shall also bear the to and fro traveling, food and
lodging charges of the inspecting officer / team of TSECL.
28.0 PROGRESS REPORTS AND PHOTOGRAPHS
During the various stages of the Work in the pursuance of the Contract, the Contractor shall
at his own cost submit periodic progress reports as may be reasonably required by the
owner’s Engineer in charge of the work with such materials as, charts, Bar Charts,
photographs, test certificates, etc. Such progress reports shall be in the form and size as may
be required by the owner’s Engineer in charge of the work and shall be submitted in at least
Three (3) copies.
29.0 EXTENSION OF TIME
29.1 TSECL may consider granting time extension for completion of the work if it is felt
absolutely essential on fulfillment of following conditions by the Contractor:-
a) The contractor must apply to the Engineer-In-charge in writing for extension of time so
required justifying the necessity.
b) Such application must state the grounds which hindered the contractor in the execution of
the work within the time as stipulated in the contract document.
c) Such application must be made within 30 days of the date on which such hindrance had
arisen.
d) The Engineer-in charge must be of the opinion that the grounds shown for the extension
of time are reasonable and without extension of such time completion of the work is
practically impossible.
29.2 The Engineer-In- Charge will have full powers, but the orders on the application of the
Contractor accepted by the Authorities higher than the Engineer-In-Charge shall be issued by
him only after written approval from the concerned authority higher than Engineer-In-Charge.
29.3 The opinion of the Engineer- in- charge, whether the grounds shown for the time are or are
not reasonable, is final. If the Engineer- in- charge is of the opinion that the grounds
34
shown by the supplier/ contractor are not reasonable and declines to grant extension to time,
the supplier/contractor cannot challenge.
30.0 TAKING OVER
Upon successful completion of all the tests to be performed at Site on equipment furnished
and erected by the Contractor, the owner’s Engineer in charge of the work shall issue to the
Contractor a Taking over Certificate as a proof of the final acceptance of the equipment.
Such certificate shall not unreasonably be withheld.
CONTRACT SECURITY AND PAYMENTS
31.0 CONTRACT PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE
The Contractor shall furnish Contract Performance Guarantee as specified in Clause 6.0 of
Section - I for the proper fulfillment of the Contract within Fifteen (15) days of “Notice of
Award of Contract.”
32.0 CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT
32.1 There will be no price adjustment, all rates shall be firm.
33.0 PAYMENT
33.1 The payment to the Contractor for the performance of the Works under the Contract will be
made by TSECL as per the guidelines and conditions specified herein. All payment made
during the Contract shall be on account payments only. The final payment will be made on
completion of all Works and on completion of Warranty / Guaranty Period including
fulfillment by the Contractor of all his liabilities under the Contract.
33.2 Currency of Payment
All payments under the Contract shall be in Indian Rupees only.
33.3 Due Dates for Payments
TSECL will make progressive payment as and when the payment is due as per the terms of
payment set forth as herein after.
34.0 Mode of Payment
34.1 Payment due on supply / erection of Equipment & materials / services shall be made by the
owner’s Engineer in charge of the work through account payee Banker cheque.
34.2 TERMS OF PAYMENT
The terms of payments for various activities under the contract are as under.
34.2.1 Price of Supply and Erection
The terms of payments for price of all equipment / materials and erection are detailed herein
after.
A) For supply of Equipment / materials

i) 70% of the cost of equipment / materials after fulfillment of the following requirements:
a. Acknowledgement of Letter of Award.
b. Submission of contract performance guarantee as per clause 11.0 (Section – I).
c. Submission of a detailed Bar Chart based on the work schedule stipulated in the Bid
document and its approval by TSECL.
d. Signing of contract agreement.
35
e. On production of dispatch documents including the material inspection clearance certificate
(MICC) issued by the inspecting officer / team of TSECL.
f. On receipt of materials at site.
ii) Balance 20% of the cost of equipment / materials after successful erection at site.
iii) Balance 10% of the cost of equipment / materials after successful commissioning.
B) For the Erection Component and Civil Works.
i). 90% of the cost of erection after:
a. On establishing his office at site preparatory to mobilization of his erection
establishment.
b. On successful erection of equipments / materials as per lay-out drawing submitted by
the bidder and approved by TSECL.
c. Progressive bill value for erection component shall not be less than Rs.5.00 lac.
ii) Balance 10% of the cost of erection after successful commissioning.
C) For the Spares & Tools & Plant

a. 100% on receipt of the Spares and Tools & Plants in full and good condition.
34.2.2 All further payments under the Contract shall be made as stipulated in the Contract document
after signing the Contract Agreement. The adjusted contract price as per relevant clauses of
the contract document shall be made by TSECL or adjusted from the progressive bill of the
contractor on submission of price adjustment invoices with supporting documents by the
contractor and on final acceptance by TSECL.
34.2.3 Inland Transportation & Insurance
Inland transportation (including port handling) and inland insurance charges shall be borne by
the contractor and TSECL in no way shall be liable for the inland transportation and insurance
charges.
34.2.4 Price adjustment/Contract Variation
The terms of payments for Contract variations in terms of clause 20.0 and Sub-clause 22.1 (if
any) of this Section shall be the same as given above for price adjustment.
34.2.5 Spares
34.2.5.1 The Ex-works price components including packing and forwarding charges of spares shall be
paid as indicated below: -
a) On receipt and storage at Site and on physical verification by the owner’s Engineer in
charge of the work.
35.0 DEDUCTION FROM CONTRACT PRICE
All costs, damages or expenses which TSECL may have paid, for which under the Contract,
the Contractor is liable, will be deducted from the progressive bill of the contractor.
36.0 SPARES
36.1 All the spares for the equipment under the Contract will, strictly, conform to the specification
and documents and will be identical to the corresponding main equipment / components
supplied under the Contract and shall be fully interchangeable.
36.2 All the mandatory spares covered under the Contract shall be produced along with the main
equipment as a continuous operation and the delivery of the spares will be affected along
36
with the main equipment in a phased manner and the delivery would be completed by the
respective dates for the various categories of equipment as per the agreed Bar chart. In case
of recommended spares, the above will be applicable provided the order for the
recommended spares has been placed with the Contractor prior to commencement of
manufacture of the main equipment
36.3 The quality plan and the inspection requirement finalized for the main equipment will also be
applicable for the corresponding spares.
36.4 The Contractor will provide TSECL with the manufacturing drawings, catalogues, assembly
drawings and any other documents required by TSECL so as to enable the Owner to identity
the recommended spares. Such details will be furnished to TSECL as soon as they are
prepared but in any case not later than six months prior to commencement of manufacture of
the corresponding main equipment.
36.5 The Contractor will provide TSECL with all the addresses and particulars of his sub-suppliers
while placing the order on vendors for items/components/equipment covered under the
Contract and will further ensure with his vendors that TSECL, if so desires, will have the right
to place order (s) for spares directly on them on mutually agreed terms based on offers of
such vendors.
36.6 WARRANTIES FOR SPARES
The Contractor shall warrant that all spares supplied will be new and in accordance with
Contract Documents and will be free from defects in design, materials and workmanship and
shall further guarantee as under:
36.6.1 for 3 years operational spares (both mandatory and recommended)
a. For any item of spares ordered or to be ordered by TSECL for 3 years operational
requirement of the plant which is manufactured as a continuous operation together with the
corresponding main equipment/component, the warranty will be 12 months from the
scheduled date of commercial operation of the last unit of main equipment under the
Contract. In case of any failure in the original component/equipment due to faulty designs,
materials and workmanship, the corresponding spare parts, if any, supplied will be
replaced without any extra cost to TSECL unless a joint examination and analysis by TSECL
and the Contractor of such spare parts prove that the defect found in the original part that
failed, can safely be assumed not to be present in spare parts. Such replaced spare parts will
have the same warranty as applicable to the replacement made for the defective original
part/component provided that such replacement for the original equipment and the spare
replaced are again manufactured together. The discarded spare parts will become the
property of the Contractor as soon as they have been replaced by the Contractor.
b. For the item of spares ordered/to be ordered by TSECL for 3 years operational
requirement of the equipment, which with the written approval of the Owner, are not
manufactured as a continuous operation together with the manufacture of the corresponding
main equipment/component, will be warranted for 6000 hrs of trouble free operation, if used
within a period of 18 months (reckoned from the date of delivery at Site). However, if such
spare parts are put to use after 18 months of the delivery at site then the guarantee of such
spares will stand valid till the expiry of 36 months from the scheduled date of the completion
of commissioning of the last unit of equipment or 6000 hrs of trouble free operation after
such spares are put in service, whichever is earlier.
c. For long Term Requirement.
37
For items of spares that may be ordered by TSECL to cover requirements beyond 3 years of
initial operation of the plant, the warranty will be till the expiry of 6000 hrs of trouble free
operation if used within a period of 18 months from the date of delivery at Site. For items of
spares that may be used after 18 months from the date of delivery at Site, the warranty period
will be 12 months from the date they are put to use or 6000 hrs of trouble free operation,
whichever is earlier.
36.6.2 The warranty of spares that are not used within 18 months from the respective dates of the
delivery at Site covered in Para (b) & (c) above will, however, be subject to the condition that
all such spares have been stored/maintained/preserved in accordance with Contractor’s
standard recommended practice, if any, and the same have been furnished to TSECL.
36.6.3 To enable TSECL to finalize the requirement of recommended spares which are ordered
subsequent to placement of order for main equipment in addition to necessary technical
details, catalogue and such other information brought-out here-in-above, the Contractor will
also provide a justification in support of reasonableness of the quoted prices of spares which
will, inter-alia, include documentary evidence that the prices quoted by the Contractor are not
higher than those charged by them from other customers in the same period.
36.6.4 In addition to the spares recommended by the Contractor, if TSECL further identifies certain
particular items of spares, the Contractor will submit the prices and delivery quotations for
such spares within 30 days of receipt of such request with validity period for 6 months for
consideration of placement of order for additional spares, if TSECL so desires
36.6.5 The Contractor shall guarantee the long-term availability of spares to TSECL for the full life of
the equipment covered under the Contract. The Contractor shall guarantee that before going
out of production of spare parts of the equipment, he shall give at least twelve (12) months
advance notice so that the latter may order his bulk requirement of spares, if he so desires.
The same provision will also be applicable to Sub-Contractor of any spares by the
Contractor or his Sub-Contractors. Further, in case of discontinuance of manufacture of any
spares by the Contractor or his Sub-Contractors, the Contractor will provide TSECL, two
years in advance, full manufacturing drawings, material specifications and technical
information required by TSECL for the purpose of manufacture of such items.
36.6.6 Further in case of discontinuance of supply of spares by the Contractor or his Sub-
contractors, the Contractor will provide TSECL with full information for replacement of such
spares with other equivalent makes, if so required by TSECL.
36.6.7 The prices of all future requirements of items of spares beyond 3 years operational
requirement will be derived from the corresponding ex-works price at which the order for such
spares have been placed by TSECL as part of mandatory spares or recommended spares.
Ex-works order price of future spares shall be computed in accordance with the price
adjustment provisions covered under the main Contract excepting that ‘the base indices will
be counted from he scheduled date of successful completion of trial operation of the last
equipment under the main project and there will be no ceiling on the amount of narration in
the prices. The above option for procuring future long term requirement of spares by TSECL
shall remain valid for a period of 5 years from successful completion of commissioning of the
last unit of equipment.
36.6.8 The Contractor will indicate in advance the delivery period of the items of spares, which
TSECL may procure in accordance with above Sub-clause. In case of emergency
requirements of spares, the Contractor would make every effort to expedite the manufacture
and delivery of such spares on the basis of mutually agreed time schedule.
38
36.6.9 In case the Contractor fails to supply the mandatory, recommended or long term spares in
accordance with the terms stipulated above, TSECL shall be entitled to purchase the same
from alternate sources at the risk and the cost of the Contractor and recover from the
Contractor, the excess amount paid by TSECL over the rates worked out on the above basis.
In the event of such risk purchase by TSECL, the purchases will be as per the works and
procurement policy of TSECL prevalent at the time of such purchases and at his option, may
include a representative of the Contractor in finalizing the purchases.
36.6.10 It is expressly understood that the final settlement between the parties in terms of the relevant
clauses of the Bidding Documents shall not relieve the Contractor of any his obligations under
the provision of long term availability of spares unless otherwise discharged in writing by
TSECL.
37.0 TRANSFER OF THE TITLE
37.1 This Transfer of Title of equipments / materials shall not be construed to mean the
acceptance and the consequent “Taking Over” of equipment and materials. The Contractor
shall continue to be responsible for the quality and performance of such equipment and
materials and for their compliance with the specifications until “Taking Over” and the
fulfillment of guarantee provisions of this Contract.
37.2 This Transfer of Title shall not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility for all risks of
loss or damage to the equipment and materials as specified under the clause entitled
“Insurance” of this Section.
38.0 INSURANCE
The Contractor at his cost shall arrange, secure and maintain all insurance as may be
pertinent to the Works and obligatory in terms of law to protect his interest and interests of
TSECL against all perils detailed herein. The form and the limit of such insurance as defined
herein together with the under-writer in each case shall be acceptable to TSECL. However,
irrespective of such acceptance, the responsibility to maintain adequate insurance coverage
at all times during the period of Contract shall be of the Contractor alone. The Contractor’s
failure in this regard shall not relieve him of any of his contractual responsibilities and
obligations. The insurance covers to be taken by the Contractor shall be in a joint name of
TSECL and the Contractor. The Contractor shall, however, be authorized to deal directly
with Insurance Company or Companies and shall be responsible in regard to maintenance of
all insurance covers. Further the insurance should be in freely convertible currency.
38.2 Any loss or damage to the equipment during handling, transportation, storage, erection,
putting into satisfactory operation and all activities to be performed till the successful
completion of commissioning of the equipment shall be to the account of the Contractor. The
Contractor shall be responsible for preference of all claims and make good the damages or
loss by way of repairs and/or replacement of the equipment, damaged or lost. The transfer of
title shall not in any way relieve the Contractor of the above responsibilities during the period
of Contract. The Contractor shall provide TSECL with copy of all insurance policies and
documents taken out by him in pursuance of the Contract. Such copies of documents shall
be submitted to TSECL immediately after such insurance coverage. The Contractor shall
also inform TSECL in writing at least Sixty (60) Days in advance regarding the
expiry/cancellation and/or change in any of such documents and ensure revalidation, renewal
etc., as may be necessary well in time.
38.3 The perils required to be covered under the insurance shall include, but not be limited to fire
and allied risks, miscellaneous accidents (erection risks) workman compensation risks, loss
39
or damage in transit, theft, pilferage, riot, strikes, social unrest and malicious damages, civil
commotion, weather conditions, accidents of all kinds, etc. The scope of such insurance shall
be adequate to cover the replacement/reinstatement cost of the equipment for all risks upto
and including delivery of goods and other costs till the equipment is delivered at Site. The
insurance policies to be taken should be on replacement value basis and/or incorporating
escalation clause. Notwithstanding the extent of insurance cover and the amount of claim
available from the underwriters, the Contractor shall be liable to make good the full
replacement/rectification value of all equipment/materials and to ensure their availability as
per project requirements.
38.4 All costs on account of insurance liabilities covered under the Contract will be to Contractor’s
account and will be included in Contract Price, However, TSECL may from time to time,
during the pendency of the Contract, ask the Contractor in writing to limit the insurance
coverage, risks and in such a case, the parties to the Contract will agree for a mutual
settlement, for reduction in Contract price to the extent of reduced premium amount. The
Contractor, while arranging the insurance shall ensure to obtain all discounts on premium,
which may be available for higher volume or for reason of financing arrangement of the
project.
38.5 The clause entitled ‘Insurance’ under the Section - IV, covers the additional insurance
requirements for the portion of the works to be performed at the Site.
39.0 LIABILITY FOR ACCIDENTS AND DAMAGES
Under the Contract, the Contractor shall be responsible for loss or damage to the equipment
until the successful completion of commissioning as defined else-where in the Bidding
Documents.
40.0 DELAYS BY TSECL OR HIS AUTHORISED AGENTS
40.1 In case the Contractor’s performance is delayed due to any act on the part of TSECL or his
authorized agents, then the Contractor shall be given due extension of time for the completion
of the Works, to the extent of such act on the part of TSECL has caused delay in the
Contractor’s performance of the Contract.
Regarding reasonableness or otherwise of the extension of time, the decision of the TSECL
shall be final.
41.0 DEMURRAGE, WHARFAGE, ETC.
All demurrage, wharf age and other expenses incurred due to delayed clearance of the
material or any other reason shall be to the account of the Contractor.
42.0 FORCE MAJEURE
42.1 Force majeure is herein defined as any cause which is beyond the control of the Contractor or
TSECL as the case may be, which they could not foresee or with a reasonable amount of
diligence could not have foreseen and which substantially affects the performance of the
Contract, such as:
a. Natural phenomena, including but not limited to floods, droughts, earthquakes and
epidemics;
b. Acts of any Government including but not limited to war, declared or undeclared,
quarantines and embargoes.
40
Provided the contractor shall within Fifteen (15) days from the occurrence of such a cause
notify TSECL in writing of such causes, acceptance of which will be given by TSECL after
verification.
42.2 The Contractor or TSECL shall not be liable for delays in performing his obligations resulting
from any force-majeure cause as referred to and/or defined above.
The date of completion will, subject to hereinafter provided, be extended by a reasonable
time.
43.0 SUSPENSION OF WORK
43.1 TSECL reserves the right to suspend and reinstate execution of the whole or any part of the
Works without invalidating the provisions of the Contract. Orders for Suspension or
reinstatement of the Works will be issued by TSECL to the Contractor in writing. The time for
completion of the works will be extended for a period equal duration of the suspension.
44.0 CONTRACTOR’S DEFAULT
44.1 If the Contractor shall neglect to execute the Works with due diligence and expertise or shall
refuse or neglect to comply with any reasonable order given to him, in the Contract by the
TSECL’s Engineer in charge of the work in connection with the works or shall contravene the
provisions of the Contract, TSECL may give notice in writing to the Contractor to make good
the failure, neglect or contravention complained of. Should the Contractor fail to comply with
the notice within Thirty (30) days from the date of serving the notice, then and in such case
TSECL shall be at liberty to employ other workmen and forthwith execute such part of the
Works as the Contractor, may have neglected to do or if TSECL shall think fit, without
prejudice to any other right he may have under the Contract to take the work wholly or in part
out of the Contractor’s hands and re-contract with any other person or persons to complete
the works or any part thereof and in that event TSECL shall have free use of all Contractor’s
equipment that may have been at the time on the Site in connection with the works without
being responsible to the Contractor for fair wear and tear thereof and to the exclusion of any
right of the Contractor over the same, and TSECL shall be entitled to retain and apply any
balance which may otherwise be due on the Contract by him to the Contractor, or such part
there of as may be necessary, to the payment of the cost of executing the said part of the
Work or of completing the Works as the case may be. If the cost of completing of Works or
executing a part there of as a foresaid shall exceed the balance due to the Contractor, the
Contractor shall pay such excess. Such payment of excess amount shall be independent of
the liquidated damages for delay, which the Contractor shall have to pay if the completion of
Works is delayed.
44.2 In addition, such action by TSECL as aforesaid shall not relieve the Contractor of his liability
to pay liquidated damages for delay in completion of Works as defined in clause 13.0 of this
Section. Such action by TSECL as aforesaid, the termination of the Contract under this
clause shall neither entitle the Contractor to reduce the value of the Contract Performance
Guarantee nor the time thereof. The Contract Performance Guarantee shall be valid for the
full value and for the full period of the Contract including guarantee period.
45.0 TERMINATION OF CONTRACT ON OWNER’S INITIATIVE
45.1 TSECL reserves the right to terminate the Contract either in part or in full due to reasons
stipulated in the clause entitled “Contractor’s Default.” TSECL shall in such an event give
Fifteen (15) days notice in writing to the Contractor of his decision to do so.
41
45.2 The Contractor upon receipt of such notice shall discontinue the work on the date and to the
extent specified in the notice.
45.3 If the Contractor is an individual or a proprietary concern and the individual or the proprietor
dies and if the Contractor is a partnership concern and one of the partners dies then unless
TSECL is satisfied that the legal representatives of the individual contractor or of the
proprietor of propriety concern and in the case of partnership, the surviving partners, are
capable of carrying out and completing the Contract, TSECL shall be entitled to cancel the
Contract as to its uncompleted part without being in any way liable to payment of any
compensation to the estate of deceased Contractor and/or to the surviving partners of the
Contractor’s firm on account of the cancellation of the Contract. The decision of TSECL that
the legal representatives of the deceased Contractor or surviving partners of the Contractor’s
firm cannot carry out and complete the Contract shall be final and binding on the parties.
RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES
46.0 SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTES

46.1 Any dispute(s) or difference(s) arising out of or in connection with the Contract shall, to the
extent possible, be settled amicably between the parties.
46.2 If any dispute or difference of any kind whatsoever shall arise between Deputy General
Manager in charge of the work and the Contractor, arising out of the Contract for the
performance of the Works whether during the progress of the Works or after its completion or
whether before or after the termination, abandonment or breach of the Contract, it shall, in the
first place, be referred to and settled by the Superintending Engineer of the concerned circle
/Chief Engineer as the case may be , who, within a period of Thirty (30) days after being
requested by either party to do so, shall give written notice of his decision to both the parties.
. 46.3 In the event the Contractor being dissatisfied with any such decision, the matters in dispute
shall be referred to arbitration as hereinafter provided.
47.0 ARBITRATION
47.1 All disputes or differences in respect of which the decision, if any, of the Engineer has not
become final or binding as aforesaid shall be settled by arbitration in the manner hereinafter
provided.
47.1.1 The arbitration shall be conducted by an arbitrator, to be nominated by TSECL and he will be
the sole arbitrator to conduct the arbitration.
47.1.2 The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the provisions of the Indian Arbitration
& Reconciliation Act, 1996 or any statutory modification thereof. The venue of arbitration
shall be at Agartala.
47.2 The arbitrators may, from time to time with the consent of all the parties enlarge the time for
making the award.
47.3 The arbitrator shall have full powers to review and/or revise any, decision, opinion, direction,
certification or valuation of the Engineer in accordance with the Contract, and neither party
shall be limited in the proceedings before such arbitrators to the condense or arguments out
before the Engineer for the purpose of obtaining the said decision.
47.4 During settlement of disputes and arbitration proceedings, both parties shall be obliged to
carry out their respective obligations under the Contract.
48.0 RECONCILIATION OF ACCOUNTS
42
The Contractor shall prepare and submit every six months, a statement covering payments
claimed and the payments received vis-à-vis the works executed, for reconciliation of
accounts with the owner’s Engineer in charge of the work. The Contractor shall also prepare
and submit a detailed account of Materials received from TSECL and utilized by him for
reconciliation purpose.
49.0 TRAINING OF OWNER’S PERSONNEL
49.1 The Contractor shall undertake to train free of cost, two engineering personnel selected and
sent by TSECL at the works of the manufacturer. The period and nature of training for the
personnel shall be agreed upon mutually between the Contractor and TSECL. These
engineering personnel shall be given special training in the shops, where the equipment shall
be manufactured and/or in their Collaborator’s works and where possible, in any other plant
where equipment manufactured by the Contractor or his Collaborator is under installation,
operation, or testing to enable those personnel to become familiar with the equipment being
supplied by the Contractor.
49.2 All traveling and living expenses for the engineering personnel to be trained during the total
period of training shall be borne by the Contractor. These engineering personnel, while
undergoing training, shall be responsible to the Contractor for discipline.
49.3 TSECL shall not be entitled for any rebate, whatsoever on any account in the event of his
failing to avail of the training facilities, for any reason.
*********************
43
SECTION-IV
ERECTION CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 The following shall supplement the conditions already contained in the other parts of these
specifications and document and shall govern the portion of the work of this Contract to be
performed at Site.
1.2 The Contractor upon signing of the Contract shall, in addition to a Project Coordinator,
nominate another responsible officer as his representative at Site suitably designated for the
purpose of overall responsibility and co-ordination of the works to be performed at Site. Such
person shall function from the Site Office of the Contractor.
2.0 REGULATION OF LOCAL AUTHORITIES
2.1 The Contractor shall comply with all the rules and regulations of local authorities during the
performance of his field activities. He shall also comply with the Minimum Wages Act, 1948
and the Payment of Wages Act (both of the Government of India) and the rules made there-
under in respect of any employee or workman employed or engaged by him or his Sub-
Contractor.
2.2 All registration and statutory inspection fees, if any, in respect of his work pursuant to this
Contract shall be to the account of the Contractor. However, any registration, statutory
inspection fees lawfully payable under any statutory laws and its amendments from time to
time during erection in respect of the equipment ultimately to be owned by the Owner, shall
be to the account of TSECL. Should any such inspection or registration need to be re-
arranged due to the fault of the Contractor or his Sub-Contractor, the additional fees to such
inspection and/or registration shall be borne by the Contractor.
3.0 OWNER’S LIEN ON EQUIPMENT
TSECL shall have a lien on all equipment including those of the Contractor brought to the Site
for the purpose of erection, testing and commissioning of the equipment to be supplied &
erected under the Contract. TSECL shall continue to hold the lien on all such equipment
throughout the period of Contract. No material brought to the Site shall be removed from the
Site by the Contractor and/or his Sub-Contractors without the prior written approval of the
Engineer.
4.0 INSPECTION, TESTING AND INSPECTION CERTIFICATES
The provisions of the clause entitled Inspection, Testing and Inspection Certificates under
Technical Specification, General Terms & Conditions (GTC) shall also be applicable to the
erection portion of the Works. The Deputy General Manager in charge of the work shall have
the right to re-inspect any equipment though previously inspected at the Contractor’s works,
before and after the same are erected at Site. If by the above inspection, the Deputy General
Manager in charge of the work rejects any equipment, the Contractor shall make good for
such rejections either by replacement or modification / repairs as may be necessary to the
satisfaction of TSECL. Such replacements shall also include the replacements or re-execution
of such of those works of other Contractors and/or agencies, which might have got damaged or
affected by the replacements or re-work done to the Contractor’s work.
5.0 ACCESS TO SITE AND WORKS ON SITE
5.1 Suitable access to the Site shall be afforded to the Contractor by TSECL in reasonable time.
44
5.2 In the execution of the works, no person other than the Contractor or his duly appointed
representative, Sub-Contractor and workmen, shall be allowed to do work on the Site, except
by the special permission, in writing of the site Engineer of TSECL or his representative.
6.0 CONTRACTOR’S SITE OFFICE ESTABLISHMENT
The Contractor shall establish a Site Office at the Site and keep posted an authorized
representative for the purpose of the Contract. Any written order or instruction of the Engineer
in charge of the work or his duly authorized representative shall be communicated to the said
authorized resident representative of the Contractor and the same shall be deemed to have
been communicated to the Contractor at his legal address.
7.0 CO-OPERATION WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS
7.1 The Contractor shall co-operate with all other Contractors or tradesmen of TSECL, who may
be performing other works on behalf of TSECL and the workmen who may be employed by
TSECL and doing work in the vicinity of the Works under the Contract. The Contractor shall
also so arrange to perform his work as to minimize, to the maximum extent possible,
interference with the work of other Contractors and their workmen. Any injury or damage that
may be sustained by the employees of the other Contractors and TSECL, due to the
Contractor’s work shall promptly be made good at the Contractor’s own expense. The site
Engineer of TSECL shall determine the resolution of any difference or conflict that may arise
between the Contractor and other Contractors or between the Contractor and the workmen of
TSECL in regard to their work. If the work of the Contractor is delayed because of any acts of
omission of another Contractor, the Contractor shall have no claim against TSECL on that
account other than an extension of time for completing his Works.
7.2 The Site Engineer of TSECL shall be notified promptly by the Contractor of any defects in the
other Contractor’s works that could affect the Contractor’s Works. The Engineer shall
determine the corrective measures if any required rectifying this situation after inspection of
the works and such decisions by the Engineer shall be binding on the Contractor.
8.0 DISCIPLINE OF WORKMEN
The Contractor shall adhere to the disciplinary procedure set by the site Engineer of TSECL
in respect of his employees and workmen at Site. The Engineer shall be at liberty to object to
the presence of any representative or employee of the Contractor at the Site, if in the opinion
of the Engineer such employee has misconduct himself or is incompetent or negligent or
otherwise undesirable and then the Contractor shall remove such a person objected to and
provide in his place a competent replacement.
9.0 CONTRACTOR’S FIELD OPERATION
9.1 The Contractor shall keep the site Engineer of TSECL informed in advance regarding his field
activity plans and schedules for carrying-out each part of the works. Any review of such plan
or schedule or method of work by the site Engineer of TSECL shall not relieve the Contractor
of any of his responsibilities towards the field activities. Such reviews shall also not be
considered as an assumption of any risk or liability by TSECL or any of his representatives
and no claim of the Contractor shall be entertained because of the failure or inefficiency of
any such plan or schedule or method of work reviewed. The Contractor shall be solely
responsible for the safety, adequacy and efficiency of plant and equipment and his erection
methods.
9.2 The Contractor shall have the complete responsibility for the conditions of the Work-Site
including the safety of all persons employed by him or his Sub-Contractor and all the
45
properties under his custody during the performance of the work. This requirement shall apply
continuously till the completion of the Contract and shall not be limited to normal working
hours. The construction review by the site Engineer of TSECL is not intended to include
review of Contractor’s safety measures in, on or near the work Site, and their adequacy or
otherwise.
10.0 PHOTOGRAPHS AND PROGRESS REPORT
10.1 The Contractor shall furnish Three (3) prints each to the Site Engineer of progress
photographs of the work done at Site. Photographs shall be taken as and when indicated by
the Site Engineer of TSECL or his representative. Photographs shall be adequate in size and
number to indicate various stages of erection. Each photograph shall contain the date, the
name of the Contractor and the title of the photograph.
10.2 The above photographs shall accompany the monthly progress report detailing-out the
progress achieved on all erection activities as compared to the schedules. The report shall
also indicate the reasons for the variance between the scheduled and actual progress and the
action proposed for corrective measures, wherever necessary.
11.0 MAN-POWER REPORT
11.1 The Contractor shall submit to the Site Engineer of TSECL, on the first day of every month, a
man hour schedule for the month, detailing the man hours scheduled for the month, skill-wise
and area-wise.
11.2 The Contractor shall also submit to the Site Engineer of TSECL, on the first day of every
month, a man power report of the previous month detailing the number of persons scheduled
to have been employed and actually employed, skill-wise and the areas of employment of
such labour.
12.0 PROTECTION OF WORK
The Contractor shall have total responsibility for protecting his works till it is finally taken over
by TSECL. No claim shall be entertained by TSECL for any damage or loss to the
Contractor’s works and the Contractor shall be responsible for complete restoration of the
damaged works to original conditions to comply with the specification and drawings, should
any such damage to the Contractor’s works occur because of any other party not being under
his supervision or control. The Contractor shall make his claim directly with the party
concerned. If disagreement or conflict or dispute develops between the Contractor and the
other party or parties concerned regarding the responsibility for damage to the contractor’s
works, the same shall be resolved as per the provisions of the Clause 7.0 above entitled
“Cooperation with other Contractors”. The Contractor shall not cause any delay in the repair
of such damaged works because of any delay in the resolution of such dispute. The
Contractor shall proceed to repair the Work immediately and no cause thereof will be
assigned pending resolution of such disputes.
13.0 EMPLOYMENT OF LABOUR
13.1 The Contractor shall be expected to employ on the work only his regular skilled employees
with experience of this particular work. No female labour shall be employed after darkness.
No person below the age of eighteen years shall be employed.
13.2 All traveling expenses including provisions of all necessary transport to and from Site, lodging
allowances and other payments to the Contractor’s employees shall be the sole responsibility
of the Contractor.
46
13.3 The hours of work on the Site shall be decided by the site Engineer of TSECL and the
Contractor shall adhere to it. Working hours shall normally be Eight (8) hours per day –
Monday through Saturday and may have to be extended in the interest of work.
13.4 The Contractor’s employees shall wear identification badges while on work at Site.
13.5 In case TSECL becomes liable to pay any wages or dues to the labour or any Government
agency under any of the provisions of the Minimum Wages Act, Workmen Compensation Act,
Contract Labour Regulation Abolition Act or any other law due to act of omission of the
Contractor, TSECL may make such payments and shall recover the same from the
Contractor’s bills.
14.0 FACILITIES TO BE PROVIDED
By the Contractor
14.1 Tools, tackles and scaffoldings
The Contractor shall provide all the construction equipment, tools, tackles and scaffoldings
required for pre-assembly, erection, testing and commissioning of the equipment covered
under the Contract. He shall submit a list of all such materials to the site Engineer of TSECL
before the commencement of pre-assembly at Site. These tools and tackles shall not be
removed from the Site without the written permission of the site Engineer.
14.2 First – aid
The Contractor shall provide necessary first-aid facilities for all his employees,
representatives and workmen working at the Site. Enough number of Contractor’s personnel
shall be trained in administering first – aid.
14.3 Cleanliness
The Contractor shall be responsible for keeping the entire area allotted to him clean and free
from rubbish, debris etc. during the period of Contract. The Contractor shall employ enough
number of special personnel to thoroughly clean his work-area at least once in a day. All such
rubbish and scrap material shall be stacked or disposed in a place to be identified by the site
Engineer of TSECL. Materials and stores shall be so arranged to permit easy cleaning of the
area. In areas where equipment might drip oil and cause damage to the floor surface, a
suitable protective cover of a flame resistant, oil proof sheet shall be provided to protect the
floor from such damage.
14.4 Communication
The contractor shall extend the telephone & telex facilities, if available at Site, for the
purposes of interaction with the site office by him and TSECL.
By the Owner
14.5 Space
a) Land for Contractor’s Office, Store, and Workshop etc if available shall be provided by
TSECL. Otherwise contractor has to arrange at his own cost and responsibilities the
accommodation for his site office, store and workshop etc.
b) The Site Engineer of TSECL shall at his discretion and for the duration of execution
of the Contract make available at site, land for construction of Contractor’s field
office, workshop, stores, magazines for explosives in isolated locations, assembling
yard, etc. required for execution of the Contract. Any construction of temporary roads,
47
offices, workshop, etc. as approved by the site Engineer of TSECL shall be done by
the Contractor at his cost.
c) On completion of work, the Contractor shall hand over the land duly cleaned to the
site Engineer of TSECL. Until and unless the Contractor has handed over the vacant
possession of land allotted to him for the above purpose, the payment of his final bill
shall not be made. The Contractor shall be made liable to pay for the use and
occupation at the rates to be determined by the Engineer if the Contractor over stays
in the land after the Contract is completed.
14.6 Electricity – Power Supply

Where power supply is available with TSECL for construction purpose, the same shall be
provided at the job at one point of the distribution system as may be decided by site Engineer
of TSECL. The charge for extension of service line and energy consumption charges shall be
borne by the contractor. In case the contractor fails to pay the related charge of extension of
service line and energy consumption within due date of the bill raised for the purpose, the
amount will be deducted from the progressive bill of the contractor.
14.7 Water
Free supply of water shall be made available for the construction purpose whenever water is
available and the same shall be given at an agreed single point at the Site. Any further
distribution shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Free drinking water if available shall
also be provided at one agreed point in the Site. Further distribution either to his labour
colony or his work Site or to his office shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.
15.0 LINES AND GRADES
All the works shall be performed on the lines, grades and elevations indicated on the
drawings. The Contractor shall be responsible to locate and lay-out the works.Basic
horizontal and vertical control points shall be established and marked by the Engineer at Site
at suitable points. These points shall be used as datum for the works under the Contract.
The Contractor shall inform the site Engineer of TSECL well in advance of the times and
places at which he wishes to do work in the area allotted to him so that suitable datum
points may be established and checked by the site Engineer to enable the Contractor to
proceed with his works. Any work done without being properly located may be removed
and/or dismantled at contractor expense.
16.0 FIRE PROTECTION
16.1 The work procedures that are to be used during the erection shall be those which minimize
fire hazards to the extent practicable. Combustible materials, combustible waste and rubbish
shall be collected and removed from the Site at least once each day. Fuels, oils and volatile
or inflammable materials shall be stored away from the construction and equipment and
materials storage areas in safe containers. Un-treated materials shall not at all be used at
Site for any other purpose unless otherwise specified. If any such materials are received with
the equipment at the Site, the same shall be removed and replaced with acceptable material
before moving into the construction or storage area.
16.2 Similarly corrugated paper fabricated cartons etc. shall not be permitted in the construction
area either for storage or for handling of materials. All such materials used shall be of water
proof and flame resistant type. All the other materials such as working drawings, plans etc.
which are combustible but are essential for the works to be executed shall be protected
48
against combustion resulting from welding sparks, cutting flames and other similar fire
sources.
16.3 All the Contractor’s supervisory personnel and sufficient number of workers shall be trained
for fire-fighting and shall be assigned specific fire protection duties. Enough of such trained
personnel must be available at the Site during the entire period of the Contract.
16.4 The Contractor shall provide enough fire protection equipment of the types and number for
the ware-houses, office, temporary structures, labour colony area etc. Access to such fire
protection equipment shall be easy and kept open at all time.
17.0 SECURITY
The Contractor shall have total responsibility for all equipment and materials in his
custody/stores, loose, semi-assembled and/or erected by him at Site. The contractor shall
make suitable security arrangements including employment of security personnel to ensure
the protection of all materials, equipment and works from theft, fire, pilferage and any other
damages and loss. All materials of the Contractor shall enter and leave the project Site only
with the written permission of site Engineer of TSECL in the prescribed manner.
18.0 CONTRACTOR’S AREA LIMITS
The site Engineer of TSECL shall mark-out the boundary limits of access roads, parking
spaces, storage and construction areas for the Contractor and the Contractor shall not
trespass the areas not so marked out for him. The Contractor shall be responsible to ensure
that none of his personnel move out of the areas marked out for his operations. In case of
such a need for the Contractor’s personnel to work out of the areas marked out for him, the
same shall be done only with the written permission of the site Engineer of TSECL.
19.0 CONTRACTOR’S CO-OPERATION
In case where the performance of the erection work by the Contractor affects the operation of
the system facilities of TSECL, such erection work of the Contractor shall be scheduled to be
performed only in the manner stipulated by the site Engineer and the same shall be
acceptable at all times to the Contractor. The site Engineer may impose such restrictions on
the facilities provided to the Contractor such as electricity, water etc. as he may think fit in the
interest of TSECL and the Contractor shall strictly adhere to such restrictions and co-operate
with the site Engineer of TSECL. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to provide all
necessary temporary instrumentation and other measuring devices required during start-up
and operation of the equipment systems which are erected by him. The Contractor shall also
be responsible for flushing and initial filling of all the oil and lubricants required for the
equipment furnished and erected by him, so as to make such equipment ready for operation.
The Contractor shall be responsible for supplying such flushing oil and other lubricants unless
otherwise specified elsewhere in the document and specification.
20.0 MATERIALS HANDLING AND STORAGE
20.1 All the equipment furnished under the Contract and arriving at Site shall be promptly received,
unloaded, transported and stored in the storage arrange by the contractor at his risk and cost.
20.2 The Contractor shall be responsible for examining all the shipment and notify the Site
Engineer of TSECL immediately of any damage, shortage, discrepancy etc. for the purpose of
information only. The Contractor shall submit to the site Engineer of TSECL every week a
report detailing all the receipts during the week. However, the Contractor shall be solely
responsible for any shortages or damage in transit, handling and/or in storage and erection of
49
the equipment at Site. Any demurrage, wharfage and other such charges claimed by the
transporters, railways etc. shall be to the account of the Contractor.
20.3 The Contractor shall maintain an accurate and exhaustive record detailing out the list of all
equipment received by him for the purpose of erection and keep such record open for the
inspection by the Site Engineers / Higher officials of TSECL.
20.4 All equipment shall be handled very carefully to prevent any damage or loss. No bare wire
ropes, slings, etc. shall be used for unloading and/or handling of the equipment without the
specific written permission of the Site Engineer. The equipment stored shall be properly
protected to prevent damage either to the equipment or the floor where they are stored. The
equipment from the store shall be moved to the actual location at the appropriate time so as
to avoid damage of such equipment at Site.
20.5 All electrical panels, control gears, motors and such other devices shall be properly dried by
heating before they are installed and energized. Motor bearings, slip rings, commutators and
other exposed parts shall be protected against moisture ingress and corrosion during storage
and periodically inspected.
20.6 All the electrical equipment such as motors, generators, etc. shall be tested for insulation
resistance at least once in a month from the date of receipt till the date of commissioning and
a record of such measured insulation values maintained by the Contractor. Such records shall
be made available for inspection by the Site Engineers / Higher officials of TSECL.
20.7 The Contractor shall ensure that all the packing materials and protection devices used for the
various equipments during transit and storage are removed before the equipment are
installed.
20.8 The consumable and other supplies likely to deteriorate due to storage must be thoroughly
protected and stored in a suitable manner to prevent damage or deterioration in quality by
storage.
20.9 All the materials stored in the open or dusty location must be covered with suitable weather-
proof and flame proof covering material wherever applicable.
20.10 If the materials belonging to the Contractor are stored in areas other than those earmarked
for him, the Site Engineer shall have the right to get it moved to the area earmarked for the
Contractor at the Contractor’s cost.
20.11 The Contractor shall be responsible for making suitable indoor storage facilities to store all
equipment which require indoor storage. Normally, all the electrical equipment such as
motors, control gear, generators, exciters and consumables like electrodes, lubricants etc.
shall be stored in the closed storage space. The site Engineer, in addition, may direct the
Contractor to move certain other materials, which in his opinion shall require indoor storage,
to indoor storage areas, which the Contractor shall strictly comply with.
21.0 CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT
21.1 The field activities of the Contractors working at Site shall be coordinated by the Site
Engineer of TSECL and his decision shall be final in resolving any disputes or conflicts
between the Contractor and other Contractors and tradesmen regarding scheduling and co-
ordination of work. Such decision by Site Engineer of TSECL shall not be a cause for extra
compensation or extension of time for the Contractor.
21.2 The Site Engineer of TSECL shall hold weekly meeting with the Site Engineer / Supervisor of
the contractor. The Site Engineer / Supervisor of the contractor shall attend such meetings
and take notes of the discussions during the meeting and the decision of the Site Engineer of
50
TSECL and shall strictly adhere to those decisions in performing his works. In addition to the
above weekly meeting, the Site Engineer / Higher officials of TSECL may call for other
meeting with the Site Engineer / Supervisor / any other authorised representative of the
contractor and in such a case the personnel of the contractor shall attend such meetings.
21.3 Time is the essence of the Contract and the Contractor shall be responsible for performance
of his works in accordance with the specified construction schedule. If at any time, the
Contractor is falling behind the schedule, he shall take necessary action to make good for
such delays by increasing his work force or by working overtime or otherwise accelerate the
progress of the work to comply with the schedule and shall communicate such actions in
writing to the Site Engineer of TSECL, satisfying that his action shall compensate for the
delay. The Contractor shall not be allowed any extra compensation for such action.
21.4 TSECL shall, however, not be responsible for provision of additional labour and/or materials
or supply or any other services to the Contractor.
22.0 FIELD OFFICE RECORDS
The Contractor shall maintain at his Site office up-to-date copies of all drawings,
specifications and other Contract Documents and any other supplementary data complete
with all the latest revisions thereto. The Contractor shall also maintain in addition the
continuous record of all changes to the above Contract Documents, drawings, specifications,
supplementary data, etc. effected at the field and on completion of his total assignment under
the Contract, shall incorporate all such changes on the drawings and other engineering data
to indicate as installed conditions of the equipment furnished and erected under the Contract.
Such drawings and engineering data shall be submitted to the Deputy General Manager in
charge of the work in required number of copies.
23.0 CONTRACTOR’S MATERIALS BROUGHT ON TO SITE
23.1 The Contractor shall bring to Site all equipment, components, parts, materials, including
construction equipment, tools and tackles for the purpose of the works under intimation to the
Site Engineer. All such goods shall, from the time of their being brought vest in TSECL, but
may be used for the purpose of the Works only and shall not on any account be removed or
taken away by the Contractor without the written permission of the Site Engineer of TSECL.
The Contractor shall nevertheless be solely liable and responsible for any loss or destruction
thereof and damage thereto.
23.2 After the completion of the Works, the Contractor shall remove from the Site under the
direction of the Site Engineer of TSECL the materials such as construction equipment,
erection tools and tackles, scaffolding etc. with the written permission from him.
24.0 PROTECTION OF PROPERTY AND CONTRACTOR’S LIABILITY
24.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage resulting from his operations. He shall
also be responsible for protection of all persons including members of public and employees
of TSECL and the employees of other Contractors and Sub-contractors and all public and
private property including structures, building, other plants and equipment and utilities either
above or below the ground.
24.2 The Contractor shall ensure provision of necessary safety equipment such as barriers,
signboards, warning lights and alarms, etc. to provide adequate protection and safety to
persons and property.
25.0 INSURANCE
51
25.1 In addition to the conditions covered under the Clause entitled “Insurance” in General Terms
and conditions of Contract, the following provisions shall also apply to the portion of works to
be done beyond the Contractor’s own or his Sub-contractor’s manufacturing Works.
25.2 Workmen’s Compensation Insurance
This insurance shall protect the Contractor against all claims applicable under the Workmen’s
Compensation Act, 1948. This policy shall also cover the Contractor against claims for injury,
disability, disease or death of his or his Sub-Contractor’s employee, which for any reason are
not covered under the Workmen’s Compensation Act, 1948. The liabilities shall not be less
than:
Workmen’s Compensation: As per statutory Provisions.
Employee’s liability : As per statutory Provisions.
25.3 Comprehensive Automobile Insurance

This insurance shall be in such a form to protect the Contractor against all claims for injuries,
disability, disease and death to members of public including the employees of TSECL and
damage to the property of other arising from the use of motor vehicles during on or off the
Site operations, irrespective of the ownership of such vehicles.
25.4 Comprehensive General Liability Insurance
25.4.1 This insurance shall protect the Contractor against all claims arising from injuries, disabilities,
disease or death of members of public or damage to property of others, due to any act or
omission on the part of the Contractor, his agents his employees, his representatives and
Sub-contractors or from riots, strikes and civil commotion. This insurance shall also cover all
the liabilities of the Contractor arising out of the Clause stipulated in the General Terms and
Conditions of Contract.
25.4.2 The hazards to be covered will pertain to all the works and areas where the Contractor, his
Sub-contractors, his agents and his employees have to perform work pursuant to the
Contract.
25.5 The above are only illustrative list of insurance covers normally required and it shall be the
responsibility of the Contractors to maintain all necessary insurance coverage to the extent
both in time and amount to take care of all his liabilities either direct or indirect, in pursuance
of the Contract.
26.0 UNFAVOURABLE WORKING CONDITIONS
The Contractor shall confine all his field operations to those works which can be performed
without subjecting the equipment and materials to adverse effects during inclement weather
conditions, like monsoon, storms, etc. and during other unfavorable construction conditions.
No field activities shall be performed by the Contractor under conditions which might
adversely affect the quality and efficiency thereof, unless special precautions or measures are
taken by the Contractor in a proper and satisfactory manner in the performance of such
Works and with the concurrence of the Site Engineer of TSECL. Such unfavorable
construction conditions shall in no way relieve the Contractor of his responsibility to perform
the Works as per the Schedule.
52
27.0 WORK & SAFETY REGULATION

27.1 The Contractor shall ensure proper safety of all the workmen, materials plant and equipment
belonging to him or to owner or to others, working at the Site. The Contractor shall also be
responsible for provision of all safety notices and safety equipment required both by the
relevant legislations and also by the Site Engineer as he may deem necessary.
27.2 The Contractor shall notify well in advance to the Site Engineer of his intention to bring to the
Site any container filled with liquid or gaseous fuel or explosive or petroleum substance or
such chemicals, which may involve hazards. The Site Engineer shall have the right to
prescribe the conditions, under which such container is to be stored, handled and used during
the performance of the works and the Contractor shall strictly adhere to and comply with such
instructions. The Site Engineer shall have the right at his sole discretion to inspect any such
container or such construction plant/equipment for which material in the container is required
to be used and if in his opinion, its use is not safe, he may forbid its use. No claim due to such
prohibition shall be entertained by TSECL.
27.3 Further, any such decision of the Site Engineer shall not, in any way, absolve the Contractor
of his responsibilities and in case, use of such a container or entry thereof into the Site area is
forbidden by the Site Engineer, the Contractor shall use alternative methods with the approval
of the Deputy General Manager in charge of the work without any cost implication to TSECL
or extension of work schedule.
27.4 Where it is necessary to provide and/or store petroleum products or petroleum mixtures and
explosives, the Contractor shall be responsible for carrying-out such provision and/or storage
in accordance with the rules and regulations laid down in the Petroleum Act 1934, Explosives
Act, 1948, and Petroleum and Carbide of Calcium Manual published by the Chief Inspector of
Explosives of India. All such storage shall have prior approval of the Site Engineer of TSECL.
In case, any approvals are necessary from the Chief Inspector (Explosives) or any statutory
authorities, the Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining the same.
27.5 All equipment used in construction and erection by Contractor shall meet Indian/International
Standards and where such standards do not exist, the Contractor shall ensure these to be
absolutely safe. All equipments shall be strictly operated and maintained by the Contractor in
accordance with manufacturer’s operation Manual and safety instructions and as per
Guidelines/Rules of TSECL in this regard.
27.6 Periodical Examinations and all tests for all lifting/hoisting equipment & tackles shall be
carried-out in accordance with the relevant provisions of Factories Act 1948, Indian Electricity
Act 1910 and associated Laws/Rules in force from time to time. A register of such
examinations and tests shall be properly maintained by the Contractor and shall be promptly
produced as and when desired by the Site Engineer of TSECL or by the person authorized by
TSECL.
27.7 The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the safe storage of his and his sub-contractor’s
radio-active sources in accordance with BARC/DAE Rules and other applicable provisions. All
precautionary measures stipulated by BARC/DAE in connection with use, storage and
handling of such material shall be taken by Contractor.
27.8 The Contractor shall provide suitable safety equipment of prescribed standard to all
employees and workmen according to the need, as may be directed by Site Engineer of
TSECL who shall also have right to examine these safety equipment to determine their
suitability, reliability, acceptability and adaptability.
53
27.9 Where explosives are to be used, the same shall be used under the direct control and
supervision of an expert, experienced, qualified and competent person strictly in accordance
with the Code of Practices/Rules framed under the Indian Explosives Act pertaining to
handling, storage and use of explosives.
27.10 The Contractor shall provide safe working conditions to all workmen and employees at the
Site including safe means of access, railings, stairs, ladders, scaffoldings, etc. The
scaffoldings shall be erected under the control and supervision of an experienced and
competent person. For erection, good and standard quality material only shall be used by the
Contractor.
27.11 The Contractor shall not interfere or disturb electric fuses, wiring and other electrical
equipment belonging to TSECL or other contractors under any circumstances, whatsoever,
unless expressly permitted in writing by Site Engineer of TSECL to handle such fuses, wiring
or electrical equipment.
27.12 Before the Contractor connects any electrical appliances to any plug or socket belonging to
TSECL, he shall :
a) Satisfy the Site Engineer of TSECL that the appliance is in good working condition :
b) Inform the site Engineer of the maximum current rating, voltage and phases of the
appliances;
c) Obtain permission of the Site Engineer detailing the sockets to which the appliances
may be connected.
27.13 The Site Engineer shall not grant permission to connect until he is satisfied that;
a) The appliance is in good condition and is fitted with suitable plug;
b) The appliance is fitted with a suitable cable having two earth conductors, one of
which shall be an earthed metal sheath surrounding the cores.
27.14 No electric cable in use by the Contractor/TSECL shall be disturbed without prior permission.
No weight of any description shall be imposed on any cable and no ladder or similar
equipment shall rest against or attached to it.
27.15 No repair work shall be carried out on any live equipment. The equipment must be declared
safe by the Site Engineer before any repair work is carried out by the Contractor. While
working on electric lines/equipment whether live or dead, suitable type and sufficient quantity
of tools shall have to be provided by Contractor to electricians/workmen/officers.
27.16 The Contractors shall employ necessary number of qualified, full time electricians/Electrical
Supervisors to maintain his temporary electrical installations.
27.17 In case any accident occurs during the construction/erection or other associated activities
undertaken by the Contractor thereby causing any minor or major or fatal injury to his
employees due to any reason, whatsoever, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to
promptly inform the same to the Site Engineer of TSECL and also to all the authorities
envisaged under the applicable laws.
27.18 The Site Engineer of TSECL shall have the right at his sole discretion to stop the work, if in
his opinion the work is being carried out in such a way that it may cause accidents and
endanger the safety of the persons and/or property, and/or equipment. In such cases, the
Contractor shall be informed in writing about the nature of hazards and possible
injury/accident and he shall comply to remove short-comings promptly. The Contractor after
stopping the specific work can, if felt necessary, appeal against the order of stoppage of work
54
to the Deputy General Manager in charge of the work within 3 days of such stoppage of work
and the decision of the Deputy General Manager in charge of the work in this respect shall be
conclusive and binding on the Contractor.
27.19 The Contractor shall not be entitled for any damages/compensation for stoppage of work due
to safety reasons as provided in para 27.18 above and the period of such stoppage of work
shall not be taken as an extension of time for completion of work and shall not be the ground
for waiver of levy of liquidated damages.
27.20 It is mandatory for the Contractor to observe during the execution of the works, the
requirements of safety rules which would generally include but not limited to the following :
Safety Rules:
a) Each employee shall be provided with initial indoctrination regarding safety by the
Contractor, so as to enable him to conduct his work in a safe manner.
b) No employee shall be given a new assignment of work unfamiliar to him without
proper introduction as to the hazards incident thereto, both to himself and his fellow
employees.
c) Under no circumstances shall an employee hurry or take unnecessary chance when
working under hazardous conditions.
d) Employees must not leave naked fires unattended. Smoking shall not be permitted
around fire prone areas and adequate firefighting equipment shall be provided at
crucial locations.
e) Employees under the influence of any intoxicating beverage, even to the slightest
degree shall not be permitted to remain at work.
f) There shall be a suitable arrangement at every work site for rendering prompt and
sufficient first aid to the injured.
g) The staircases and passageways shall be adequately lighted.
h) The employees when working around moving machinery must not be permitted to
wear loose garments. Safety shoes are recommended when working in shops or
places where materials or tools are likely to fall. Only experienced workers shall be
permitted to go behind guard rails or to clean around energized or moving equipment.
i) The employees must use the standard protection equipment intended for each job.
Each piece of equipment shall be inspected before and after it is used.
j) Requirements of ventilation in underwater working to licensed and experienced
divers, use of gum boots for working in slushy or in inundated conditions are
essential requirements to be fulfilled.
k) In cases or rock excavation blasting shall invariably be done through licensed
blasters and other precautions during blasting and storage/transport of charge
material shall be observed strictly.
27.21 The Contractor shall follow and comply with all relevant Safety Rules, relevant provisions of
applicable laws pertaining to the safety of workmen, employees, plant and equipment as may
be prescribed from time to time without any demur, protest or contest or reservation. In case
of any discrepancy between statutory requirement and relevant Safety Rules referred above,
the later shall be binding on the Contractor unless the statutory provisions are more stringent.
55
27.22 If the Contractor does not take all safety precautions and/or fails to comply with the Safety
Rules as prescribed by Consortium or under the applicable law for the safety of the
equipment and plant and for the safety of personnel and the Contractor does not prevent
hazardous conditions which cause injury to his own employees or employees of other
contractors, or Employees of TSECL or any other person who are at Site or adjacent
thereto, the Contractors shall be responsible for payment of compensation to Consortium
members as per the compensation order issued by the appropriate authority of Government
of Tripura / verdict issued by court.
The compensation mentioned above shall be in addition to the compensation payable to the
workmen / employees under the relevant provisions of the Workmen’s Compensation Act and
rules framed there under or any other applicable laws as applicable from time to time. In case
TSECL is made to pay such compensation then the amount of such compensation shall be
deducted from the progressive bills / contract performance guaranty of the contractor.
28.0 CODE REQUIREMENTS
The erection requirements and procedures to be followed during the installation of the
equipment shall be in accordance with the relevant Codes and accepted good engineering
practice, the Engineering Drawings and other applicable Indian recognized codes and laws
and regulations of the Government of India.
29.0 FOUNDATION DRESSING & GROUTING
i. The surfaces of foundations shall be dressed to bring the top surface of the
foundations to the required level, prior to placement of equipment / equipment bases
on the foundations.
ii. All the equipment bases and structural steel base plates shall be grouted and
finished as per these specifications unless otherwise recommended by the
equipment manufacturer.
iii. The concrete foundation surfaces shall be properly prepared by chipping, grinding as
required to bring the type of such foundation to the required level, to provide the
necessary roughness for bondage and to assure enough bearing strength. All
laitance and surface film shall be removed and cleaned.
30.0 Grouting Mix
30.1 The Grouting mixture shall be composed of Portland cement, sand and water. The Portland
cement to be used shall conform to ISI No. 269 or equivalent. Sand shall conform to ISI No.
383/2386 or equivalent. All grouts shall be thoroughly, mixed for not less than five minutes in
an approved mechanical mixer and shall be used immediately after mixing.
30.2 Placing of Grout
30.2.1 After the base has been prepared, its alignment and level has been checked and approved
and before actually placing the grout a low dam shall be set around the base at a distance
that shall permit pouring and manipulation of the grout. The height of such dam shall be at
least 25 mm. above the bottom of the base. Suitable size and number of chains shall be
introduced under the base before placing the grout, so that such chains can be moved back
and forth to push the grout into every part of the space under the base.
30.1.2 The grout shall be poured either through grout holes provided or shall be poured at one side
or at two adjacent sides giving it a pressure head to make the grout move in a solid mass
under the base and out in the opposite side. Pouring shall be continued until the entire space
below the base is thoroughly filled and the grout stands at least 25 mm. higher all around
56
than the bottom of the base. Enough care should be taken to avoid any air or water pockets
beneath the bases. Vibrator shall be used to avoid any air or water pockets.
30.2 Finishing of the Edges of the Grout
The poured grout should be allowed to stand undisturbed until it is well set. Immediately
thereafter, the dam shall be removed and grout which extends beyond the edges of the
structural or equipment base plates shall be cut off, flushed and removed. The edges of the
grout shall then be pointed and finished with 1:6 cement mortar pressed firmly to bond with
the body of the grout and smoothened with a tool to present a smooth vertical surface. The
work shall be done in a clean and scientific manner and the adjacent floor spaces, exposed
edges of the foundations, and structural steel and equipment base plates shall be thoroughly
cleaned of any spillage of the grout.
30.3 Checking of Equipment After Grouting
After the grout is set and cured, the Contractor shall check and verify the alignment of
equipments, alignment of shafts of rotating machinery, the slopes of all bearing pedestals,
centering of rotors with respect to their sealing bores, couplings, etc. as applicable and the
like items to ensure that no displacement has taken place during grouting. The values
recorded prior to grouting shall be used during such post grouting checkup and verifications.
Such pre and post grout records of alignment details shall be maintained by the Contractor in
a manner acceptable to the site Engineer of TSECL.
31 CHECK OUT OF CONTROL SYSTEMS
After completion of wiring, cabling, the contractor shall check out the operation of all control
systems for the equipment furnished and installed under these specifications and documents.
32 CABLING
32.1 All cables shall be supported by conduits or cable trays run in air or in cable channels. These
shall be installed in exposed runs parallel or perpendicular to dominant surface with right
angle turn made of symmetrical bends for fittings. When cables are run on cable trays, they
shall be clamped at minimum intervals of 2000 mm. or otherwise as directed by the site
Engineer.
32.2 Each cable, whether power or control, shall be provided with a metallic or plastic tag of an
approved type, bearing a cable reference number indicated in the cable and conduit list
(prepared by the contractor), at every 5 meter run or part thereof and at both ends of the
cable adjacent to the terminations. Cable routing is to be done in such a way that cables are
accessible for any maintenance and for easy identification.
32.3 Sharp bending and kinking of cables shall be avoided. Installation of cables high voltage,
coaxial, screened, compensating, mineral insulated shall be in accordance with the cable
manufacturer’s recommendations. Wherever cables cross roads and water, oil, sewage or
gas lines, special care should be taken for the protection of the cables in designing the cable
channels.
32.4 In each cable run some extra length shall be kept at a suitable point to enable one or two
straight through joints to be made, should the cable develop fault at a later date.
32.5 Control cable terminations shall be made in accordance with wiring diagrams, using
identifying codes subject to approval of Engineering charge of the work. Multi-core control
cable jackets shall be removed as required to train and terminate the conductors. The cable
jacket shall be left on the cable, as far as possible, to the point of the first conductor branch.
The insulated conductors from which the jacket is removed shall be neatly twined in bundles
57
and terminated. The bundles shall be firmly but not tightly tied utilizing plastic or nylon ties or
specifically treated fungus protected cord made for this purpose. Control cable conductor
insulation shall be secure and even.
32.6 The connectors for control cables shall be covered with a transparent insulating sleeve so as
to prevent accidental contact with ground or adjacent terminals and shall preferably be
terminated at the connecting end of the equipments. The insulating sleeve shall be fire
resistant and shall be long enough to over pass the conductor insulation. All control cables
shall be fanned out and connection made to terminal blocks and test equipment for proper
operation before cables are corded together.
33 AVAILABILITY OF SHUTDOWN.
Such shut down will be provided by the Owner as per Owner’s convenience on receiving
written requisition informing about his programme from the contractor at least one week
before such requirement. The Contractor shall have to arrange during execution everything
necessary for complete installation & Commissioning of all equipment and the entire
requirement as specified in the work schedule.
*********************************
58
SECTION – V
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR 10/16 MVA, 132/33 KV POWER TRANSFORMER

1.0 SCOPE:
a. This specification covers the design, manufacture, assembly, testing at manufacturer’s works
before dispatch including supply, delivery, erection and commissioning of 10/16 MVA, 132/33 KV
Power Transformers at FOR destination.
b. All drawings, schedules and annexure appended to this specification shall form part of the
specification and supplement the requirements specified. The equipment / materials offered by
the Bidder shall be completed in all respects and, whether called for specifically or not, all
accessories, hardware and services required for normal satisfactory operation of the system
shall be deemed to be included in unit rates quoted.
Specific reference in this specification and documents to any material by trade name, make or
catalogue number shall be construed as establishing standard of quality and performance and not as
limiting competition. All equipments / accessories offered shall also be of proven design and
manufacture. The maker of all accessories and hardware shall be subject to employer’s approval.
2.0 GENERAL DESIGN OF TRANSFORMER
2.1 The transformer and accessories shall be so designed as to facilitate inspection, cleaning and repairs.
Indian Electricity Rules shall be kept in view for design of the Transformer.
2.2 The design shall ensure satisfactory operation under severe working conditions due to fluctuating load
and voltage variations in the system including those, due to short circuits. The transformer shall be
designed as to minimize the risk of accidental short circuits caused by animals, birds or vermin’s.
2.3 The design shall incorporate every reasonable precaution and provision for the safety of all those
concerned in the operation and maintenance of the equipment keeping in the view the requirement
specified in Indian Electricity Rules.
2.4 All material used shall be of the best quality and of class most suitable for working under specified
conditions and shall withstand the atmospheric conditions and temperature variations without undue
deterioration or distortion or setting up of undue stress in any part thereof.
2.5 Cast iron shall not be used for any parts other than the radiator valve bodies.
2.6 Corresponding parts liable to replace shall be interchangeable.
2.7 All taper pins to be used in the mechanism shall be split types as per latest edition of IS: 2393.
2.8 All mechanism should be rust and corrosion proof means shall be provided for lubrication of moving
parts not immersed in oil.
2.9 The construction shall be such as to avoid air or water pockets. Special care shall be exercised to
reduce noise and vibration to the minimum level.
2.10 Steel bolts of suitable finish will be used for diameters above 6mm. Brass bolts or studs used for
electrical connections shall not be of less than 6mm dia. On outdoor equipment, all bolts, nuts &
washers in contact with current carrying non-ferrous parts shall be phosphor bronze.
59
2.11 All nuts bolts and pins shall be locked except those which are external to the transformer. If bolts and
nuts are so placed as to be inaccessible by means of ordinary spanners, suitable special spanners
shall be provided by the contractor.
2.12 Labels shall be provided for all apparatus like relays, switches, fuses, etc. housed in any cubicle or
marshaling kiosks. These shall be of in corrodible material with matt/satin finish and permanent
lettering. Labels mounted on black surface shall have white letters & danger notices shall have red
lettering on a white background. The labels shall be secured by means of brass screws or rust
protected steel screws.
2.13 Surface in contact with oil shall not be galvanized or cadmium plated.
2.14 Before painting, all un-galvanized parts shall be cleaned made free from rust, scale and grease and
external rough surfaces smoothened filled with metal deposition. The interior of the tank and other oil
filled chambers shall be cleaned by shot blasting or any other suitable method.
2.15 All external surfaces shall be given three coats of paints except for nuts, bolts and washers which may
be given one coat after erection. The final coat shall be a glossy oil and weather proof, non-fading
paints of shade 631 of IS:5.
2.16 The interior of mechanism chambers and kiosks shall be given 3 coats of paint, the final coat being of
a light coloured anti-condensation mixture.
2.17 Locking of Outer Radial Spacers:-
The outer most radial spacers of the winding shall be locked in position by means of vertical strips so
that the same cannot fall off / got displaced.
2.18 Tightening of the Nuts of the Coil Clamping Bolts:
The proper & complete tightening of the nuts of the coil clamping bolts must be ensured by the
manufacturers. The tightening of the nuts to the designed value and that the nuts of all the coils
clamping bolts are tightened to same extent, should be carried out with torque spanners.
The devices used for locking the nuts of coil clamping bolts must be of such a quality and such care
should be taken first in tightening the nuts and next in locking them in position that the arrangement
does not work loose due to vibrations caused by short circuits and fluctuating loads etc.
2.19 The noise level shall not be more than 5db above NEMA standard publication TR-1.
2.20 The transformers shall be designed to have short circuit rating of two seconds as per ISS-2026.
3.0 APPLICABLE STANDARDS:
The Power Transformer covered under this specification shall comply with the requirements of the
latest edition of following Standards:
i) IS: 2026 (Part I to IV) – Specification for Power Transformer
ii) IS: 2099 & IS: 3347 – Bushing for alternating voltage above 1000 volt
iii) IS: 6600 – Guide for loading of oil immersed transformer
iv) IS: 335 – Specification New Insulating Oil for Power transformer
v) CBIP – Manual-317 on transformer.
vi) IEC-551 / NEEMA – Transformer Sound Level.
vii) IS: 2705 – Current transformer
viii) ISS: 3639 – Fittings & accessories
60
ix) Other Relevant IS as per CBIP reference.

4.0 Climatic Conditions:
Equipment supplied against the specification shall be suitable for satisfactory operation under the
following climatic conditions:-
i Max. ambient air temperature 500 C
ii Max. Daily Average ambient temperature 400 C
iii Max. yearly weighted average temperature 320 C
iv Max. relative humidity 100 %
v Max. annual rainfall 1450 mm
vi Max. wind pressure 150 kg/sq.m.
vii Max. altitude above mean sea level 1000 mtrs.
viii Average number of rainy days per annum Nearly 210 days
ix Average number of Thunder storm days per annum 50-60 days
viii Isoceraunic level 50
ix Seismic level(Horizontal acceleration) Zone Six
Climatic Condition Moderately hot and humid tropical climate conducive to rust and
x
fungus growth.
xi Cooling medium AIR
The climatic conditions are prone to wide variations in ambient conditions and hence the equipment
shall be of suitable design to work satisfactorily under these conditions.
5.0 Type and Rating:
5.1 Standard Rating, Voltage Class ratio & Cooling:
3-Phase power rating in MVA Voltage ratio in KV Cooling
10/16 132/33 ONAN / ONAF
5.2 No load voltage ratio: -
The no load voltage ratio corresponding to the principal tapping shall be 132000/33000 Volts.
5.3 Frequency variation:
The transformer shall be suitable for continuous operation with a frequency variation of ±3% from
normal 50 Hz. Combined voltages and frequency variation should not exceed the rated V/f ratio by
10 %.
5.4 Winding Connection & Vector Group:
Winding Connection
HV STAR with neutral directly earthed
LV STAR with neutral directly earthed
Vector Group YNyn0
5.5 Temperature Rise:
For the purpose of standardization of maximum temperature rises of oil and winding the following
61
ambient temperatures considering the transformer to be operating at extreme tap position incurring
extra copper losses.
Cooling medium → Air
Maxm ambient temperature 500C
Maxm daily average ambient temperature 400C
Maxm yearly weighted temperature 320C
With the above ambient temperature conditions temperature rises considering the transformer to be
operating at extreme tap position incurring extra copper losses are as given below :
Part External Cooling Medium
Winding (measured by resistance) 0C 55, when the oil circulation is natural or forced non-directed.
60, when the oil circulation is forced directed.
Top oil (measured by thermometer) C 50
0
5.6 Insulation Levels:

Highest Voltage for Rated lighting impulse Rated short duration power frequency
equipment KV rms withstand voltage KV Peak with stand voltage KVrms
145 650 275
36 75 28
5.7 Clearances of line Terminals in Air :
The minimum clearances in air between live conductive parts and conductive parts to earthed
structure shall be as follow:
Highest system Basic Insulation Level Phase to Phase Phase to earth

Voltage in KV in KV Peak (mm) (mm)
145 650 1430 1270
36 75 280 140
5.8 Max. Continuous capacity:
The transformer shall be of two winding, 3 phase oil immersed core type with ONAN / ONAF cooling
suitable for outdoor service as step down transformers
a) ONAN 10 MVA
b) ONAF 16 MVA
6.0 Flux Density, Core Construction and Inspection
6.1 The transformer should be so designed that the working flux density should not exceed 1.57 Tesla
at normal voltage, frequency.
6.2 Tenders with higher flux density than specified limit shall not be considered.
6.3 The core shall be built up with thin laminations of high grade, non-ageing, low loss, high permeability
cold rolled super grain oriented silicon steel known as Hi-B Grade Steel of maximum 0.27 mm or
low lamination thickness especially suitable for transformer core.
6.4 (i) Bidder should have in house core cutting facility for proper monitoring & control on quality
and also to avoid any possibility of mixing of prime material with defective / second grade
material. The purchaser may witness the core-cutting operation. In case the in house core
62
cutting facility for core cutting is not available then the same shall be carried out in the presence
of the representative of TSECL.
(ii) Inspection call notice for the purpose should be accompanied with the following
documents as applicable as a proof toward use of Prime core materials: -
a. Invoice of supplier
b. Mills test certificates
c. Packing list
d. Bill of loading.
e. Bill of entry certificates by customs.
Core material shall be directly procured either from the manufacturer or through their
accredited marketing organization of repute and not through any agent.
6.5 After being sheared, the laminations shall be treated to remove all burrs. They shall be coated with a
baked enamel insulation coating. The insulation shall be inert to the action of hot transformer oil and
shall be perfectly adhesive. Paper and varnish insulation shall not be accepted. Laminations shall be
checked for burrs during stage inspection.
6.6 The core shall be rigidly clamped and/or bolted to ensure adequate mechanical strength and to
prevent vibrations during operation. The bolts used in the assembly of the core shall be suitably
insulated and the clamping structure shall be constructed that the eddy currents will be minimum.
6.7 Construction of the core shall be such that number of steps in the limb and yoke shall be matching
and dimensionally identical to minimize the effect of cross fluxing and better mechanical strength.
6.8 The core shall be provided with Lugs suitable for lifting the complete core and coil assembly of
transformer. The Core & coil shall be fixed in the tank such that its shifting will not occur when the
transformer in moved or when a short circuit occurs.
6.9 The design of magnetic circuit shall be such as to avoid static discharge development of short circuit
paths within itself or to the earthling clamping structure and the production of flux components at right
angles to the plane of the lamination which may cause local heating.
6.10 Every care shall be exercised in the selection treatment and handling of core steel to ensure
that the laminations are flat and that finally assembled core is free from distortions.
6.11 The supporting frame work of the core shall be so designed as to avoid the presence of pockets
which would prevent complete emptying of the tank through the drain valve or cause trapping of air
during filling.
6.12 Oil ducts where necessary should be formed across the plane of the lamination and be given a
suitable slope to assist oil circulation. The overall design of core and winding should be such
that free flow of oil is not obstructed.
6.13 The frame work and clamping arrangement shall be earthed by connecting to the tank body
through a copper strip. Yoke bolt area should be compensated if bolts are used for fastening
of the core.
6.14 The insulation of core to bolts and core to clamp plates shall be able to withstand a voltage of
2 KV RMS for one minute.
6.15 Core and windings shall be capable of withstanding shocks during transport, installation, service and
adequate provision shall be made to prevent movement of core and winding relative to tank during
these conditions.
63
6.16 All steel sections used for supporting the core shall be thoroughly sand blasted after cutting drilling
and welding.
6.17 All the CRGO vendors having BIS certification and approval from PGCIL shall be considered.
6.18 The tenderers should indicate the maximum flux density allowable continuously as well as for time
intervals of 1 minute and 5 sec and the limit of flux density at which core material used by them
saturates.
6.19 The successful tenderer shall be required to furnish magnetization curves of the core material /
design calculations and such other data /documents deemed fit by the Purchaser for being satisfied
that flux density is as desired.
6.20 Purchaser shall inspect the built-up core for verification of flux density for which all facilities shall be
provided. The purchaser shall inspect/test the core material for various tests as per relevant IEC / IS
to ensure quality. Core may also be inspected during horizontal assembly, built-up assembly.
NOTES:
i) Transformer shall withstand, without injurious heating, combined voltage & frequency
fluctuations, which produce the following over fluxing conditions:-
 On 110% - continuous
 On 125% - for one minute
 140% - for five seconds
ii) Yoke bolt area and flitch plate areas shall not be counted in the net core area if these
provided for fastening core.
iii) The design of limb and yoke shall be so co-ordinate that there is no cross fluxing at the
joints.
iv) The tenderer shall ensure that the CRGO supplier should have BIS certification.
The successful bidder shall be required to submit the manufacturer’s test report showing the
Watt Loss per kg and the thickness of the core plate to ascertain the quality of Core materials.
The purchaser reserves the right to get sample of the core material tested at any Government
recognized laboratory.
7.0 Suppression Of Harmonics:
The transformer shall be so designed as to suppress the harmonics voltage specially the 3rd & 5th, to
eliminate wave form distortion and interference with communication circuits due to high frequency
disturbances.
8.0 Windings:
8.1 The 132 KV windings shall have graded insulation whereas all other windings shall be fully insulated
and the neutral points shall be insulated as amended in IS: 2026. The Material of winding conductor
should be of electrolytic grade copper of minimum 99.90% purity and free from scales, spills, splits
and other defects
8.2 The transformers shall be capable of operation without danger on any particular tapping at the rated
KVA when the voltage may vary by ±10% of the voltage corresponding to the tapping.
8.3 The windings and connections, insulation material shall not soften, ooze out, shrink or collapse during
service. Insulation copper winding shall be as per IS: 2026.
64
8.4 No strip conductor wound on edge shall have a width exceeding six times its thickness. The
conductors shall be transposed at sufficient intervals to minimize eddy currents and equalize the
current and temperature distribution along the windings.
8.5 The windings and connections shall be properly brazed to withstand shocks during transportation or
transient conditions during service.
8.6 The adequate pre-shrinkage of the coil assembly using pre-compressed press board material having
low moisture content for the radial spacer blocks shall be ensured by the manufacturers so that there
is no displacement of the radial spacer blocks due to frequent short circuits on the transformers.
8.7 All windings after being wound and all fibrous hygroscopic materials used in the construction of the
transformer shall be dried under vacuum and impregnated with hot oil.
In addition to this the drying process be sufficiently extended for proper stabilization of the coil
assembly. More than one cycle of soaking in oil followed by retightening of the coil assembly should
be adopted.
8.8 The coil clamping rings wherever used, shall preferably be of flat insulated steel laminations. Auxiliary
laminated material except Bakelite paper shall not be used.
8.9 The clamping arrangement shall exert equal pressure on all columns of spacers of the transformer
windings built of sections or disc-coils separated by spacers. In no case, spiral winding will be used
either for HV or LV windings.
8.10 The radial spacer blocks must be made of pre-compressed pressboard material, which will not soften
while in contact with oil or fray out into fibers or edges. The slots should be so dimensioned that the
blocks will not come out of the slots.
Uniform distribution of coil clamping force shall be designed by using an adequately large
number of coil clamping bolts and by transferring the clamping force from clamping bolts to
the clamping plates through intermediate members which can spread the clamping force over
a large area.
8.11 All joints shall be brazed / crimped considering the vibrations due to short circuits and load
fluctuations.
9.0 Current Density:
The employer shall be at liberty to inspect built-up winding for its quality, weight of copper, insulation
and overall weight of coil assembly. The size of conductor used for different windings shall also be
checked during stage inspection to check the current density. The manufacturer / supplier should
have to declare the current density for HV & LV windings during submission of bid in the technical bid
section on any working tap and the same has to be verified during stage inspection.
10.0 Magnetizing Current:-
The magnetizing current at normal voltage & frequency shall be limited to 1% of full load current.
11.0 Impedance:
Both the transformers shall have 10% impedance on 16-MVA (ONAF) base with tolerance as per IS:
2026 / Part – I (1983). Impedance shall include positive and zero sequence and shall be expressed in
terms of the branches of star connected equivalent diagram, all on the same KVA base and range
shall be given for each branch of the equivalent circuit in turn. The 1 (One) nos. power transformer
in this scope to be supplied i.e. 1 X 10 / 16 MVA, 132/33 KV Power Transformer will run in the
Sub-Station.
65
12.0 Off load tap Changer:

Off-circuit taps on HV for HV variation from + 10 to - 10 percent in 2½ percent steps.
13.0 Cooling Equipment:
ONAN / ONAF 1) 100 percent tank or separately mounted cooling system consisting of
radiators and fans and one standby fan
2) 50 percent group and 2 (two) standby fans, one in each 50 percent group.
14.0 Bushing Insulators And Terminals:
Transformer shall be fitted with bushing insulators as follows: -
HV bushing: 145 kV class, condenser bushing of 1250 Amp, rating with arcing horns.
L.V. Bushing: 36 kV class, oil communicating type porcelain bushing of 1250 Amp rating but with
suitable arcing horns.
L.V.-N Bushing: 36 kV class, oil communicating type porcelain bushing of 1250 Amp, rating but
without arcing horns.
H.V-N Bushing: 36 kV class, oil communicating type porcelain bushing of 800 Amp, rating but without
arcing horns.
 The characteristics of the bushings shall be in accordance with IS: 2099 and IS: 3347.
 The bushing insulators except for neutral bushing shall be provided with adjustable arcing horns
and the bidder shall furnish calibration gap to decide actual gap setting.
 All porcelain shall be free from defects and thoroughly vitrified with a smooth, hard and uniform
brown glaze. It should be capable of satisfactory use under the climatic conditions as specified in
this NIT.
 In case of paper insulation care shall be taken to prevent ingress of moisture and a final coat of
non-hygroscopic varnish shall be given to them.
 All clamps and fittings made of malleable iron or steel shall be galvanized as per IS: 2629.
The bushings flanges shall not be of re-entrant shape which may trap air.
 Bi-metallic terminal connectors shall be supplied suitable for single 0.4 Sq. inch ACSR Panther
conductor for HV & LV side. The take off for H.V. & L.V. connectors will be Vertical and for Neutral
it should be suitable for horizontal take off.
 The connectors shall have six number bolts provided with check nuts & washers. The connectors
shall have rating corresponding to those of equipment or higher and shall be designed most
liberally with a higher factor of safety to comply in all respects with temperatures rise, resistance,
tensile strength short-circuit withstand capability tests as specified in IS: 5561-1970 or
amendment thereof (Latest edition). Aluminum alloy used in the manufacture of Bi-metallic
connectors shall conform to designation Grade 4600 of IS: 617-1975. The steel bolts, nuts
washers and check nuts shall be hot dip
** In addition to the requirement of Transformer, the bidder shall have to supply extra 1 (one)
number of bushing of each class including HV / LV Stud (145 KV & 36 KV) of aforesaid
specification (suitable for the transformer) & the cost for the same shall be borne by the bidder.
15.0 Losses: -
66
The losses of each transformer shall be stated in the tender for ONAF rating at principal tap (at full
load at 75 deg. C) which shall be less than:-
Sl. No. Type of Losses 10/16 MVA, 132/33 Transformer

1. No Load Losses 15.5 KW (Max)
2. Load Losses 78.2 KW(Max)
3. Auxiliary Losses 1.5 KW (Max)
16.0 Capitalization Formula for Transformer Losses:
The losses at principal tap of the each transformer shall be stated in the tender ONAF rating at full
load at 750C.
Capitalized Cost of Transformer = Initial Cost (IC) + Capitalized Cost of annual iron losses (Wi) +
Capitalized cost of annual Load losses (Wc) + Capitalized cost of annual auxiliary losses (Wp).
i) The Transformers are to be designed with maximum permissible losses as indicated in Clause:
15.0.
ii) The bidder must clearly specify that the offered losses are "Maximum” and no further positive
tolerance as per IS/IEC shall be applicable on the offered values during evaluation as well as
during testing of transformer.
iii) Bids offering with losses beyond the maximum limits mentioned above shall be treated as non-
responsive and rejected.
iv) Loss Capitalization shall be done with the accepted bids with loss values within specified limit.
For the purpose of evaluation of bids, the capitalized cost of iron loss, load loss and auxiliary loss
(KW) shall be added to the quoted price of the transformer at the following rates:
Capitalized cost of Iron losses per KW (Wi) = Rs.5,61,036.00 / KW
Capitalized cost of Load losses per KW (Wc) = Rs.2,28,903.00 / KW
Capitalized cost of Auxiliary losses per KW (Wp) = Rs.2,24,414.00 / KW
17.0 Insulating Oil:
Oil for first filling together with 10% extra oil shall be supplied with each transformer with non-
returnable steel drum of Transformer oil & the cost for the same shall be borne by the bidder.
The oil shall comply in all respect with the provisions of the latest edition IS: 335 (as amended up-to-
date) of specification for New Insulation oils for transformers and switchgears. Particular attention shall
be taken to deliver the oil free from moisture having uniform quality throughout in non-returnable steel
drums. The quantity of oil for first filling of each transformer shall be stated in the offer.
The oil should have the following characteristics:
Sl. Characteristics Requirement
1. Interfacial tension at 270C (min) 0.04 N/m
2. Electrical strength (Breakdown voltage) 60 KV (rms) after treatment
3. Resistivity at 900 C /270 C 35 X 1012 / 1500 X 1012 Ohm-cm
4. Dielectric dissipation factor (tan delta at 900 C max.) 0.002
18.0 Overload Capacity & Continuous Rating:
The safe overload capacity of the transformer and the duration of overload under maximum
temperature conditions without any damage to the winding or harmful effects on the insulation shall be
67
clearly stated in the tender which must be as per IEC-354/IS6600,guide for loading of oil immersed
transformer
19.0 Tank Construction:-
19.1 The tank shall be fabricated of a suitable grade steel and strong enough to allow the lifting of
complete transformer with oil by means of a crane or jacks and transported to site without over-
straining the joints etc.
19.2 The main tank body shall be capable of withstanding a vacuum of 100.64 KN/m2 (760 mm of Hg.)
19.3 The base shall be so designed as to allow the transformer to be moved by skidding without any injury.
19.4 All channeled constructions and stiffeners shall be designed to avoid retention of water.
19.5 The tank construction shall be free of air pockets, where such pockets cannot be avoided vent pipes
of 15 mm internal dia shall be provided to vent gases into the main expansion pipes. In case of short
branch pipes, however, minimum diameter may be taken as 6mm.
19.6 All joints other than those, which may have to be broken, shall be welded. When required they shall
be double welded. All bolted joints to the tank shall be fitted with suitable oil tight gaskets, which shall
give satisfactory service under the operating conditions and guaranteed temperature rise conditions.
Special attention shall be given to the methods of making hot oil tight joints between the tank and the
cover and also, between the cover and the bushings and all other out-lets to ensure that the joints can
be remade satisfactorily at site and with ease by semi-skilled labour.
19.7 Suitable lifting lugs for lifting the transformer filled with oil shall be provided on the tank.
19.8 Four jacking lugs shall be provided to enable the transformer complete with oil to be lifted or lowered
by means of jacks. The lugs shall be fitted at a minimum height (excluding under base if detachable)
of 300mm for transformer up to 10 tonnes weight and of 500mm for transformer above 10 tones
weights.
19.9 The transformer shall be provided with detachable steel flanged wheels of 250mm dia and suitable for
moving transformer complete with oil. These shall be bi-directional and mounted on swivels which
may be turned through 90o when the tank is jacked up and capable of being locked in position parallel
to and at right angles to the longitudinal axis. The wheel is suitable for standard gauge track of 1676
mm.
20.0 Tank Cover:
20.1 The tank cover shall be of bolted type and of adequate strength so as not to distort, when lifted.
Suitable inspection cover (Top cover = 2 Nos., Tap changer = 1 No & Tank body = 2 Nos.) shall
be provided with lifting arrangements to give access to bushings, winding connections or
testing the earth connections. The weight of each inspection cover shall not exceed 25 Kg.
20.2 Pockets shall be provided in the position of Maxm oil temperature at CMR for fitting a thermometer and
for bolts of oil and winding temperature indicators. The thermometer pockets shall be fitted with a
captive screwed cap to prevent ingress of water.
20.3 Suitable No. of jacking bolts shall be provided on tank cover, inspection covers.
21.0 WTI & OTI Temperature Meters:
a) Precimeasure make Hybrid OTI / WTI (Model: 1007H) to be used.
b) One dial type gas thermometer (having 150º scale, with accuracy of ±1.0% of FSD) of robust
design and in weather proof casing shall be provided for temperature indication of oil of the type
power transformer shall be housed in the transformer tank mounted marshalling box to indicate
68
the hot oil temperature. Both alarm and trip contacts shall be provided. Maximum oil
temperature indicating pointer shall also be provided.
c) Indicating type winding temperature indicator: The transformer shall be provided with a device
for indicating the combination of top oil temperature and heating by winding current calibrated to
follow the hottest spot temperature of the transformer winding. The device shall have a dial type
indicator, and in addition an indicating pointer to register the hottest temperature reached. The
temperature indicator shall be connected to CT secondary current in any one phase of the
winding of the transformer. It shall have sufficient contacts for switching in and switching out the
cooling employing ONAN / ONAF system with Alarm as well as trip contacts.
In addition to WTI & OTI, Fiber Optic Temperature Sensor is to be used for hotspot temperature
measurement:
1. Adequate no of optical temperature sensors of at least 16 numbers with the unit as
specified below :
2. Two winding transformer: 8+8 spares (1+1 spare in each phase of HV & LV winding & 1 +
1 spare in top oil)
3. Number of channels in display box shall be minimum 7.
4. Probes shall be all silica, Teflon jacketed fiber with perforation/slits in outer jackets to allow
complete filling. The probes shall not get damaged / affected during filtration of the
transformer. The fiber with Teflon jacket shall be strong enough to withstand the severe
conditions prevailing inside an EHV Transformer.
5. This optical sensors measuring system shall be of direct measurement non calibrating
type. Temperature range of the system should be – 300C to + 2000C & accuracy of +/-
20C.
6. A temperature measuring system having at least 7 channels shall be mounted on a
separate enclosure having degree of protection IP-66 (preferably type tested unit) to
measure the temperature from the optical sensors.
7. The measuring unit shall be capable to retain temperature data for at least 90 days at 1
minute interval for all channels and shall have facility to download these data. The system
shall have following key features:
8. Fixing arrangement of sensor at suitable location of the winding in such a way that it will
be mechanically protected allowing efficient and secure mounting of sensor tip in the
winding in compliance with the annexure E of IEC 60076-2.
9. Remote access of the temperature recording of the monitor channels will be obtained in
the control Panel in control room through repeater.
10. Alarm output with programmable set points as per user’s choice.
11. IEC 61850 Protocol on RS 485 ports.
12. User friendly software to allow easy configuration to monitor for data logging and retrieval.
13. Location of optical temperature sensors inside the transformer shall be finalised during
detailed engineering.
Microprocessor based temperature scanner for remote access (Make: FISO, Model: Latest
Suitable for RTD should be supplied, erected & commissioned along with necessary
communication cable from Transformer to C & R Panel for remote access of temperature
display including Digital Display Unit & alarm/tripping of transformer auxiliary relay installed in
69
Transformer C & R Panel. Auxiliary supply voltage of temperature scanner should be 110Volt
DC.
The communication cable to be supplied extra as actual for interfacing the temperature
measuring digital display unit mounted on the body including WTI, OTI to Control & Relay.
22.0 Conservator Tank, Oil Gauge and Breather:
22.1 An adequate conservator tank of air cell type complete with sump and drain valves shall be provided
in such a position as not to obstruct the electrical connections to the transformer.
22.2 If the sump is formed by extending the feed pipe inside the conservator, this extension shall be at-
least 25 mm.
22.3 One end of the conservator shall be bolted type to facilitate cleaning.
22.4 The conservator shall be provided with a magnetic oil level gauge including MOG Alarm contact ‘NO’
for remote alarm.
22.5 The oil connections from the transformer tank to the conservator shall be at rising angle of 3 to 9
degrees to the horizontal up to Buchholz relay. The inside diameter of the pipe shall be 80 mm. The
Buchholz relay will have suitable valves on its both sides so as to facilitate its testing at site as well as
cut off oil supply to the transformer.
22.6 The conservator shall be provided with oil preservation system, which should be suitable either to
remove moisture continuously from air entering the air space with which they are connected or may
not allow direct contact of atmospheric air with oil during operation, in addition to transparent silica
gel-breather (5-kg).
22.7 All breathers shall be mounted at approximately 1,400 mm above ground level. (e) Self indicating
(blue) silica gel contains the dye cobalt chloride which has potential health hazards. An alternative to
the blue self indicating silica gel is SILICA GEL ORANGE with an organic indicator may used. The
colour changes from orange to light yellow as it absorbs moisture.
22.8 The transformer tank should be designed with body mounted external ladder to have excess to
easy going upstairs up to and on the top cover.
22.9 The tank cover shall be design such that the “Core-Coil assembly” should not be embedded
with the tank cover and thus incase of necessity, un-taking is to be done excluding cover.
23.0 Valves:
23.1 The transformers shall be provided with 2 No. filter valve each of 50 mm size one mounted close to
the top of the main tank & the other close to bottom of the tank oil circulation and one drain valve of
80mm size with plug. The conservator shall have drain plug of 25mm size.
23.2 Two robust sampling valves with spouts suitable for taking samples of top, and bottom oil. The top
sampling valves shall be brought down by internal pipe connections. Suitable name plates shall be
affixed to the sampling valves. The sampling device shall not be fitted on the filter valve.
23.3 Two air release plug of 15 mm shall be provided.
23.4 Plugs shall be supplied for all valves opening to atmosphere.
23.5 All valves shall be of gun metal and comply with the latest edition of IS: 3639.
24.0 Bushing CT:
Bushing CT (Two-Core-PS Class each) to be provided in the HV (132 KV) & LV (33 KV) Bushing for
“Transformer Protection”. CT’s should be placed inside the bushings of both HV & LV. CT ratio should
70
be 100/1-1 A for HV side and 400/1-1A for LV side. Accuracy class of Bushing CT’s shall be as
per latest regulation for protection.
25.0 Neutral CT:
Neutral CT (Two-Core-PS Class each) to be provided in the HV (132 KV) & LV (33 KV) star
connected neutral for “Restricted Earth Fault (REF) Relay Protection”. NCT’s should be placed inside
the neutral bushings of both HV & LV. CT ratio should be 100/1-1A for HV side and 400/1-1A for LV
side. Accuracy class of NCT’s shall be as per latest regulation for protection.
26.0 Pressure Relief Devices:
A suitable pressure relief device of 6" diameter shall be provided on the main tank shall be provided
for rapid release of any pressure in transformer, which may endanger the equipment. The device (s)
shall operate at static pressure less than hydraulic test pressure for transformer tank. If the device is
mounted on tank cover, it shall be fitted with a skirt projecting 25mm inside the tank and of such
construction as to avoid gas accumulation.
In addition to pressure relief device(s) the provision of explosion vent should also be made and the
diaphragm shall be situated above max. oil level or second PRD on the opposite side of the first PRD
be provided.
Gas actuated relay: One double float gas detector relay (Buchholz relay) of reputed make with alarm
and tripping contacts to detect accumulation of gas and sudden changes of oil pressures, complete
with two shut-off valves and flange coupling to permit easy removal without lowering oil level in the
conservator tank. A bleed valve for gas venting and a test valve are to be provided. Pressure relief
device & Buchholz relay shall be tested for IP: 55 protections in accordance with IS: 13947 to avoid
mal operation due to ingress of moisture.
27.0 Earthing Terminals:
The earthing flat GS 50 X 10 mm will be connected to neutral stud of Power Transformer & NCT
including suitably arranged supporting insulator so that no mechanical stress should be
attained to neutral stud of Power Transformer. Two earthing pads suitable for connecting 50 X 10
mm GS flat shall be provided at positions close to the two diagonally opposite bottom corners of tank.
These grounding terminals shall be suitable for bolted connection. Two earthing terminals shall also
be provided each on marshalling box and any other equipment mounted separately.
27.1 Transformer Terminal Arrangement:
a) 132 KV HV side of the Transformer terminals shall be mounted on top cover.
b) 33 KV LV side of the terminals shall be opposite of the HV terminals arrange. The bushings shall
be located on opposite sides. Class of Bushing shall be provided as per clause: 14.0 of this
specification.
c) The electrical characteristic of bushing insulators shall be in accordance with IS: 2099 & IS: 3347
latest version / NIT Technical clause: 14.0.
d) The minimum creepage distance for all the bushings shall not be less than 25 mm per kV.
28.0 Joints and Gaskets:
All gaskets used for making oil tight joints shall be of granulated cork bonded with synthetic rubber.
Metal tops shall be provided for preventing over compression wherever compressible gaskets are
provided.
29.0 Rating and Diagram Plates:
71
29.1 Each transformer shall carry a diagram plate showing internal connections, voltage vector relationship
of different windings, plan view of the transformer showing physical relationship of the terminals and
no load voltage and corresponding current for each tap.
29.2 Each transformer shall be provided with a rating plate data as specified in IS: 2026.
29.3 I.R. values along-with oil temperature at the time of testing at manufacturer's works shall be indicated
on rating plate or separate plate, to be provided on transformer terminals shall be of stud type and
totally enclosed.
29.4 The winding temperature C.T, NCTs and the thermometer pocket shall also be indicated in the said
plate.
30.0 Temperature Indicating Devices:
30.1 The transformer shall be provided with a dial type thermometer for indicating oil temperature. The
indicator shall be fitted with a pointer to register maximum temp recorded and adjustable set of
mercury contact for alarm and trip.
30.2 In addition, the transformer shall be provided with a dial type Hot Spot winding temperature indicator
in HV & LV winding. The indicator shall have a pointer to register maximum temperature reached and
four sets of adjustable mercury contacts for alarm, trip, automatic control of fans & remote indication.
30.3 The temperature indicators shall be housed in marshaling box.
30.4 The alarm (mercury) contact of WTI & OTI shall be adjustable between 00C to 1500C where as their
trip (mercury) contacts shall be adjustable between 00C and 1500C. The temperature difference
between opening & closing of these mercury contacts shall not be more than 50C.
30.5 All contacts should be accessible on removal of the cover adjustable to scale. It shall also be possible
to move the pointers by hand for checking the operation of contacts and associated equipment.
30.6 In addition the transformer shall be provided with a dial type thermometer for indicating the ambient
temperature.
31.0 Marshaling Box:
31.1 A sheet steel (of 10 SWG size) vermin proof well ventilated and weather proof marshaling box
embedded with the outside transformer tank surface of suitable construction shall be provided for the
transformer auxiliary apparatus. The box shall have domed or sloping roofs. Ventilation louvers,
suitably padded with belt, shall also be provided. It shall be painted as per clause 36.0 of this
section.
31.2 The marshaling box shall accommodate temperature indicators, local electrical control, terminal
boards and gland plates for cable etc. The equipment shall be mounted on panels and panels wiring
shall be done at the back for interconnections.
31.3 The temperature indicators shall be mounted at suitable height from ground level.
31.4 A metal clad heater with thermostat, controlled by a waterproof rotary switch on the outside of the box,
shall be provided.
31.5 The incoming cables shall enter from the bottom with gland plate not less than 450mm from the base
of the box. Care shall be taken to avoid ingress of water from the cable trench.
31.6 Marshalling box of each type shall be tested for IP-66 in accordance with IS: 13947.
All internal wiring shall be carried out with 1100 Volt grade PVC insulated stranded copper conductor
of 2.5 sq.mm or larger size as per scheme requirement.
72
32.0 Radiators:
The transformer shall have body mounted radiators, and the transformer shall be fitted with
detachable radiator consisting of a series of separate circular / elliptical / rectangular, etc. tubes or
fins, welded at their top and bottom into headers which in turn are connected to the tank by means of
bolted, oil tight, flanged joints. There shall be indicating butterfly or similar valves fitted in between the
tank and the headers, which can be kept in open or closed position. There shall also be filter valves
for circulation of oil, at each of top and bottom header. One air release plug at the top header shall be
provided.
The radiator tubes / fins shall be seamless and made of mild steel / CRCA and in order to prevent
rusting epoxy paint of 80 micron shall be applied and minimum wall thickness not less than 1.2 mm,
with a clean bright internal surface free from rust and scale. They shall be suitably braced to protect
them from mechanical shocks normally met in transportation.
The bid shall clearly specify the time limit for operation of a transformer carrying full load without
forced cooling. The motor operated fans shall be provided for AF rating and oil circulation pumps for
OF rating.
33.0 Cooling Fans:
a. The radiator stacks shall be provided with A.C. 3 Phase Motor driven Fans for Forced Air cooling.
The fan motors shall be suitable for continuous operation. Blades shall be suitably painted for
outside use.
b. The fans shall operate without any abnormal noise. They shall be fitted with guards of close
mesh-wire-netting for safety. The terminal connections and the greasing caps of the fan motors
shall be accessible without the need of removing any fan guard.
c. Fan shall be so located so that they are readily accessible for inspection and repair.
d. Cooling fans shall not be directly mounted on radiator bank to avoid undue vibration on the same.
These shall be located in such a manner as to prevent ingress of rain water. The exhaust air flow
from cooling fan shall not be directed towards the main tank in any case.
34.0 Wiring:
All control, alarm and indicating devices provided with the transformer shall be wired up to the
terminal blocks in the marshalling box.
Wiring from transformer to the cubicle shall be done with PVC wires in conduit or by PVC armoured
cable of 1100 V grade. Minimum wire size shall be 2.5 mm2 copper. Not more than two wires shall be
connected to a terminal. 20% spare terminals shall be provided.
All devices and terminal blocks within the marshalling box shall be identified by marking
corresponding to the circuit in schematic or wiring diagram. All fuses shall be of cartridge type and IS
marked.
Phase marking on each terminal bushing (including neutral) shall be distinctly made on both the
primary and secondary winding side in accordance with the connection diagram of the transformer.
Interconnection of wires in between transformer and marshalling box will be in the scope of the
contractor.
35.0 Center of Gravity:
The centre of gravity of the assembled transformer shall be low and as near the vertical centre line as
possible. The transformer shall be stable with or without oil. Location of Centre of Gravity shall be
shown on the outline general arrangement drawing.
73
36.0 Cleaning and Painting:

Before painting or filling with oil, all non-galvanized parts shall be completely clean and free from rust,
scale and grease and all external rough surfaces on castings, shall be made smooth. The interior of
all transformer tanks and other oil filled chambers and internal structural steel work shall be cleaned of
all scale and rust by sand blasting or other approved method. These surfaces shall be painted with an
oil resisting varnish or paint.
Except for nuts, bolts, and washers, which may have to be removed for maintenance purposes, all
external surfaces shall receive a minimum of three coats of paint. The primary coat shall be applied
immediately after cleaning. The second coat shall be of oil paint of weather resisting nature and of a
shade or colour easily distinguishable from the primary, and the final coats shall be applied after the
primary coat has been touched up where necessary. The final coat shall be of glossy, oil and weather
resisting non-fading paint of battle ship grey colour.
All interior surfaces of mechanism chamber and kiosks except those which have received anti-
corrosion treatment shall receive three coats of paints applied to the thoroughly cleaned metal
surface. The final coat shall be of light colored anti-condensation paint.
37.0 Packing & Transportation Limitations:
37.1 The packing may be in accordance with the tenderer’s standard practice but he should give full
particulars of packing for the approval of the purchaser. Special arrangement shall be made to
facilitate handling and to protect the projecting connections from damage during transits.
37.2 The transformer shall be dispatched filled with nitrogen gas. The oil shall be supplied with 10 % extra
in non-returnable standard drums.
37.3 All parts shall be adequately marked to facilitate field erection. Boxes and crates shall be marked with
the contract number and shall have a packing list enclosed showing the parts contained therein.
Care shall be taken that the packing is such as will satisfy the conditions of road transport existing to
place were the transformer is to be erected. The tenderer shall be fully responsible for informing
himself of the details of road and transport to site and maximum size of packages conveyed by
roadways. The purchaser shall however give all possible help to the contractor in this connection.
37.4 For shock analysis (during transit) shock recorder shall be fixed on the transformer. Software and data
cable shall be supplied by the manufacturer to TSECL for shock analysis at site after placement of
transformer on plinth. Manufacturer of the transformer shall also assist TSECL to retrieve the data
from the recorder for analysis. The shock recorder shall be fitted to the transformer, on returnable
basis, after data retrieving.
38.0 Drawings:
38.1 The following drawings shall be supplied as part of the tender.
38.2 Outline dimensional drawing of transformer and accessories bushing and terminal connectors
drawing.
38.3 The successful bidder shall submit final version of drawings complete in all respects in quadruplicate
within 15 days of placement of order for purchaser's approval. The purchaser shall communicate his
comments / approval on the drawings to the supplier within one month of their receipt. The
manufacturer shall, if so required by the purchaser, modify the drawings and resubmit the same for
purchaser's approval within two weeks of receipt of comments. Such duly revised drawings will be
approved by the purchaser within two weeks of their receipt.
74
After receipt of purchaser's approval to drawings, the manufacturer will submit five sets of all
approved drawings and five sets of manual of instructions to our Design Office.
One set of all the approved drawings and manual of instructions will be supplied along with
each parts of the equipment without which the supply will not be considered as complete
supply.
38.4 Outline general arrangement drawings showing plan, front elevation & side elevation with all fittings
and accessories etc. The following information must be specifically included on the drawings.
i) Make of transformer oil.
ii) Electrical clearances, minimum as well as actual.
iii) No. of radiator headers, number of radiator element in each header.
iv) Small sketch showing un-tanking details.
v) Thickness of transformer tank bottom, side & top plates.
vi) Type, shade, shade No. and thickness of transformer paint.
vii) Roller, rail gauge sketch.
viii) Weight of oil, bare copper weight windings, core, un-tanking mass, transportation mass and
dimensions etc.
ix) Temperature Scanner which is related to OTI & WTI
38.5 Detailed of bushings showing plan, elevation, terminal details, mounting details make and type
number incorporating electrical characteristics, description of various parts, total creepage/ &
protected creepage distance, weight of oil, total weight of bushing , dimensions, short time current
rating etc.
38.6 Drawing showing HV & LV windings with arrangement of insulation and terminal connections.
38.7 Combined Rating & Diagram Plate.
38.8 Valve schedule plate.
38.9 Core assembly drawing with flux density calculations.
38.10 Detailed calculations showing short circuit with stand capability due to radial and axial forces during
short circuit. Also calculation for thermal withstands capability during short circuit.
38.11 Cable arrangement on the transformers.
38.12 Drawing showing connection of HV, LV lead with the respective bushing and their terminal
connection.
39.0 Deviation:
Normally the offer should be as per Technical Specification without any deviation. But any deviation
felt necessary to improve performance, efficiency and utility of equipment must be mentioned in the
'Deviation Schedule' with reasons, duly supported by documentary evidences and advantages of such
Deviation shall be mentioned. Such deviations suggested may or may not be accepted. But
deviations not mentioned in Deviation Schedule will not be considered.
40.0 Vibration and Noise:
75
Transformer when energizes at normal voltage and freq with fans and pumps are running shall have
minimum hum and abnormal noise shall not exceed when measured under standard condition the
value specified as per the NEMA standard publication TR-1.
41.0 Declared value:
It should be understood as meaning the value declared by the manufacturer .
42.0 Drying Out at the Manufacturer’s Works:
All the Tests shall be conducted after complete Drying out at the works. The transformer shall be
dispatched complete after being dried out under vacuum and filed with inert gas, ready to be put into
commission, without further drying out at site.
43.0 Fittings & Accessories:
a)Rating and diagram plate.
b)2 nos. earthing terminals.
c) Cover lifting lugs.
d)Lifting lugs.
e)Skids and pulling eyes on both directions.
f) Oil-filling hole and cap.
g)Jacking pads.
h)Pocket on tank cover for thermometer.
i) Air release devices.
j) Conservator with oil filling hole, cap and drain plug-size 19 mm nominal pipe (3/4 in. BSP/M 20).
k) (i) Plain oil level gauge for the transformer.
(ii) Magnetic type oil gauge for transformers with low oil level alarm contact.
l) Silica gel breather with oil seal.
m) Pressure relief device.
n) Valves:
i) Drain valve with plug or blanking flanges. The same can be used for filtering purpose.
ii) A sampling device or sampling facility on drain valve.
iii) 1 no. filter valve on upper side of transformer tank.
o) Buchholz relay with alarm and trip contacts with 2 (two) nos. shut-off valve on both sides (size of
Buchholz relay -80 mm)
p) Oil temperature indicator with one electrical contact shall be provided with anti-vibration
mounting.
q) Winding temperature indicator with two electrical contacts for alarm and trip purposes. Switching
of fans shall be done by winding temperature indicator for all transformers having ONAF rating.
The winding temperature indicator shall be provided with anti-vibration mounting.
r) Tank mounted weather-proof as per IP-60 or 4X NEEMA marshalling box for housing control
equipment and terminal connectors.
76
s) A suitable ladder to be provided to climb up transformer top for easy monitoring or

supervision of bushing, oil leakage or gas release of Bucholz relay.
44.0 Stage Inspections:
Stage inspection will be carried out by the customer on Core, Coil & Tank during the manufacturing
stages of the transformer. The manufacturer will have to call for the stage inspection and shall
arrange the inspection at manufacturer’s premises or manufacturer’s bidders premises free of cost.
Stage inspection will be carried out on 1 (one) number Transformer against an offer of minimum 50%
of the ordered quantity as mentioned in delivery schedule. On the basis of satisfactory Stage
Inspection, manufacturer will proceed further. The following stage inspection shall be carried in one
inspection.
Prior to stage inspection following documents shall have to be submitted by manufacturer for
verification: -
1) Document related to prime core, procurement establishing traceability vides relevant Clause of
Technical Specification of Power Transformer.
2) Documents for coil establishing traceability.
Following tests have to be carried out in stage inspection:-
I. On Core
1) Flux density checking of assembled core (without having any insulating tape etc. wrapped
around the core) vis-à-vis measurement of step thickness, lamination width etc.
2) Window height, leg center dimension, core diameter of assembled core.
3) Physical verification of core in respect of lamination thickness, bend, camber and waviness
etc.
4) Carlite test, Watt loss and ageing test on the sample of prime core. (Core sample shall be
selected during stage inspection and sent to any NABL accredited laboratory for tests under
Sl. No. 4)
5) Loss measurement of Prime core (Loss/Kg).
6) 2 KV test between core and Yoke clamps.
II. On Coil
1) Physical verification of HV and LV wound coil for 10/16 MVA Power Transformer (without
any outer insulation).
2) Measurement of resistance of each finished coil (HV & LV).
3) Measurement and current density calculation of each winding.
4) Copper purity test (after cutting from finished coil offered for inspection).
Calibration Certificates of all measuring instrument to be used during stage and final inspection
shall be produced and that will be in conformity to our relevant Clauses of GCC / Technical
Specification.
III. On Tank
1) Physical inspection & Dimension Checking of Main Tank
2) Vacuum Withstand Test on the Main Tank.
77
3) Pressure Withstand Test on the Main Tank.

4) Leakage Test of the main Tank.
45.0 Necessity of Tests on Transformer:
When all manufacturing processes have been completed, tests are performed on transformer at the
manufacturer’s works to ensure the following purposes:
 To prove that the transformer meets the customer specifications and design expectations.
 To check that the quality requirements have been met and that performance is within the
tolerances guaranteed.
46.0 Test:
The general requirements and details of the various categories of tests (Routine Tests, Type Tests
and Special Tests) are in accordance with Indian Standard IS: 2026 / IEC Publication 60076 (latest
edition).
The following tests have to be performed in the presence of employer’s representative on the
transformer at works which shall also form part of the customer acceptance requirements: The test
should be carried at the risk and cost of the manufacturer/ supplier.
46.1 Routine Tests
a) Measurement of winding resistance
b) Measurement of voltage ratio, polarity and check of voltage vector relationship
c) Measurement of no-load loss and excitation current
d) Measurement of short-circuit impedance and load loss
e) Measurement of insulation resistance, PI, DAR, Leakage Current
f) Switching Impulse Withstand Voltage Test, Transformer Winding Um>170KV
g) Lightning Impulse Withstand Voltage Test, Transformer Winding Um>72.5KV
h) Separate-Source Withstand Voltage Test
i) Induced AC Over Voltage Withstand Test with Partial Discharge Measurement
j) Magnetic balance test
k) Frequency Domain Spectroscopy (FDS) Test to Evaluate Moisture Content of Dielectric with full
test report by CD.
46.2 Type Tests
a) Temperature rise test
b) Lightning impulse voltage withstand test
46.3 Special Tests:
a) Measurement of acoustic sound level
b) Measurement of the power taken by the fan motors
c) Determination of capacitances and dissipation factor between winding-to-earth an between
windings including Condenser Bushing
46.4 Additional Tests:
78
a) Lightning Impulse Test on Chopped on the Tail

b) Magnetic circuit (Isolation) test
c) Sweep Frequency response analysis (SFRA)
Note: - Before charging of Power Transformer at site SFRA test should have to be perform
during pre-commissioning test
47.0 Submission of Short Circuit Test Report:
The bidder / tenderer should submit ability to withstand capability of Short circuit test report
conducted on Power Transformer of similar or above voltage ratio in accordance with latest IS:
2026. The short Circuit test should have been conducted from Govt. of Indian laboratories like
CPRI. The test report should not be older than 5 (five) years from the date of publication of tender.
48.0 Supervision of Erection, Testing & Commissioning:
The Contractor must arrange for the services of the Engineer from the supplier/manufacturer of Power
Transformer during erection, testing and commissioning at sites as required by TSECL after
satisfactory field test as listed below. No extra charges shall be paid by TSECL for this purpose. The
required pre-commissioning testing kit (Make-Megger/Fluke) for field test will be arranged by the
Contractor:-
i) Measurement of winding resistance
ii) Measurement of voltage ratio, polarity and check of voltage vector relationship
iii) Measurement of magnetizing current at low voltage
iv) Measurement of insulation resistance, PI, DAR, Leakage Current
v) Magnetic balance test.
vi) Sweep Frequency response analysis (SFRA)
vii) Measurement of TAN-DELTA of between winding-to-earth an between windings including
Condenser Bushing
viii) Transformer oil DGA & other oil tests as per IS:1866 as amended latest
ix) Physical verification of all accessories like OTI, WTI, Buchholz Relay, Cooling Fan etc.
49.0 Warranty:
The warranty in case of Power Transformer shall be 30 months from the date of
commissioning or 36 months from the date of receipt whichever is earlier.
GURANTEED TECHNICAL PARTICULARS

(To be filled by the bidder)
SL. DESCRIPTION SUBMISSION
1. Name of the manufacturer & country of origin
2. Installation outdoor
3. Reference standard
4. Continuous ratings under service condition specified
in IS:2016
b. Type of Cooling
79

c. Rating (MVA)
With ONAN Cooling
With ONAF Cooling
d. Rated Voltage
HV KV
LV KV
e. Rated frequency Hz
f. Number of Phases
Current at rated no load voltage and on principal tap
HV Amps LV Amps
5. Connections
i) HV
ii) LV
6. Connection Symbol
7. Temperature rise
a) Temperature rise of oil above reference peak
ambient temperature (by thermometer in 0C)
i) At full ONAN rating
ii) At full ONAF rating
b) Temperature rise of winding above reference peak
ambient temperature (by resistance method in 0C)
i) At full ONAN rating
ii) At full ONAF rating
c) Limit of hot spot temperature for which the
transformer is designed (0C) over the maxm yearly
weighted average ambient temperature.
8. Type of tap Changing switch
i) Off circuit switch
ii) On load
9. Tapping’s on windings HV / LV for
i) Constant flux/variable flux/combined regulation
ii) Location (Line / Central / neutral end of winding
iii) Number of steps
iv) Variation of (HV / LV)
10. i) No load loss at rated voltage and frequency at
principal tap (kw)
ii) No load loss at the voltage corresponding to the
highest tap (kw)
iii) Tolerance, if any, on the above values
11. Load loss at rated output, rated frequency and
corrected for 750C winding temperature at
i) Principal tap (kw)
ii) Highest tap (kw)
iii) Lowest tap (kw)
12. Auxiliary losses at rated output, normal ratio ,rated
voltage, rated frequency and ambient temperature
(kw)
80

13. Total losses at normal ratio in/c. of auxiliary
equipment losses (kw)
14. Positive sequence impedance on rated MVA base at
rated current and frequency at 750C winding
temperature between HV-LV
i) Principal tap, percent
ii) Highest tap, percent
iii) Lowest tap, percent
15. Zero sequence impendence at reference
temperature of 750C at principal tap
16. Reactance at rated MVA base at rated current and
frequency, percent
17. Regulation at full load and 750C winding temperature
expressed as a percentage of normal voltage
i) At unity power factor percent
ii) At 0.8 power factor(lagging) percent
18. Efficiency at 750C winding
i) At full load, percent
ii) At ¾ load, percent
iii) At 112 % load, percent
19. i) Maximum efficiency, percent
ii) Load at which maximum efficiency occurs
(percent of full load)
20. Time in minutes for which the transformer can be run
at full load without exceeding the maxm permissible
temperature at reference ambient temperature when:
a) Power supply to fans is cutoff
b) Power supply to fans is are working
21. Short time rating for 2 seconds of:
a) HV winding
b) LV winding
22. Permissible over loading
a) HV winding
b) LV winding
23. Terminal arrangement
a) High Voltage side
b) Low Voltage side
c) Neutral HV/LV
24. Insulating and cooling medium
25. Test Voltage: HV/LV
a) Lightning impulse withstand test voltage (KV
peak)
b) Power frequency with-stand test voltage dry as
well as wet for 1 minute (KV rms)
c) Switching impulse withstand test voltage (KV
peak)
26. Partial discharge level at 1.5 Um/√3 kV rmc (pC)
81

27. Noise level when energized at normal voltage and
frequency without load (db)
28. External short circuit withstand capacity (MVA) and
duration (seconds)
29. Over flux withstand capability of the transformer.
30. Ladder Provided (Y/N)
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR 132 KV & 33 KV SF6 CIRCUIT BREAKER

1.0 SCOPE:
The circuit breakers supplied shall be complete with terminal connectors, operating mechanism,
control cabinets, piping, inter-pole cable, cable accessories like glands, terminal blocks, marking
ferrules, lugs, pressure gauges, density monitors (with graduated scale), galvanized support structure
for CB and control cabinets, their foundation bolts and all other circuit breaker accessories required for
carrying out all the functions, the CB is required to perform.
All necessary parts to provide a complete and operable circuit breaker installation such as main
equipment, terminals, control parts, connectors and other devices whether specifically called for herein
or not shall be provided.
The circuit breaker shall be of three phase unit (gang operated) (or) three identical single phase units
(as said in data sheet), outdoor, single pressure puffer type. The operating mechanism shall be
electrically and mechanically trip / free with anti-pumping facility suitable for remote electrical closing,
tripping as well as local Operation facility as specified. The CBs are meant for installation with
Transformers & Lines
The circuit breaker shall be so designed to withstand the effects of temperature, wind load, short circuit
conditions and other adverse conditions.
The circuit breaker shall be capable of switching transformer magnetizing currents and shall be re-
striking - free.
All similar parts, particularly removable ones, shall be interchangeable with one another.
All cable ferrules, lugs, tags, etc. required for cabling from equipment control cabinet / operating
mechanism to the central control cabinet of the breaker shall be supplied loose as per approved
schematics.
The SF6 breaker shall be designed to ensure that condensation of moisture is controlled by proper
selection of organic insulating materials having low moisture absorbing characteristics.
The support structure of circuit breaker shall be hot dip galvanized. Sufficient galvanizing thickness
shall be achieved with 615 gm/m². All other parts shall be painted as per painting specification
enclosed separately.
2.0 STANDARDS:
The circuit breakers and accessories shall conform to IEC: 62271-100, IEC: 62271-1 and other
relevant IEC / IS / standards except to the extent explicitly modified in this specification.
The offered circuit breakers shall be of Sulphur Hexafluoride (SF6) type only and of class C2-M2 as
per IEC.
82
Except as modified in this specification, the circuit breakers shall conform to the latest revisions with
amendments thereof, of following standards.
Sl. No. STANDARD TITLE

1. IEC-62271-100 High Voltage Alternating Current Circuit-Breaker.
2. IS-12729:2004 / IEC-60694 Common Specification for High Voltage Control
gear & Switchgear standard.
3. IS-14658 / IEC-1633 H.V Alternating Current Ckt. Breaker-Guide for
Short Ckt. & Switching Test Procedures for metal
enclosed & dead tank Circuit Breaker.
4. IS-14674:1999 / IEC- H.V Alternating Current Ckt. Breaker-Guide for
1166:1993 Seismic qualification of HV A.C. Circuit Breaker.
5. IEC-56 / IS-13118 Specification for alternating current circuit
breakers.
6. IS-325 Specification for three phase induction motors.
7. IS-375 Marking and arrangement for switchgear bus-bar,
main connections and auxiliary wirings.
8. IS-2099 High voltage porcelain bushings.
9. IS-2147 Degree of protection provided for enclosures for
low voltage switchgear and control gear.
10. IS-2629 Recommended practice for hot dip galvanizing of
iron and steel.
11. IS-4379 Identification of the contents of Industrial Gas
Cylinders.
12. IS-7311 Seamless high carbon steel cylinders for
permanent and high pressure liquefied gases.
Equipment meeting with the requirements of any other authoritative Standards, which ensures equal or
better quality than the standard mentioned above shall also be acceptable. If the equipment offered by
the Bidder conforms to other standards, salient points of difference between the standards adopted
and the specific standards shall be clearly brought out in relevant schedule. Two copies of such
standards with authentic English Translations shall be furnished along with the offer.
The standards mentioned above are available from:
IS: Bureau of Indian Standards,
Nanak Bhawan, 9-Bahadur Shah Zafar Marg,
New Delhi-110 001 INDIA
IEC: International Electrotechnical Commission
Bureau Central De la Commission Electro Technique International
1, Rue De Verembe Geneva, Switzerland.
3.0 OPERATING MECHANISM
A power spring operated mechanism for closing and tripping shall be provided in the breaker control
cabinet (no other operating mechanism shall be accepted). This device shall be so interlocked that
while it is under maintenance, the breaker cannot be operated from remote. A slow acting, manually
operated device shall be provided for inspection and maintenance purposes.
Circuit breaker operating mechanism shall be capable of storing energy for at least two complete
closing and tripping operations.
83
Each mechanism shall have an operation counter.

The operating mechanism shall be mounted and enclosed in a weather-proof, vermin-proof,
galvanized sheet steel cabinet conforming to IP: 66 degree of protection. Sheet steel thickness shall
be as specified in data sheet. The cabinet shall also house relays, control and auxiliary equipment of
each breaker and provision for terminating all control, alarm and auxiliary circuits. It shall be provided
with hinged doors with provision for locking and removable gland plates to be drilled at site. Inspection
window shall be provided for observation of the instruments without opening the cabinet. It shall be
mounted so as to provide convenient access from ground level.
The cabinet shall be fitted with a thermostatically controlled anti-condensation heater, a 15A, 1-phase,
5 pin socket outlet with switch and a cubicle illuminating lamp suitable for operation on 240 V, AC, 50
Hz supply.
Circuit breakers shall feature high repeatability of absolute closing time over a wide range of
parameters (ambient temperature, pneumatic pressure, control voltages, etc).
Main poles shall operate simultaneously. There shall be no objectionable rebound and the mechanism
shall not require any critical adjustment. It shall be strong, rigid, positive and fast in operation.
Disagreement circuit shall be provided which shall detect pole position discrepancy.
The design of the circuit breaker shall be such that contacts will not close automatically upon loss of
gas / air pressure.
Closing release shall be capable of operating within the range of the rated voltage as specified in the
data sheet. Shunt trip shall operate satisfactorily under all operating conditions of the circuit breaker up
to the rated breaking capacity of the circuit breaker within the range of the rated voltages specified in
the Data sheet.
Working parts of the mechanism shall be of corrosion resisting material. Bearings which require
grease shall be equipped with pressure type grease fittings. Bearing pin, bolts, nuts and other parts
shall be adequately pinned or locked to prevent loosening or changing adjustment with repeated
operation of the breaker.
All controls, gauges, relays, valves, hard drawn copper piping and all other accessories as necessary
shall be provided including the following:
Low pressure alarm and lock out relay with adjustable pressure setting suitable for operation on DC
system
A no-volt relay for remote indication of power failure for Spring Charge motor.
As long as power is available to the motor, continuous sequence of closing and opening operations
shall be possible.
After failure of power supply to the motor, at least one open-close-open operation of the circuit breaker
shall be possible.
Motor rating shall be such that it requires only about 30 seconds for full charging of the closing spring.
Closing action of the circuit breaker shall compress the opening spring ready for tripping.
During closing, springs are discharged and after closing of breaker, springs shall automatically be
charged for the next operation. Facility for manual charging of closing springs shall be provided.
Mechanical interlocks shall be provided in the operating mechanism to prevent discharging of closing
springs when the breaker is already in the closed position.
4.0 OPERATING MECHANISM CONTROL
84
The breaker shall normally be operated by remote electrical control. Two electrically independent trip
circuit including two trip coils per pole shall be provided. However, provision shall be made for local
electrical control. For this purpose a local / remote selector switch, close and trip control switch / push
button shall be provided in the breaker central control cabinet.
The trip coils shall be suitable for trip circuit supervision during both open and close position of the
breaker. Necessary terminals shall be provided in the central control cabinet of the circuit breaker by
the Supplier.
The auxiliary switch of the breaker shall be positively driven by the breaker operating rod.
A conveniently located manual tripping lever or button shall also be provided for local tripping of the
breaker and simultaneously opening the reclosing circuit. A local manual closing device which can be
easily operated by one man standing on the ground shall also be provided for maintenance purpose.
Direction of motion of handle shall be clearly marked. Fixed ladder shall be provided for easy access
of the Operating Box as well as emergency maintenance on both side of the Circuit Breaker.
When the spring get fully charged either through motor or hand cranking, the spring charging
motor and the hand cranking device should get disengaged mechanically from the charged
spring and this should not be depended upon only the limit switch.
5.0 SF6 GAS SYSTEM
SF6 gas shall serve as an arc-quenching medium during opening / closing operation and as an
insulating medium between open contacts of the circuit breaker.
The circuit breaker shall be single pressure type. The design and construction of the circuit breaker
shall be such that there is a minimum possibility of gas leakage and entry of moisture. There should
not be any condensation of SF6 gas on the internal insulating surfaces of the circuit breaker.
All gasketted surfaces shall be smooth, straight and reinforced, if necessary, to minimize distortion and
to make a tight seal, the operating rod connecting the operating mechanism to the arc chamber (SF6
media) shall have adequate seals.
In the interrupter assembly there shall be an absorbing product box to minimize the effect of SF6
decomposition products and moisture. The material used in the construction of the circuit breakers
shall be such as fully compatible with SF6 gas decomposition products.
Each pole shall form an enclosure filled with SF6 gas independent of two other poles and the SF6
density of each pole shall be monitored.
The dial type SF6 density monitor shall be adequately temperature compensated to model the
pressure changes due to variations in ambient temperature within the body of circuit breaker as a
whole. The density monitor shall have graduated scale and shall meet the following requirement:
 It shall be possible to dismantle the density monitor for checking / replacement without draining
the SF6 gas by providing suitable interlocked non return valve coupling.
6.0 BUSHINGS AND INSULATORS
Bushings and Insulators shall be of Porcelain. Bushings shall be manufactured and tested in
accordance with IS: 2099 & IEC- 60137, while hollow column insulators shall be manufactured and
tested in accordance with IEC-62155/IS: 5621.The support insulators shall be manufactured and
tested as per IS: 2544/IEC-60168 and IEC-60273. The insulators shall also conform to IEC-60815 as
applicable.
85
Porcelain used for the manufacture of bushings and insulators shall be homogeneous, free from
defects, cavities and other flaws or imperfections that might affect the mechanical or dielectric quality
and shall be thoroughly vitrified, tough and impervious to moisture.
Glazing of the porcelain shall be of uniform brown colour, free from blisters, burns and other similar
defects. Bushings shall be designed to have sufficient mechanical strength and rigidity for the
conditions under which they will be used. All bushings of identical ratings shall be interchangeable.
Puncture strength of bushings shall be greater than the dry flashover value. When operating at normal
voltage, there shall be no electric discharge between the conductors and bushing which would cause
corrosion or injury to conductors, insulators or supports by the formation of substances produced by
chemical action. No radio interference shall be caused by the bushings when operating at the normal
rated voltage.
Bushings shall satisfactorily withstand the insulation level specified in data sheet.
7.0 FIXED AND MOVING CONTACTS
Main contacts shall have ample area and contact pressure for carrying the rated current and the short
time rated current of the breaker without excessive temperature rise which may cause pitting or
welding. Contacts shall be adjustable to allow for wear, easily replaceable and shall have minimum
moving parts and adjustments to accomplish these results. Main contacts shall be the first to open and
the last to close so that there will be little contact burning and wear out.
Arcing contacts, if provided, shall be the first to close and the last to open and shall be easily
accessible for inspection and replacement. Tips of arcing and main contacts shall be silver faced.
If multi-break interrupters are used, they shall be so designed and augmented that a fairly uniform
voltage distribution is developed across them.
8.0 INTERLOCKS
Key release mechanical interlocks shall be incorporated in the operating mechanism for interlocking
with the associated isolators, so that operation of the circuit breaker is dependent on a "key-trapped"
situation. In addition, electrical interlocks with associated isolators shall be provided.
9.0 ADDITIONAL DUTY REQUIREMENTS
Circuit breakers shall be capable of clearing short line faults with the same impedance behind the bus
corresponding to the rated fault current.
Circuit breakers shall be capable of breaking 25% of rated fault current at twice the rated voltage
under out of phase conditions.
The Bid shall highlight the design features provided to effectively deal with:
a) Breaking of inductive currents and capacitive currents.
b) Charging of long lines and cables.
c) Clearing developing faults within the full rating of the breaker.
d) Opening on phase opposition.
10.0 PAINTING
Before painting all sheet steel work shall be degreased, pickled, phosphate in accordance with the IS-
6005 “Code of practice for phosphate iron and sheet”. Shade- 697 as per IS-5 or REL-5032 or similar
shades may be used for painting.
86
The support structure and the Control Cabinet of circuit breakers shall be hot dip galvanized. Exposed
hardware items shall be hot dip galvanized or Electro-galvanized.
11.0 ACCESSORIES:
Gas Pressure Detector
The circuit breaker shall be provided with gas pressure monitor with temperature compensation for
initiating alarm and locking the operating mechanism in the event of abnormality. Gas pressure
monitor shall be provided for each pole individually.
Position Indicator
Each pole of the circuit breaker shall be provided with a position indicator.
Terminals
Each circuit breaker shall be provided with suitable terminal pads of high conductivity aluminium alloy
for connecting to the line.
Auxiliary Switches
Each circuit breaker shall be equipped with auxiliary switches with sufficient number of contacts for
control, indication and interlocking purposes. Ten normally open and ten normally closed contacts
shall be provided as spares. All contacts shall be rated for the DC voltage specified in data sheet.
Terminal Blocks
All accessories and control devices shall be completely wired. All wirings which are connected to
external circuit shall be terminated on terminal blocks installed in the control cabinet. The terminal
blocks provided shall have at least 25 spare terminals.
Operating mechanism housing shall be supplied with all required accessories including the following:
a) Padlocks and duplicate keys.
b) Space heaters equipped with automatic thermostatic control.
c) Local / remote changeover switch (with two pairs of NO / NC contacts for Purchaser use).
d) Manually operated tripping push button/lever (mechanical) conveniently located to trip all three
phases simultaneously.
e) Control switches to cut off control power supplies.
f) Fuses as required.
g) Two earthing terminals.
h) Auxiliary relays required for satisfactory operation.
i) Motor contactor with thermal release
j) Provision for mechanical interlock with isolator.
12.0 SUPPORT STRUCTURES
The Circuit Breakers shall be supplied with necessary support structures, ready for mounting on RCC
foundations.
87
All necessary galvanized bolts, nuts and washers to complete the erection shall be furnished including
the embedded anchor bolts for securing the supporting structure to the concrete foundations.
13.0 NAME PLATES
Equipment shall have non-corrosive name plates fix at a suitable position indelibly mark with full
particular there on in accordance with the standard adapted.
14.0 EARTHING
Two earthing pads shall be provided on each supporting structure. Each control cabinet or terminal box
mounted on the supporting structure shall also be connected to an earthing pad. Separately mounted
control cabinets shall be provided with two earthing pads adjacent to the base of the cabinet. The
earthing connection shall be bolted type and suitable for receiving 65 mm X 12 mm GS strip.
15.0 TERMINAL CONNECTORS
The equipment shall be supplied with required number of terminal connectors of approved type
suitable for ACSR Moose / Panther conductors. The type of terminal connector, size of connector,
material, and type of installation shall be approved by the Purchaser, as per installation requirement
while approving the equipment drawings.
16.0 TESTS
Routine Tests
All routine tests as applicable shall be carried out in accordance with relevant IS / IEC. All routine /
acceptance tests shall be witnessed by the Purchaser / his authorized representative.
Test Certificates
Copies of routine / acceptance test certificates shall be produced with the endorsement of the
inspecting authority to the Purchaser before effecting dispatch for approval and for issuing dispatch
clearance. The test report shall contain the following information:
a) Complete identification data, including serial No. of the breaker.
b) Method of application, where applied, duration and interpretation of results in each test.
Type Tests:
The bidder must furnish type test certificates of all mandatory Type Tests (as per IEC 62271-100)
along with the bid for breaker.
17.0 SPECIAL TOOLS AND TACKLES
The Bidder shall furnish a list of any special tools and tackles required for maintenance and operation
purposes with recommended quantities for each substation.
18.0 TECHNICAL DATA SHEET FOR CIRCUIT BREAKER
Sl. Particulars Unit Data for Data for

132 KV CB 33 KV CB
1. Type SF6 SF6
2. No. of poles 3 3
(3 Phase Ganged Unit)
3. Service Outdoor Outdoor
4. Rated System Voltage kV 132 33
5. Highest System Voltage kV 145 36
6. System earthing Solidly earthed Solidly earthed
88

132 KV CB 33 KV CB
system System
7. Rated Voltage of Breaker kV 145 36
8. Rated Continuous Current Amps 2500 1600
9. Rated Frequency Hz 50 50
10. Rated Short Circuit breaking
current for 3 secs – kA 40 25
symmetrical RMS
11. Rated Short Circuit making kA 2.5*I 2.5*I
current Peak
12. Duty cycle 0-0.3 Sec - CO - 3 0-0.3 Sec - CO -
Min - CO 3 Min – CO
13. First pole to clear factor 1.5 1.5
14. Operating time
i) Opening Time Ms Not exceeding Not exceeding 50 ms
50 ms
ii) Closing Time Ms Not exceeding Not exceeding
100 ms 100 ms
15. Insulation level
i) Power Frequency with kV 275 70
Stand Voltage RMS
ii) Impulse withstand Voltage kV 650 170
Peak
16. Minimum clearance between Mm 1700 480
Phases
17. Minimum clearance between Mm 1450 465
phase to earth
18. Minimum Ground clearance
(from bottom most live part to Mm 4600 4000
plinth level)
19. Minimum clearance from
bottom of support insulator to Mm 2500 2500
plinth level
20. Minimum Creepage Distance mm 3625 900
(Total)
21. Operating mechanism
a) Type Spring Charged Spring Charged
b) Type & Rated Voltage for V 110 V, DC
Drive Motor
c) Rated voltage of Shunt V. DC 110 110
trip coil & operating range [50% - 110%] [50% - 110%]
d) Rated voltage of Closing V. DC 110 110
coil & operating range [80% - 110%] [80% - 110%]
e) No. of trip coils No. 2 per CB 2 per CB
f) No. of closing coils No. 1 per CB 1 per CB
g) No of spare auxiliary Nos. 10 N/O+10 N/C 10 N/O+10 N/C
contacts & contact rating AMPs (per CB) (per CB)
10 A at 240V AC 10 A at 240V AC
89

132 KV CB 33 KV CB
& 2A at & 2A at
110V DC 110V DC
h) Minimum thickness of sheet Mm 3 3
steel for control cabinet
i) Enclosure Protection IP66 IP66
22. Reclosing Three Phase auto Three Phase auto
reclosing reclosing
23. Support structure & Control Galvanized Galvanized
Cabinet (Painted / Galvanized)
24. All other parts (Painted / Synthetic enamel Synthetic enamel
Galvanised) shade 631 of IS5 shade 631 of IS5
(125 microns) (125 microns)
25. Minimum size of control wiring Sq.mm 2.5 2.5
(Copper)
19.0 ERECTION, TESTING AND COMMISSIONING

It is the responsibility of the bidder to do the complete erection, testing & commissioning on its own
covered by this specification. The bidder shall, therefore, quote their charges separately for erection
in/c. commissioning, testing & dismantling as required with civil work.
The successful bidder shall supply all special tools necessary for dismantling & erection. Bidders
should note that under the scope of this bid, the circuit breakers shall be supplied, erected and
commissioned in respective substations.
Bidders should also note that, equipment covered under this bidding document shall be used in
replacing old and obsolete equipment in existing substations. As far as possible the equipment shall
be installed in existing foundations by retrofitting. All necessary supports shall be provided by the
successful bidder in this regard.
20.0 Extra 1 (one) set SF6 Gas of 2 X 11 Kg capacity cylinder with valve & cap to be supplied in free
of cost as a whole alonqwith one no. nozzle suitable to both 132 KV & 33 KV Circuit Breaker for
SF6 Gas filling.
21.0 Mandatory spares as recommended by manufacturer to be supplied in free of cost as a whole
each of 132KV & 33KV as following:
i) Insulated Drive Rod: 3 nos.
ii) Spring Charging Motor: 1 nos.
iii) Tripping Coil: 6 nos.
iv) Closing Coil: 4 nos.
v) Spring Charging Limit Switch: 2 nos.
22. Testing of Breaker at site: Contact resistance & Timing test of circuit breaker should be done
at site.
23. Special T & P as recommended by manufacturer should be supplied.
90
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR 132 KV & 33 KV ISOLATOR

1.0 TECHNICAL PARAMETERS:
Sl. Particulars 132 KV 33 KV

1. Main switch Double end break centre post
rotating, gang operated type
2. Service Outdoor
3. Applicable standard IS : 9921 / IEC-129/IEC-62271-102
4. Pole 3 pole gang operator
5. Rated voltage in KV 132/145 33/36
6. Rated frequency 50 Hz
7. System earthing Effectively earthed
8. Temperature rise As per relevant IS/IEC
9. Insulation level impulse with stand voltage :
a) Across Isolating distance (kV peak) 750 195
b) To earthed & between poles (kV Peak) 650 170
10. 1 minute power frequency with stand voltage
a) Across Isolating distance (kV rms) 315 80
b) To earthed & between poles (kV rms) 275 70
11. Rated current 2500 400
12. Rated short time Current for 3 sec. 31.5 kA 25 kA
13. Operating mechanism Motor / Manual
14. Auxiliary power supply
a) DC Voltage 220/110 110
b) AC Voltage for Motor, heater & lamp 240 240
15. Safe duration of overload
a) 150% of rated current 5 min
b) 120% of rated current 30 min
16. Minimum creepage distance of support and
25 mm / KV
Rotating insulator
17. Mounting structure Upright on steel structure
18. Terminal connector type -- Bi-metallic clamp size as per
requirement
19. Control Local / Remote Local
2.0 SCOPE
This specification provides for design, manufacturer, testing at manufacturer’s Works and delivery
erection, commissioning of outdoor station type 132 KV, three phase triple pole double break gang
operated centre rotating type Isolator with or without earth switches, with electrical & mechanical inter
lock, insulators and complete in all respect with bimetallic connectors arcing horns operating
mechanism, auxiliary switches, indicating devices, fixing detail etc.
3.0 STANDARDS
Disconnecting switches covered by this specification shall conform to latest edition IEC-129/IEC
62271-102 I.S.1813 and IS: 9921, IS-325 and unless specifically stated otherwise in this specification.
91
4.0 TYPE
The Isolators shall be outdoor type with three phase double break centre rotating type 132 KV & 33 KV
and suitable for electrical (for only 132 KV) as well as manual operation and local / remote operation.
All Isolators offered shall be suitable for horizontal upright mounting on steel structures. Each pole unit
of the multiple Isolators shall be of identical construction and mechanically linked for gang operation.
Each pole of the Isolator shall be provided with two sets of contacts to be operated in series and the
moving contact blades shall rotate in horizontal plane. The design shall be such that the operating
mechanism with the linkages shall be suitable for mounting on any of the outer pole ends without much
difficulty and with minimum shifting of parts. Moving contacts of all isolators shall rotate through 90 deg
from their “fully closed position” to “fully open position” so that the break is distinct and clearly visible
from ground level.
The Isolators offered by the Bidder shall be designed for normal rated current of 2500 amp for 132 KV
and 400 amp for 33 KV.
It should suitable for continuous service at the system voltages specified herein. The Isolators shall be
suitable to carry the rated current continuously and full short circuit current of 31.5 kA for 3 second for
132 KV and 25 kA for 3 second for 33 KV at site condition without any appreciable rise in temperature.
These shall also be suitable for operation at 110% rated (normal) voltage. The Isolators shall be
suitable for Isolating low capacitive / inductive currents of 0.7amp at 0.15 power factor. The isolators
shall be so constructed that they don’t open under the influence of short circuit conditions. The
Isolators and earthing switches are required to be used on electrically exposed installation and this
should be taken into account while fixing the clearance between phases and between phase and earth.
5.0 MAIN CONTACTS
All Isolators shall have heavy duty, self aligning and high pressure line type contacts made of high
conductivity, corrosion resistant, hard-drawn electrolytic copper strips of proper thickness and contact
area. Fixed contact should consist of loops of above copper strips suitable for 2500 Amps in 132 KV
and 400 amp in 33 KV Isolators. The hard dawn electrolytic copper strips should be silver plated 10
micron thickness and fixed contacts should be backed by powerful phosphor bronze / stainless steel
springs of suitable numbers. However, the thickness and contact area of the contact should conform to
the drawing approved. These fixed and moving contacts shall be able to carry the rated current
continuously and the maximum fault current of 31.5 KA for 132 KV for 3 seconds and 25 KA for 33 KV
without any appreciable rise in temperature. The Isolator blades shall retain their form and straightness
under all conditions of operation including all mechanical stress arising out of operation as well as
under rated short circuit condition. Fixed guides shall be provided so that even when the blades are
out of alignment by one inch (maximum), closing of the switches, proper seating of the blades in
between contacts and adequate pressure to give enough contact surfaces is ensured. Wherever
possible, the blades shall be counter balanced by weights and springs. The contact shall be self
cleaning by the wiping action created by the movements of the blades. The surface of the contacts
shall be tendered smooth and silver-plated. The Isolator shall be self-cleaning type so that when
isolator remains closed for long periods in a heavily polluted atmosphere, binding does not occur. No
undue wear or scuffing shall be evident during the mechanical endurance tests; contacts and springs
shall be designed so that adjustment of contact pressure shall not be necessary throughout the life of
the isolator. Each contact or part of contacts shall be independently sprung so that full pressure is
maintained on all contact at all times.
6.0 ARCING HORN AND GRADING HORN
Suitable arcing horn made of tinned electrolytic copper which is required for guiding contacts shall be
provided on the fixed and moving contacts of all Isolators. The contacts shall be of “make before and
break after” type.
92
7.0 ELECTRICAL INTERLOCK / MECHANICAL INTERLOCK

The disconnecting switches whenever required shall be with an approved type electrical interlock (in 132 KV
Isolator only) for interlocking with the associated circuit breakers and earth switch. Electrical interlock
assembly should be more rigid in construction and properly mounted to ensure reliable operation. The
design should be such that the electrical circuit for the interlocking mechanism will only remain energized
during operation of the switches.
8.0 AUXILIARY SWITCHES
All isolators and earthing switches shall be provided with 220V / 110 V DC auxiliary switches for their
remote position indication on the control board and for electrical locking with other equipment. The
auxiliary switch shall be provided with a minimum of six auxiliary contacts – 3 normally open and 3
normally closed and 2 normally open and 2 normally closed for earth switch. Separate auxiliary
switches shall be provided for isolating and earth switches. Two additional NO and NC contact to be
provided as spare in each case. The auxiliary switches and auxiliary circuits shall have a continuous
current carrying capacity of at least 10 Amps. Auxiliary switches shall not be used as limit switches.
Details of make, rating and type of limit switch shall be furnished in the offer.
9.0 EARTH SWITCH
Line earth switch shall consist of three earthing blades for Isolator which normally rest against the
frame when the connected Isolator is in closed position. The earthing blades for three phase shall be
mechanically linked to a coupling shaft which shall be capable of being fitted on either side of the
Isolator. The earthing blades shall match and be similar to the main switch blades and shall be
provided at the hinge; with suitable flexible conductors with terminal lugs for connecting to the station
ground bus. The earthing blades shall be operated by a separate mechanism but shall be mechanically
interlocked with the main switch so that the earthing blades can be closed only when the main switches
are in open position and vice-versa. The earthing blades shall be gang operated and all the three
blades will operate simultaneously.
10.0 OPERATING MACHANISM
The operating mechanism shall be simple and shall ensure quick and effective 1000 operation. The
design shall be such as to enable one man to operate it with nominal effort. The Isolator blades shall
be in positive continuous control throughout the entire cycles of operation. The operating rods and
pipes shall be rigid enough to maintain positive control under most adverse conditions and to withstand
all torsional and bending stresses arising from operation. Operation of the switches at any speed
should not result in improper functioning, in displacement of parts / machines after final adjustment has
been made. All holes in cranks, linkages etc. having moving pins shall be drilled and fitted accurately
so as to prevent slackness and lost motion. Provision shall be made for padlocking the operating
mechanism of disconnecting and earth switches in both open and closed positions.
Bearings shall be ball and roller type shall be protected from weather and dust by means of cover and
grease retainers. Bearings pressures shall be kept low to ensure long life and care of operation. Each
power operated isolator shall be motor driven as well as manually operated and shall be complete with
local / remote selector switch and open / close push buttons. The functions of all control facilitate
operating isolators. Provision shall be made in the control cabinet to disconnect power supply to
prevent local / remote power operation. Limit switches for open and close positions of re-isolations and
earth switches.
11.0 DESIGN, MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP
The live parts shall be designed to eliminate sharp points, edges and similar corona producing
surfaces where this is impracticable, adequate shields to be provided. All ferrous metal parts shall be
93
hot dip galvanized, as per IS 2629. All metal parts shall be of such materials or treated in such a way
so as to avoid rust, corrosion and deterioration due to continued exposure to atmosphere and rain. All
current carrying parts shall be made from high conductivity electrolytic copper / aluminum. Bolts,
screws and pins shall be provided with standard locking device viz. Locknuts, spring washers, keys
etc. and when used with current carrying parts, they shall be made of copper silicon or other high
conductivity and wear resistant alloys. The switches should not need lubrication of any parts except at
very long interval of five year minimum.
12.0 PROTECTIVE COATINGS
All ferrous parts including bolts, nuts and washers of the switches assembly shall be galvanized to
withstand at least six one minute dips in copper sulphate solution of requisite strength (Preece tests)
except the threaded portions which should withstand four dips.
13.0 INSULATORS:
Support insulators for all type of isolators shall be of solid core type. The insulator shall be made of
homogeneous and vitreous porcelain of high mechanical and dielectric strength. It shall have sufficient
mechanical strength to sustain electrical and mechanical loading on account of wind load, short circuit
forces etc. Glazing of the porcelains shall be of uniform dark brown colour with a smooth surface
arranged to shed away raise water. The porcelain shall be free from laminations and other flaws or
imperfections that might affect the mechanical or dielectric quality. It shall be thoroughly vitrified, tough
and impervious to moisture. The porcelain and metal ports shall be assembled in such a manner and
with such material that any thermal differential expansion between the metal and porcelain parts
throughout the range of temperature specified in this specification shall not loosen the parts or create
under internal stresses which may affect the mechanical or electrical strength or rigidity. The assembly
shall not have excessive concentration of electrical stresses in any section or across leakage surfaces.
The cement used shall not give rise to chemical reaction with metal fittings. The insulator shall be
suitable for water washing by rain or artificial means in service condition. Profile of the insulator shall
also conform to IEC-815. Insulator shall have a minimum cantilever strength of 800 kgs. Caps to be
provided on top of the insulator shall be of high grade cast iron or malleable steel casting. It shall be
machine faced and hot dip galvanized. The cap shall have four numbers of tapped holes spaced on a
pitch circle diameter of 127mm. The holes shall be suitable for bolts with threads having anti corrosive
protection. The effective depth of threads shall not be less than the nominal diameter of the bolt. The
cap shall be so designed that it shall be free from visible corona and shall have radio interference level
within 500 micro-volts. Casing shall be free from blow holes cracks and such other defects. 14. Control
Cabinet: The control cabinet of the operating mechanism shall be made out of 10mm thick aluminium
sheet. Hinged door shall be provided with pad locking arrangement. Sloping rain hood shall be
provided to cover all sides. 15 mm thick neoprene or better type of gaskets shall be provided to ensure
degree of protections of at least IP 55 as per IS 2147/IS-3947. The cabinet shall be suitable for
mounting on support structure with adjustment for vertical, horizontal and longitudinal alignment.
Details of these arrangements shall be furnished along with the offer.
14.0 Motor : (for 132 KV Isolator)
Motors rated 1 KW and above shall be suitable for operation on 3 phase, 415 V, 50 HZ supply. Motors
of lower rating shall be single phase type suitable for 240V, 50HZ system. It shall be totally enclosed
type if mounted outside the control cabinet. The motor shall withstand without damage stalled torque
for at least 3 times the time lag of tripping device. The motor shall, in all other respects, conform to the
requirement of I.S. 325.
15.0 Gear :
94
The isolator may be required to operate occasionally, with considerably long idle intervals. Special care
shall be taken for selection of material for gear and lubrication of gears to meet this requirement. The
gear shall be made out of aluminum bronze or any other better material lubricated for life with graphite
or better quality non-drawing and non-hardening type grease. Wherever necessary automatic relieving
mechanism shall be provided suitable relay, Device shall be provided to prevent over loading of the
motor. Single phase preventer (for 3 phase meter) shall be provided to operate on open circuiting of
any phase and shall trip off the motor. Complete details of the devices shall be furnished in the offer.
16.0 Space heaters :
Space heaters suitable for 1 phase 240V AC supply shall be provided for each motor operated
operating mechanism to prevent condensation and shall be operated by MCB.
17.0 Terminal block and Wirings – Each operating mechanism shall be provided with 1100V grade stud
type terminal block. All auxiliary switches, interlocks and other terminals shall be wired up to terminal
block. The terminal block shall have at least 20% extra terminals. All wiring shall be carried out with
1.1KV grade insulated 2.5 sq.mm copper wires.
18.0 Interior Illumination: A holder suitable for a 240 V lamp shall be provided in each of the motor
operated mechanism of three poles & shall be door operated type.
19.0 Control and auxiliary supply – A 3 phase switch with MCB for phases and link for neutral, shall be
provided for power supply and a 2 pole MCB shall be provided for control supply.
20.0 Position indicator: A position indicator to show the isolator is in ON or OFF position to be provided.
21.0 Name plate: Isolator, earthing switches and their operating devices shall provided with name plate.
The name plate shall be weather proof corrosion proof. It shall be mounted in such a position that it
shall be visible the position of normal service and installation. It shall carry the following information
duly engraved or punched on it.
A) Isolator Base
Name: TSECL
Name of manufacturer –
Order No. –
Type Designation –
Manufacturers serial No. –
Rated voltage –
Rated normal current –
Rated short time current (rms) and duration –
Rated short time peak current (KAp)
Weight
B) Earthing Switch
Name: TSECL
Order No. –
Manufacturers serial No. –
95
Rated voltage –
Rated normal current –
Rated short time current (rms) and duration
Rated short time peak current (KAp)
Weight
C) Operating Device
Name – TSECL
Order No.
Reduction gear ratio –
D) AC motor
i) Rated auxiliary voltage
ii) Starting current
iii) Designation of AC motor as per I.S 4722/325
iv) Starting torque at 80% of supply voltage
v) Over travel in degrees after cutting off supply
E) Total operating time in seconds
i) Close operation – Electrical
ii) Open operation – electrical
iii) Open operation – manual
22.0 Painting Galvanizing and Climate Proofing
At interiors and exteriors of enclosures, cabinets and other metal parts (other than made up of
aluminum) shall be thoroughly cleaned to remove all rust, scales, corrosion, grease and other adhering
foreign matter and the surfaces treated by phosphate (e.g. seven tank phospating sequence). After
such preparation of surfaces, two coats of zinc oxide primer shall be given by suitable stoving and air
drying before final painting. Colour of the final paints shall be of shade no. 697 of IS:5. The finally
painted cubicle shall present aesthetically pleasing appearance free from any dent or uneven surface.
Paint inside the metallic housing shall be of anti condensation type and the paint on outside surfaces
shall be suitable for outdoor installation. All components shall be given adequate treatment of climate
proofing as per IS: 3202 so as to withstand corrosive and severe service conditions. All metal parts not
suitable for painting such as structural steel, pipes, rods levers, linkages, nuts and bolts used in other
than current path etc. shall be hot dip galvanized as per IS -2629 Complete details of painting,
galvanizing and climate proofing of the equipment shall be furnished in the offer.
23.0 TESTS:
Acceptance and Routine Test:
All acceptance test as stipulated in the relevant standards shall be carried out by the supplier in
presence of Purchaser’s representative at the cost of the bidder. Mechanical operation test (routine
test) shall be conducted on isolator (main switch and earth switch) at the supplier’s works as well as
96
purchaser’s sub-station site. Immediately after finalization of the programme of acceptance test, the
supplier shall give sufficient advance intimation (clear 15 days advance intimation) to TSECL.
Test certificates of various items including but not limited to the following shall be furnished at the time
of acceptance tests.
a) Chemical analysis of copper along with a copy of excise certificate indicating genuine source of
procurement of electrolytic grade copper.
b) Bearings
c) Fasteners
d) Universal / swivel joint coupling
e) Insulators
f) Motor
g) Gears
h) Auxiliary switch
i) Limit switch
j) Timer
k) Overload / single phase preventer relay
l) Interlocking devices
m) Terminal block
n) Any other item
24.0 GUARENTED TECHNICAL PARTICULARS OF ISOLATORS:
(To be filled by the bidders in separately for Disconnectors of 132 KV classes and types)
1) Type / installation
2) Manufacturer’s Name and Country of manufacture
3) Standards according to which the isolator are manufactured
4) Maximum design voltage at which the isolator can operate (KV)
5) Frequency (Hz)
6) Rated Voltage (KV)
7) Max. current that can be safely interrupted by the isolator Inductive (A & % PF) Capacitive (A & %
PF)
8) Continuous current rating (Amps)
9) Rated short time current
i) For 3 second (KA rms)
ii) Rated peak short time current (KVp)
10) Current density at the minimum cross-section of
a) Moving blade (Amps / Sq.mm)
b) Terminal pad
97
c) Contacts
d) Terminal Connector
11) Load across the terminal connector side (Kg.)
12) Max. temp rise of current carrying parts when carrying rated current continuously. (deg. C)
13) De-rating factor for specified site conditions.
14) Insulation levels.
15) Impulse withstand voltage (KV peak)
a) Phase to Earth
b) Across isolating Distance
i) Switching surge withstand voltage (KV peak)
a) Phase to Earth
b) Across isolating Distance
ii) Power frequency withstand voltage (kV rms)
a) Phase to Earth
b) Across isolating distance
iii) Radio interference voltage at 1.1 times maximum line to ground voltage (micro volts)
iv) Corona inception voltage (KV rms)
v) Corona extinction voltage (KV rms)
16) Minimum clearance in air:
i) Between poles (mm)
ii) Between live parts and earth (mm)
iii) Between live part when switch is open
a) On the same pole (mm)
b) Between adjacent poles (mm)
17) Rated mechanical terminal load
i) Load along the terminal connector side (kg)
a) Gears
b) Limit switches
c) Contactors
d) Over load relay
e) Single-phase preventer
f) Auxiliary switch
g) Terminal blocks
h) Insulated wire wires
i) HRC fuses
98
j) Pole discrepancy relay

k) Timer
l) Space Heater
m) Interlocks
18) Insulators
a) Type
b) No. of units per insulator stack.
c) Rating of insulator (kV)
d) Height of each insulator stack (mm)
e) Bolt circle diameter (mm)
f) Tensile strength (kg)
g) Compressive strength
h) Torsional strength (kg. m)
i) Cantilever strength upright (kg)
j) Power frequency dry flash over voltage (kV) rms
k) Power frequency wet flash over voltage (kV) rms
l) Power frequency puncture voltage (kV) rms
m) Impulse flash over voltage (positive wave) (kV) peak
n) Impulse withstand voltage (kV) peak
o) Power frequency withstand voltage (kV) rms
p) Visual discharge voltage level (kV) rms
q) Creepage distance Total (mm), Protected (mm)
r) Dry arcing distance (mm)
s) Size material and grade in other parts
t) Insulator base plate material and size of plate below insulators
u) Bearings.
i) Material and size of housing
ii) No. of bearings, location and size
v) Tandem pipe
i) Size class and no. of pipes
ii) Size of shackle, screw
iii) No. of bearings / bush and its material and size
w) Type of inter lock
x) Down pipe size and class
y) Type of universal / swivel joint
99
i) Between bearing and down pipe

ii) Between down pipe and operating mechanism
19) Operating mechanism
a) Control cabinet
i) Material and thickness
ii) Degree of protection
iii) Type size and no. of cable glands
iv) Whether removable gland plate provided
b) Make type, rating and qty. of motors per isolator.
20) Base
a) Size of steel sections used
b) Overall size
c) Total weight
21) Terminal connectors
22) Clamp Body
i) Alloy Composition
ii) Plating if any
iii) Area at min. cross section
a) Bolts and nuts size
i) Alloy composition
ii) Tensile strength
b) Type of washers used
c) Materials of braids
d) Temperature rise when carrying rated current at 50 °C ambient (deg.C)
e) Weight of each type of clamp (kg)
f) Torque required to operate the switch in Kg. m.
23) Contact zone
i) Horizontal deflection (mm)
ii) Vertical deflection (mm)
iii) Total amplitude of longitudinal movement w.r.t. conductor supporting fixing contact (mm)
24) Design and Construction
i) No. of Insulators per pole
ii) Contacts
a) Material and grade
b) Cross-sectional area in sq.mm
iii) Moving Blades
100
a) Material and grade

b) Cross sectional area
iv) Contact Support
a) Material and size of channel / block
b) Material and size of plate
v) Rain hood – Material grade and size
vi) Turn and twist mechanism
a) Material and size of clamps
b) Material and size of springs
c) Whether springs are encased
25) Nuts and Bolts
Size, material and grade in live parts.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF 132 KV & 33 KV CURRENT TRANSFORMER

1.0 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
The current transformers shall be single phase, oil immersed and self cooled type, suitable for the
services indicated and conforming to the best modern practice of design and manufacture. The design
of current transformers shall be such that its accuracy shall not be affected by the presence of
pollution on the external surface of its insulators. The design of CT shall comply IS: 2705 (Part – I)
for general requirements, IS: 2705 (Part – II & III) for accuracy of protection and metering cores.
The locations for installation of current transformers are situated in seismic zone – V. The design and
construction shall be such as to provide necessary protection against the earthquake forces. Dampers
and / or additional supporting structures may be provided with the current transformers, if necessary,
to cater for their operation in the seismic zone.
2.0 CORES:
The cores for the current transformers shall be of high grade non-ageing electrical silicon laminated
steel of low hysteresis loss and high permeability to ensure high accuracy at both normal and over
current.
The cores to be used for metering and indicating instruments shall have a saturation factor low enough
not to cause any damage to meters and instruments in the event of maximum short circuit currents.
The cores to be used for distance protection and differential protection shall have a high saturation
factor. Magnetization characteristics curves of these cores shall be furnished along with the bid.
3.0 WINDINGS:
Primary winding consisting of suitable number and size of conductors shall be insulated with special
paper having high mechanical strength, high electrical withstand properties and good ageing qualities.
The primary winding shall be of suitably insulated electrolytic copper wire.
The rating of the secondary windings shall be one Ampere as per NIT scope. The secondary terminal
shall be brought out in a compartment for easy access. The secondary terminals shall be provided with
shorting arrangements. The secondary taps shall be adequately reinforced to withstand the normal
101
handling without damage. Suitably insulated copper wire of electrolytic grade shall be used for
secondary windings.
4.0 TANK:
Each current transformer shall be of Live Tank type to be supplied filled with insulating oil and shall be
hermetically sealed to prevent atmosphere from coming into contact with oil, avoid filtration and
change of oil. In case, the tenderer intends to use nitrogen or any other inert gas above the oil level as
to permit expansion and contraction of oil, the same shall be stated in the tender.
Both expansion chamber and tank of the current transformer shall be made of high quality steel and
shall be able to withstand full vacuum and pressure occurring during transit, and thermal and
mechanical stresses resulting from maximum short circuit current during operation.
All interiors or exteriors of tanks, secondary box and other metal parts shall be thoroughly cleaned to
remove all rust, scales, corrosion, grease or other adhering foreign matters. All steel surfaces in
contact with insulating oil as far as accessible shall be painted with not less than two coats of heat
resistant oil insulating varnish. Steel surface exposed to atmosphere if not hot dip galvanized shall be
given a priming coat of zinc chromate and two coats of light grey rust preventing paint. Other ferrous
parts shall be hot-dip galvanized as per relevant standard.
The metal tank shall have bare minimum number of welded joints so as to minimize possible locations
of oil leakage.
Metal tank of the current transformer shall be provided with two separate earthing terminals for bolted
connection to 50 X 8 mm m.s. flat to be provided by the purchaser for connection to the station earth
mat. The earthing terminals shall be provided complete with adequate size washers, nuts and bolts.
The current transformer shall be provided with suitable lifting arrangement for lifting of the entire unit.
The lifting arrangement (lifting eye) shall be positioned such that the porcelain bushings and tank shall
not be damaged during lifting for transportation / installation.
5.0 TERMINAL CONNECTORS:
Appropriate number of terminal connectors suitable for ACSR Moose / Panther conductor shall be
supplied. Suitable terminal connectors for earth connections shall also be supplied.
6.0 BUSHINGS:
The bushing and terminal insulator, where provided for the current transformer shall conform to the
latest edition of IS: 2099. The bushings shall be made of homogeneous, vitreous porcelain of high
mechanical and dielectric strength. Glazing of porcelain shall be of uniform brown or dark brown colour
with smooth surface, arranged to shed away rain water or condensed water particles.
The bushings shall have ample insulation, mechanical strength and rigidity for the conditions under
which they will be used and shall be designed to prevent accumulation of explosive gases and to
provide adequate oil circulation to remove internal heat. There shall be no undue stressing of any part
of the bushings due to temperature changes and adequate means shall be provided to accommodate
conductor expansion.
The bushings shall be so designed that when operating at the specified highest system voltage there
will be no electric discharge between the conductors and bushings. No corrosion or injury would be
cause to conductor, insulation or supports by the formation of substances produced by chemical
action. The insulation of bushing shall be coordinated with that of the current transformer such that
flash-over will occur only externally to the current transformers. The bushing should not cause radio
disturbances when operated at rated voltage.
7.0 TERMINAL BOX AND JUNCTION BOX:
102
All secondary terminals shall be brought out in a weatherproof terminal box on one side of each
current transformer. The exterior of this terminal box shall be hot dip galvanized. A terminal board for
short circuiting of secondary terminals shall be provided.
Cable box along with necessary glands for receiving control cables suitable for mounting on the
bottom plate of the terminal box shall be included in the scope of supply.
A door with locking arrangements shall be provided in the front of the terminal box so as to permit easy
access to the secondary terminals. The door shall have suitable arrangement to check ingress of
moisture into the terminal box.
All terminals shall be clearly marked with identification number to facilitate connection to external
wiring.
Polarity shall be indelibly marked on each primary and secondary terminal.
In addition to terminal box on each current transformer, tenderer shall also supply a common junction
box for each set of three current transformers of each circuit. The junction box shall be weather proof
type suitable for mounting on the steel structure.
The terminal boxes and junction boxes shall be suitable for outdoor installation and shall conform to
IP55 protection class.
8.0 OIL LEVEL GAUGE:
An oil level gauge shall be provided in indicate the oil level in the current transformer. The oil gauge
shall be mounted in such a way that the oil level can be seen from the ground level.
9.0 PRESSURE RELIEVING DEVICES:
Each current transformer shall be provided with a pressure relieving device so as to prevent bursting
of current transformer even under unfavorable conditions.
10.0 OIL DRAIN COCK:
An oil drain cock along with a stop cock shall be provided in the bottom flange so as to permit taking of
oil samples for testing.
11.0 OIL FILLING COCK:
An oil filling cock along with a stop cock shall be provided for filling the oil in the current transformer.
12.0 MOUNTING STRUCTURES:
The current transformers shall be mounted on steel structures, at a height of 2.5m from ground level.
The tenderer shall ensure that the CTs supplied can be mounted on the existing steel (galvanized)
structures. Necessary connecting materials, such as clamps, bolts, nuts, washers, etc. as well as
foundation bolts for the supporting structures shall be supplied by the tenderer.
13.0 RATING PLATE:
Each current transformer shall be provided with a non-corrosive rating plate in accordance with latest
edition of IS: 2705 Part-I. Following additional particulars shall also be marked on the rating plate of
each current transformer.
a) Purpose (measurement or protection), rated output at 0.9 PF lagging, rated accuracy factor and
rated class of accuracy of each secondary winding in terms of IS: 2705.
b) Terminal numbering of each secondary winding.
c) Knee point voltage.
103
d) Maximum exciting current at knee point voltage.

e) Secondary winding resistance at 75°C.
f) Rated instrument security factor in respect of winding meant for measurement and metering.
14.0 INSULATING OIL:
The quantity of oil for first filling of each CT and the complete specifications of oil proposed to be used
shall be stated. It would be desirable to use oil conforming to the provisions of latest IS: 335.
15.0 TESTS:
ROUTINE TESTS:
Each current transformer shall be subjected to routine tests as specified in the latest edition of IS:
2705 (Part I to IV). If the purchaser wishes to have a representative, tests shall be performed in his
presence so as to be witnessed by him.
The routine tests shall consist of the following:
i) Verification of terminal markings and polarity
ii) Power frequency dry withstand tests on primary winding
iii) Power frequency dry withstand test on secondary windings
iv) Over voltage inter-turn test
v) Partial discharge tests
vi) Determination of errors or other characteristics according to the requirements of the appropriate
designation or accuracy class as per individual parts of IS: 2705.
vii) Knee-point voltage and exciting current for PS Class cores
viii) Secondary winding resistance for PS Class cores
ix) Turns ratio for PS Class cores
TYPE TESTS:
The bidder shall furnish four sets of all the type test reports from CPRI or other accredited laboratories
along with the offer. The type tests must have been conducted less than five years from the date of
opening of bid.
The type tests shall be in accordance with the latest edition of IS: 2705 (Part I to IV), and shall consist
of the following:
(a) Short-time current test
(b) High voltage power frequency wet withstand test
(c) Determination of errors or other characteristics according to the requirements of the appropriate
designation or accuracy class as per individual parts of IS: 2705.
(d) Temperature rise test
(e) Lightning impulse voltage test
(f) Degree of protection tests of secondary terminal, junction box
All the test reports shall be submitted and got approved by the purchaser, before despatch of the
equipment.
SPECIAL TESTS:
104
The special tests shall consist of the following:

a. Chopped lightning impulse test as a type test
b. Measurement of dielectric dissipation factor for oil immersed current transformers
c. Mechanical test
16.0 INSTRUCTION MANUALS:
As soon as possible after the award of the contract, the manufacturer shall supply six copies of the
following drawings which shall describe the equipment in full details for approval and shall
subsequently provide eight complete sets of final approved drawings, one of which shall be auto
positive / soft copy suitable for reproduction.
i) Outline dimensional drawings.
ii) Assembly Drawings.
iii) Cross sectional view of the current transformer.
iv) Drawings giving details of supporting structures and foundation.
v) Drawing showing the details of terminal connectors.
vi) Magnetizing curves.
vii) Wiring diagram with polarity mark.
In addition to the above drawings, the tenderer may supply any other drawing, which in his opinion is
required to describe the equipment in full details.
After the completion of the erection work, the contractor shall furnish seven sets (including one
reproducible on soft copy) of the completion drawings. Six copies of instruction manuals covering
instruction for installation and maintenance check tests shall be supplied by the contractor as a part of
this contract.
17.0 SPARE:
Spare CT’s to be supplied as per NIT spares List.
18.0 COMPLETENESS OF EQUIPMENT:
The tenderer shall be complete in all respect and include all accessories which may not be specifically
mentioned in this specification but which are essential for the completeness of equipment ordered.
19.0 GUARANTEED TECHNICAL PARTICULARS:
Guaranteed technical particulars shall be furnished along with the tender. Any tender lacking the
complete information in this respect is likely to be rejected.
20.0 SCHEDULE OF INSTALLATION:
Tenderer shall furnish a list of similar equipment supplied by him and presently in service.
21.0 PACKING & FORWARDING:
The equipment shall be packed in suitable crates so as to withstand handling during transport and
outdoor storage. The supplier must be responsible for any damage to the equipment during transit due
to improper and inadequate packing. Any material found short / damaged shall be replaced by the
supplier without any extra cost.
105
22.0 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENT FOR 33 KV & 132 KV C.T.:

The Current Transformers under this specification shall conform to the parameters given below: -
Sl. Item Specification
No. 33 KV 132 KV
1. Type of CT / Installation Single phase Single phase, live tank, oil filled, hermetically
out-door type sealed, outdoor, self cooled.
2. Type of mounting Pedestal type
3. Suitable for system frequency 50 HZ ± 5 %
4. Rated voltage (KV rms) 33 132
5. Nominal system voltage (KV rms) 33 132
6. Highest system voltage (KV rms) 36 145
7. Current ratio (A/A) 400/1-1-1-0.577 A 100/1-1-1-0.577 A
400-200 /1-1-1A
8. Method of earthing the system where Solidly effectively
the current transformer will be Installed earthed
9. Rated continuous 120 % of rated
thermal current (A) primary current
10. Acceptable limit of temperature rise
above 50°C ambient temperature for
continuous operation at rated
continuous thermal current.
a) Winding 45°C
b) Oil 40°C
c) External surface of the core, 45°C
metallic parts in contact with or
adjacent to, insulation.
11. Acceptable partial discharge level Less than 10 Pico coulombs
12. Maximum radio interference voltage at
1.1 times the maximum rated voltage. Less than 500 micro volts
13. 1.2/50 micro second lightning impulse
withstand voltage (KVP) (dry) 170 650
14. 1 minute dry power frequency withstand 70 275
voltage primary (KV rms)
15. Switching Impulse with stand and
voltage (KVP)
16. 1 Minute dry power frequency
withstand voltage secondary (KV rms) 3 3
17. Minimum creepage distance of 900 3625
porcelain Housing (mm)
18. Rated short time withstand current for l
second at all ratios (KA rms) 25 KA 31.5 KA
19. Instrument security factor at all ratios Not more than 5.0
for metering core.
20. Minimum rated short time thermal
current density of the primary winding As per IS: 2705 (Part – I) / l992
at all ratios (A/mm2)
21. Application, current ratio, output Enclosed in separate sheets for each rating of
burden, accuracy class, minimum knee the Current Transformers.
106

No. 33 KV 132 KV
point voltage, secondary winding
resistance, maximum excitation current
at minimum knee point voltage etc.
22. Type of core Torroidal type
23. 0.15g (Vertical)
Seismic acceleration
0.3g (Horizontal)
24. Dielectric dissipation factor at
145/1.732 KV ( for 132 KV C.T.) at 0.005 or less
ambient temperature
25. Accuracy class of standard C.T. to be
used during testing towards 0.05 or better
determination of ratio errors and phase
angle errors for metering cores.
The current transformers of different ratings shall have the following characteristics.
Accuracy Rated Accuracy Knee
class Burden limit factor/ point Maxm
Voltage Rated transformation at all at all instrument voltage resista
Purpose
Rating ratio / core ratios ratios security at all nce at
factor ratios 750C
at all ratios
100/1-1-1-0.577 A
Core-I 0.2s 30 VA ISF ≤ 3.5 - Metering

O/C & E/F
132 KV Core-II 5P 30 VA ALF : 10 -
protection
Core-III
Distance
Core-IV PS - - 600
protection
Core-IV
400/1-1-1-0.577 A
400-200/1-1-1A
Core-I 0.2s 30 VA ISF ≤ 3.5 - Metering
33 KV O/C & E/F
Core-II 5P 30 VA ALF : 10 -
protection
Core-III Differential
PS - - 200
Core-IV protection
23.0 ERECTION, TESTING AND COMMISSIONING
It is the responsibility of the bidder to do the complete erection, testing & commissioning on its own
covered by this specification. The bidder shall, therefore, quote their charges separately for erection
in/c. dismantling, necessary fabrication work of existing supporting structure, commissioning & testing.
The successful bidder shall arrange all special tools necessary for erection without any extra cost.
Bidders should note that under the scope of this bid, the CTs shall be supplied, erected and
commissioned in respective sub-stations.
Bidders should also note that, equipment covered under this bidding document shall be used in
replacing old and obsolete equipment in existing substations. As far as possible the equipment shall
107
be installed on existing structure by retrofitting. All necessary supports shall be provided by the
successful bidder in this regard.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF VOLTAGE (POTENTIAL) TRANSFORMER

1.0 STANDARDS:
The items shall conform in all respects to the following relevant standards/regulations with latest
amendments thereof:
Sl. Relevant Standards Title

1.0 IS: 3156 (Part – I to III) Voltage transformers
2.0 IS: 4146 Application guide for voltage transformers.
3.0 IS: 2099 High voltage porcelain bushings
4.0 IS: 11322 Partial discharge measurement in instrument transformer
5.0 IS: 2071 Methods of high voltage testing
6.0 IS: 335 Insulating oil
7.0 IS: 13947 (Part – I), Degree of protection provided by enclosures for low
IS: 12063 voltage switchgear and control
8.0 IEC: 60044 - 2 Voltage transformers
9.0 IS: 5561 Electric power connections – terminal connectors
10.0 IS: 4759 Hot dip zinc coatings on structural steel and other allied
products
11.0 IS: 2633 Methods of testing weight, thickness and uniformity of
coating on hot dipped galvanised articles
12.0 IS: 13134 Guide for selection of insulators in respect of polluted
conditions
Items matching with requirements of other national or international standards which ensure equal or
better performance than the standards mentioned above may also be considered. When the items
offered by the supplier conforms to standards other than those specified above, salient points of
difference between the standards adopted and standards specified in this specification shall be clearly
brought out and a copy of such standards shall invariably be furnished along with the offer.
2.0 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION:
The voltage transformers shall be complete in all respects conforming to the modern practice for
design and manufacture. The design of voltage transformers shall be such that its accuracy shall not
be affected by the presence of pollution on the external surface of its insulators.
The locations for installation of voltage transformers are situated in seismic zone – V. The design and
construction shall be such as to provide necessary protection against the earthquake forces. Dampers
and / or additional supporting structures may be provided with the voltage transformers, if necessary,
to cater for their operation in the seismic zone.
a) CORES:
The core shall be of high grade non-ageing, electrical silicon laminated steel of low hysteresis and
eddy current losses and high permeability to ensure high accuracy at both normal and over voltages.
b) WINDINGS:
108
Primary windings: The primary winding of the voltage transformer shall be connected in phase to
neutral with the neutral point solidly earthed. The neutral of the system is also solidly earthed. The
primary winding shall be of suitably insulated electrolytic copper wire.
Secondary windings: The voltage transformer shall be provided with two separate secondary
windings rated for 110V/√3 and 110V/√3. Suitably insulated copper wire of electrolytic grade shall be
used for secondary windings.
c) TANK:
Each voltage transformer shall be supplied filled with insulating oil and shall be hermetically sealed to
prevent atmosphere from coming into contact with oil, avoid filtration and change of oil.
The tank shall be fitted with oil gauge and provisions for convenient filling and draining of oil. The oil
gauge shall be mounted in such a way that the oil level can be seen from the ground level.
Both expansion chamber and tank of the voltage transformer shall be made of high quality steel and
shall be able to withstand full vacuum and pressure occurring during transit, and thermal and
mechanical stresses resulting from maximum short circuit current during operation.
The tank shall be given three coats of rust preventing paint. Other ferrous parts shall be hot-dip
galvanised as per relevant standard.
The metal tank shall have bare minimum number of welded joints so as to minimize possible locations
of oil leakage.
Metal tank of the voltage transformer shall be provided with two separate earthing terminals for bolted
connection to 50 X 8 mm m.s. flat to be provided by the purchaser for connection to the station earth
mat. The earthing terminals shall be provided complete with adequate size washers, nuts and bolts.
The voltage transformer shall be provided with suitable lifting arrangement for lifting of the entire unit.
The lifting arrangement (lifting eye) shall be positioned such that the porcelain bushings and tank shall
not be damaged during lifting for transportation / installation.
The voltage transformer shall be constructed such that it can be easily transported to site within the
allowable transport limitation and in horizontal position, if the transport limitations so demand.
d) BUSHING:
i) Oil filled condenser type porcelain bushings shall be used on the voltage transformers. The
porcelain shall be homogenous, thoroughly vitrified, tough and impervious to moisture. The
glazing of porcelain shall be of uniform brown colour, free from blisters, burns and other similar
defects. The bushings shall have ample insulation, mechanical strength and rigidity for the
conditions under which they will be used and shall be designed to prevent accumulation of
explosive gases and to provide adequate oil circulation to remove internal heat. There shall be
no undue stressing of any part of the bushings due to temperature changes and adequate
means shall be provided to accommodate conductor expansion.
ii) The bushings shall be so designed that when operating at the specified highest system voltage
there will be no electric discharge between the conductors and bushings. No corrosion or injury
would be cause to conductor, insulation or supports by the formation of substances produced
by chemical action. The insulation of bushing shall be coordinated with that of the voltage
transformer such that flash-over will occur only externally to the voltage transformers. The
bushing should not cause radio disturbances when operated at rated voltage.
iii) In general the bushings shall conform to the latest issue of IS: 2099 or equivalent.
iv) Each of the bushings shall be complete with the following fittings.
109
1) Bimetallic expansion type terminal connector complete with washers, bolts / nuts.
2) Oil level sight gauge and convenient means of filling, sampling and drawing.
3) End shield for even distribution of stresses.
4) Corona shields for bushing, if required.
e) TEMPERATURE RISE:
Voltage transformers shall be capable of carrying their rated burden continuously at rated voltage and
frequency without the temperature rise exceeding the limits laid down in the approved standard, to
which they are designed and corrected to difference in ambient temperature at site and that given in
the standard. The temperature rise at 1.2 times rated primary voltage when applied continuously at
rated frequency and at rated burden shall not exceed the limits specified in the standard and the
temperature rise at 1.5 times rated primary voltage when applied for 30 seconds starting from previous
stable operation condition at rated frequency and rated burden shall not exceed the temperature limits
by more than 10°C.
f) PRESSURE RELIEVING DEVICE:
Each voltage transformer shall be provided with a pressure relieving device capable of releasing
abnormal internal pressure.
g) INSULATING OIL:
The quantity of the insulating oil for first filling of each voltage transformer and the complete
specifications of oil proposed to be used shall be stated. The oil preferably conforms to the
requirement of latest IS: 335 or equivalent IEC standard.
h) MOUNTING ON EXISTING STRUCTURES:
The voltage transformers shall be mounted on existing steel structures with necessary fabrication work
as required. Necessary connecting materials, such as clamps, bolts, nuts, washers, etc. and
foundation bolts for mounting the equipment on the supporting structures shall be galvanized and shall
be supplied by the tenderer without extra cost.
i) TERMINAL CONNECTORS:
Terminal connectors suitable for ACSR Moose / Panther conductors shall be supplied. Suitable
terminal connectors for earthing connections shall also be supplied.
j) TERMINAL BOX AND JUNCTION BOX:
Each voltage transformer shall be provided with one or more terminal boxes suitably located to house
the terminals of the two secondary windings. The terminal box shall be outdoor type, varmint proof and
shall be provided with a door in front so as to have easy access to the secondary terminals. The door
shall have a sealing / locking arrangement and shall be suitable to prevent penetration of moisture and
rain water.
The terminal box shall be provided with removable gland plate and glands suitable for 1100 volts
grade PVC insulated, PVC sheathed multi-core 2.5 sq.mm to 10 sq.mm stranded copper conductor
cable.
The terminal box, with the cover closed and tightened and the cable/conduit in position when supplied
shall have degree of protection not less than IP55 conforming to latest issue of IS: 13947 (Part – I).
Polarity shall be indelibly marked at the secondary terminals in the terminal box.
110
In addition to terminal box on each voltage transformer, tenderer shall also supply a common junction
box for each set of three voltage transformers of each circuit. The junction box shall be weather proof
type suitable for mounting on the steel structure.
Sufficient number of terminals shall be provided in the junction box for connecting the leads from
individual voltage transformer and formation of star or delta as required and to relay metering in the
control room.
k) MARKING:
RATING PLATE:
Each voltage transformer shall be provided with a non-corrosive and non-rusting name and rating plate as
per latest issue of IS: 3156 (Part – I). The plates shall have information such as rated output, accuracy,
terminal numbering of secondary windings, as well, as the following indelibly marked on it.
i) Manufacturer’s name and country of origin.
ii) Manufacturer’s serial number.
iii) Rated transformer ratio.
iv) Rated frequency.
v) Rated output per phase and accuracy class.
vi) Number of phase and method of connection.
vii) Type of transformer
viii) Highest system voltage
a) Insulation level.
b) MARKING:
The terminal marking shall identify -
1) The primary & secondary winding.
2) The winding section if any.
3) The relative polarities of windings.
c) METHOD OF MARKING:
1) The terminals shall be marked clearly and indelibly either on the surface or in their
immediate vicinity.
2) The marking shall consist of letter followed by numbers.
3.0 TESTS:
ROUTINE TESTS:
Each voltage transformer shall be subjected to routine tests as specified in the latest edition of IS: 3156
(Part – I to III). If the purchaser wishes to have a representative, tests shall be performed in his
presence so as to be witnessed by him.
The routine tests shall consist of the following:
1) Verification of terminal markings and polarity
2) Power frequency tests on primary winding
111
3) Power frequency test on secondary windings

4) Determination of errors
5) Oil leakage test
TYPE TESTS:
The bidder shall furnish type test reports along with the offer.
The type tests shall consist of the following:
1) Verification of terminal markings and polarity
2) Power frequency tests on primary winding
3) Power frequency test on secondary windings
4) Determination of errors
5) Temperature rise test
6) Impulse voltage test
7) Degree of protection of secondary terminal box
8) Partial discharge measurement
4.0 INSTRUCTION MANUAL:
As soon as possible after the award of the contract, the manufacturer shall supply six copies of
following drawings which shall describe the equipment in full detail for approval, and shall
ii) Assembly drawings.
iii) Cross sectional view of the voltage transformer.
iv) Foundation drawings.
v) Drawings showing the details of terminal connectors.
vi) Magnetizing curves.
necessary to describe the equipment in full detail.
After the completion of the erection work, the contractor shall furnish seven sets (including one soft
copy) of the completed drawings.
Six copies of the instruction manual covering instruction for installation and maintenance check tests
shall be supplied by the contractor as part of this contract.
5.0 SPARE PARTS:
A list of the spare parts recommended for five years operation of the PT shall be furnished with the
tender.
6.0 COMPLETENESS OF THE EQUIPMENT:-
112
The tenderer shall be complete in all respect and include all accessories which may not be specifically
mentioned in this specification but which are essential for the completeness of the equipment ordered.
7.0 GUARANTEED & TECHNICAL PARTICULARS:-
Guaranteed technical particulars shall be furnished along with the tender. Particulars which are subject
to guarantee shall be clearly marked.
8.0 PACKING & FORWARDING:
The equipment shall be packed in suitable crates so as to withstand handling during transport and
outdoor storage. The supplier must be responsible for any damage to the equipment during transit
due, to improper and inadequate packing. Any material found short / damaged shall be replaced by the
supplier at no extra cost to the purchaser.
9.0 INSTRUCTION MANUALS:
As soon as possible after the award of the contract, the manufacturer shall supply six copies of the
following drawings which shall describe the equipment in full details for approval and shall
ii) Assembly Drawings.
iii) Cross sectional view of the current transformer.
iv) Drawings giving details of supporting structures and foundation.
v) Drawing showing the details of terminal connectors.
vi) Magnetising curves.
required to describe the equipment in full details.
After the completion of the erection work, the contractor shall furnish seven sets (including one
reproducible on soft copy) of the completion drawings. Six copies of instruction manuals covering
instruction for installation and maintenance check tests shall be supplied by the contractor as a part of
this contract.
10.0 TECHNICAL DATA SHEET FOR VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER
TECHNICAL REQUIREMENT FOR 33 KV VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS
a) The voltage transformer shall be single phase, oil immersed, self cooled, core type suitable for
outdoor operation, effectively earthed under the climatic condition as given in this specification.
b) The voltage transformers shall have the following ratings:
Sl. Specification
Item
No. 33 kV
1. Normal system voltage 33 kV
2. Highest system voltage 36 kV
3. Frequency 50 Hz ± 5%
4. System of earthing Effectively earthed
113

No. 33 kV
5. Ratio 33/√3 KV: 110V/√3V-110V/√3
6. No. of secondary windings Two
7. Rated burden:
a) Winding I 100
b) Winding II 75 VA
8. Class of accuracy:
a) Winding I 0.2 (Metering)
b) Winding II 3.0 (Protection)
9. Power frequency withstand 70 KV
voltage for one minute
10. Lightning impulse withstand 170 KV
voltage
11. Fault level 25.0 kA
12. Rated short circuit withstand 25.0 kA for 1 sec
capability
13. Class of insulation A
14. Rated voltage factor 1.2 – continuous,1.5 for 30 seconds
15. Bushing creepage distance 900
(mm)
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF 120 KV & 30 KV SURGE ARRESTOR (LIGHTNING ARRESTOR)
1.0 SCOPE:
1.1 This Specification provides for the manufacture, inspection and testing before despatch, packing
and delivery F.O.T. (destination) of metal oxide (gapless) Surge Arresters with discharge counters,
insulating base, terminal connectors and other accessories as specified herein.
1.2 The Surge Arrester shall conform in all respects to high standards of engineering, design,
workmanship and latest revisions of relevant standards at the time of offer and purchaser shall have
the power to reject any work or materials, which in his judgment is not in full accordance therewith.
2.0 STANDARDS:
2.1 Except to the extent modified in the Specification, the Surge Arrester shall conform to the latest
editions and amendments of the standards listed hereunder.
Sl. No. Standard Ref. No. Title.

1. Specification for Surge Arresters without gap for AC
IEC-99-4
System.
2. IS:2147 Protection, provided by enclosures for low voltage
switchgear and control.
3. IS:2629 Amended practice for hot dip galvanization of iron and
steel.
4. IS:2633 Method for testing uniformity of coating on zinc coated
articles.
5. IS:3070 Specification for surge arresters for alternating current
system.
114
Sl. No. Standard Ref. No. Title.

IS:5621 & IEC- Specification for large hollow porcelain for use in
6.
621155 electrical installation.
7. IEC-60-1 Voltage Test technique.

8. IEC-270 Discharge measurements.
9. Linear resistor type gapped arresters for a.c. systems.
IEC-99-1
10. IEC-60815 Profile of hollow porcelain Insulator.
2.2 Surge Arresters with the requirement of other authoritative standards, which ensure equal or better
quality than the standards, mentioned above shall also be acceptable. Where the equipment offered
by the supplier conforms to other standards, salient points of difference between the standards
adopted and the specified standards shall be clearly brought out in the offer. 4 (Four) copies of the
reference standards in English language shall be furnished along with the offer.
3.0 GENERAL TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS:
3.1 The Surge Arrester shall confirm the technical requirements as per specification of this NIT.
3.2 The energy handling capability of each rating of Arrester offered, supported by calculations, shall be
furnished with the offer.
3.3 The Surge Arresters shall be fitted with pressure relief devices and arc diverting paths and shall be
tested as per the requirements of IEC for minimum prospective symmetrical fault current.
3.4 A grading ring shall be provided if required, (for attaining all the relevant technical parameters) on
each complete Surge Arrester.
3.5 PROTECTIVE LEVELS :
Surge Arresters shall be capable of providing protection to sub-station equipments, designed for the
withstand levels, given in the following table.
Insulation Level of
Sl. Equipment to be
145 KV Systems 36 KV Systems
No. protected
(L.I level KVp) (L.I level KVp)
1. Power Transformers ± 650 ± 170
2. Instrument Transformers ± 650 ± 170
3. Circuit Breakers / Isolators ± 650 ± 170
i) Phase to ground. ± 650 ± 170
ii) Across open contacts. ± 650 ± 170
Surge arrester shall be suitable for the following duty cycles of circuit breaker at the following
system voltages:
Circuit Breaker: 0 - 0.3 Sec - CO - 3 Min – CO
3.6 DUTY REQUIREMENT:
3.6.1 Surge Arresters shall be of heavy-duty station class and gapless type without any series or shunt
gaps.
3.6.2 Surge Arresters shall be capable of discharging over voltages occurring during switching of un-
loaded transformers, lines, capacitors and reactors.
115
3.6.3 The Surge Arresters shall be capable of discharging lightning and switching surges and temporary
power frequency over-voltages. The Surge Arresters shall be capable of discharging the energy
equivalent to class 3 of IEC-99-4.
3.6.4 The reference current of the arrester shall be high enough to eliminate the influence of grading and
stray capacitance on the measured reference voltage. The supplier shall submit values and the
supporting evidence along with calculations on above.
3.6.5 Surge Arresters shall be fully stabilized thermally to give a life expectancy of 100 years under site
conditions.
3.6.6 Surge Arresters shall be able to withstand maximum wind load of 260 Kg/sq.m.
3.6.7 Surge Arresters shall be capable of withstanding effects of direct solar radiation
3.6.8 Surge arresters shall be capable of spark over on severe switching Surges and multiple strokes.
3.6.9 The Surge Arrester should be adequately designed to operate satisfactorily under temporary power
frequency over-voltage as given in specific technical requirements, after discharging two shots of
respective long duration surges.
3.6.10 Unless otherwise brought out separately by the Bidder in the schedule of deviations, the Surge
Arresters, offered shall conform to the specification scrupulously. All deviations from the
specification shall be brought out in the schedule of deviations. The discrepancies between the
specification and the catalogues or literature, submitted as part of the offer shall not be considered
as valid deviations unless specifically brought out in the schedule of deviations.
4.0 CONSTRUCTION:
4.1 Non linear blocks shall be sintered metal oxide material. These shall be provided in such a way as
to obtain robust construction with excellent electrical and mechanical properties even after repeated
operations.
4.2 All the units of arresters of same rating shall be inter-changeable without adversely affecting the
performance.
4.3 The Surge Arresters shall be suitable for pedestal type mounting.
4.4 All the necessary flanges, bolts, nuts, clamps etc. required for assembly of complete arrester with
accessories and mounting on support structure to be supplied by the purchaser, shall be included in
supplier’s scope of supply.
4.5 The drilling details for mounting the Arrester on owner’s support shall be supplied by the supplier.
4.6 The minimum permissible separation between the Surge Arrester and any earthed object shall be
indicated by the Bidder in his offer.
4.7 Surge Arresters shall be designed to incorporate pressure relief devices and arc diverting paths to
prevent shattering of the blocks or the porcelain housing, following prolonged current flow or internal
flash over and providing path for flow of rated fault currents in the event of arrester failure.
4.8 Surge Arresters shall incorporate anti-contamination feature to prevent arrester failure, caused by
uneven voltage gradient across the stack, resulting from contamination of the arrester porcelain.
4.9 Seals shall be provided in such a way that these are always effectively maintained even when
discharging rated lightning current.
4.10 The heat treatment cycle details along with necessary quality checks used for individual blocks
along with insulation layer, formed across each block are to be furnished. Metalized coating
thickness for reduced resistance between adjacent discs is to be furnished along with the procedure
116
for checking the same. Details of thermal stability test for current distribution of current on individual
disc is to be furnished.
4.11 Each individual unit of Surge Arresters shall be hermetically sealed and fully protected against
ingress of moisture. The hermetic seal shall be effective for the entire lifetime of the arrester and
under the service conditions as specified. The supplier shall furnish sectional view of the arrester
showing details of sealing employed.
4.12 The Surge Arresters shall be suitable for hot line washing.
4.13 PORCELAIN HOUSING:
4.13.1 All porcelain Housings shall be free from lamination cavities or other flaws, affecting the maximum
level of mechanical and electrical strengths.
4.13.2 The porcelain shall be well vitrified and non-porous.
4.13.3 The minimum creepage distance of the arrester housing shall be as per requirement of this
technical specification.
4.13.4 The porcelain petticoat shall be preferably of self-cleaning type (Aerofoil design). The details of the
porcelain housing such as height, angle of inclination, shape of petticoats, gap between the
petticoats, diameter (ID and OD) etc. shall be indicated by the Bidder in his offer and detailed
drawing shall have to be submitted after award of LOA.
4.13.5 Porcelain housings shall be so coordinated that external flash over will not occur due to application
of impulse or switching Surge voltages up to the maximum design value for arrester.
4.14 GALVANISATION, NICKEL PLATING ETC:
4.14.1 All ferrous parts exposed to atmosphere shall be hot dip galvanized as per IS: 2629, as amended
from time to time. Tinned copper/brass lugs shall be used for internal wiring of discharge counter.
Screws used for electrical connections shall be either made of brass or shall be nickel-plated.
4.14.2 Ground terminal pads and nameplate brackets shall be hot dip galvanized.
4.14.3 The material shall be galvanized only after completing all shop operations
4.15 ACCESSORIES AND FITTINGS:
4.15.1 Surge Counters
4.15.1.1 A self- contained Surge counter, suitably enclosed for outdoor use and requiring no auxiliary of
battery supply for operation shall be provided for each unit. The surge counter shall be operated by
the discharge current, passed by the surge arrester and shall be suitable for mounting on the
support structure of the Arrester.
4.15.1.2 Surge counters shall be of the Electro-mechanical type and designed for continuous service.
4.15.1.3 The cyclometer counter shall be visible through an inspection window from ground level. The
counter terminals shall be robust and adequate size and shall be so located that the incoming and
outgoing connections are made with minimum possible bends.
4.15.1.4 Internal parts shall be unaffected by atmospheric conditions at site. Alternatively, a weather proof
housing to IP 55 shall be provided and this shall be designed to allow the recording device to be
read from ground level without exposing the internal parts to the atmosphere.
4.15.1.5 The Surge Counter shall be connected in the main earth lead from the arrester in such a manner
that the direction of the earth lead is not changed or its surge impedance materially altered. A bolted
link shall be provided so that the surge counter may be short circuited and removed without taking
117
the arrester out of service.

4.15.1.6 All necessary accessories and earthing connection leads between the bottom of the Arrester and
discharge counter shall be in the supplier’s scope of supply.
4.15.2 LEAKAGE CURRENT METERS :
1.15.2.1. Leakage current meters (suitable milli-ammeter) shall be connected in the earthing path of the
surge arresters to measure the resistor grading leakage current. Meters shall be designed for
continuous service.
1.15.2.2. The ammeter shall be suitable for mounting on the support structure of the arrester. The push
buttons shall be mounted such that it can be operated from the ground level.
1.15.2.3. The internal parts shall be fully weather - proof to IP 55 or better with a transparent cover to
provide an unobstructed view of the ammeter..
4.15.3 Arresters shall be complete with insulating base having provision for bolting to flat surface of the
structure.
4.15.4 Grading / corona rings shall be provided on each complete Arrester unit, as required, for proper
voltage stress distribution.
4.15.5 The grounding terminals shall be suitable for accommodating purchaser’s grounding connection to
steel earth mat.
4.15.6 The Bidder has to quote unit rates of the insulting base and the surge counter separately. The
purchaser reserves its option to procure insulting base and surge counter.
4.15.7 Clamp type terminal connector, suitable for 132 KV ACSR Conductor respectively shall be
provided having both horizontal and vertical take-off.
4.15.8 Two clamp type ground terminal connectors, suitable for G. I. Strip (50 X 8) should be provided.
4.15.9 All interconnecting hard-wares such as nuts, bolts, spring washers etc.
4.15.10 Pollution Shunt (Copper braid) shall be supplied along with each surge Arrester for by-passing the
surface current.
4.15.11 Other standard accessories, which are specifically not mentioned, but are usually, provided with
Surge Arrester of such type and rating for efficient and trouble free operation should be supplied.
4.16 NAME PLATE:
Each single pole Arrester shall be provided with non-corrosive legible name plate, at the base
bearing thereon, voltage rating of the complete pole and the number of demountable sections with
the following data, indelibly marked
a) TRIPURA STATE ELECTRICITY CORPORATION LIMITED.
b) Purchase order No. & Date.
c) Name of device.
d) Manufacturer’s name and trademark and identification no. of the arrester being supplied.
e) Year of manufacture
f) Rated voltage
g) Rated Frequency
h) Maximum continuous operating voltage.
118
i) Type
j) Nominal discharge current.
k) Long duration discharge class.
l) Pressure relief current in KA (rms)
m) Energy discharge capability (KJ/KV rating).
5.0 TEST:
ACCEPTANCE TESTS:
The following tests, considered as acceptance tests, shall be conducted in presence of TSECL’s
representative for which no charges will be payable by TSECL. The acceptance tests, whenever
possible shall be conducted on the complete arrester unit. The number of samples to be subjected
to acceptance test shall be decided by the purchaser at the time of actual testing.
i) Temperature Cycle Test on Housing.
ii) Measurement of Power Frequency Voltage at the reference current.
iii) Measurement of leakage current and capacitive current at M.C.O.V.
iv) Lightning Impulse Residual Voltage Test at N.D.C., 50% of N.D.C. & 200% of N.D.C.
v) Partial Discharge Tests on complete arresters/units at 1.05 times M.C.O.V.
vi) Special Thermal stability test.
vii) Porosity test on porcelain components.
viii) Galvanization test on metal parts.
ix) The functional (operational) test on the Surge Counter by way of checking its operation at
following nominal discharge currents :
a) 100 Amps with 8/20 micro second wave shape.
b) 10 KA with 8/20 micro second wave shape.
x) Check of calibration of leakage current meters.
TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR METAL OXIDE (GAPLESS)

SURGE ARRESTERS
The Surge Arrester under this Specification shall conform to the parameters given below:-
Sl. Particulars Technical Parameters
No. 120 KV 30 KV
1. Nominal system voltage (phase to phase) (KV
132 33
rms).
2. Highest system voltage (phase to phase) (KV
145 36
rms).
3. System Frequency (HZ). 50 ±5%
4. System Neutral earthing. Effectively earthed
5. Installation. Outdoor
6. Class Station class, 10 KA, heavy duty type
7. Type of construction for 10 KA rated arrester. Single column, single phase.
8. No. of phases Three
119

No. 120 KV 30 KV
9. Maximum duration of earth
3
fault (Sec.)
10. Maximum prospective symmetrical fault current at
40 25
arrester location (KA rms.)
11. Rated arrester voltage (KV rms) 120 30
12. Nominal discharge current (KAp) 10 KA of 8/20 micro-second Wave.
13. Minimum energy discharge capability (KJ/KV) As per relevant ISS/IEC
14. Maximum continuous operating voltage at 50° C
102 25
(KV rms)
15. Maximum switching surge residual voltage (KVp) 272 at 1KA 72 at 1kA
16. Maximum residual voltage at 8/20 micro second
(KVp)
i) 5 KA 320 80
ii) 10 KA Nominal discharge current. 340 90
iii) 20 KA 380 95
17. Long duration discharge class 3 2
18. High current short duration test value (KAp) (4/10
100
Micro-second wave).
19. Current for pressure relief test (KA-rms) 40 25
20. Minimum total creepage distance (mm) 3625 900
21. One minute dry and wet power frequency
275 70
withstand voltage of Arrester housing (KV-rms).
22. Impulse withstand voltage of arrester housing with
a) 1.2/50 micro-second wave (KVp) Switching +650 +170
Impulse Voltage
b) (Wet) (KVp) As per ISS As per ISS
23. Pressure relief class. A
24. Corona extinction voltage (KV-rms). As per ISS
25. RIV at 92 KV rms. Less than 500 -
micro volts.
26. Partial discharge at 1.05 times continuous over- Not more than 50 Not more
voltage. pC than 10 pC
27. Seismic acceleration. 0.3g horizontal
0.15g vertical.
28. Reference ambient temperature. 50°C
29. (a) IR at MCOV. Less than 500
micro amperes.
(b) IC at MCOV. Less than 1500
micro amperes.
30. a) Reference Current (mA) 1 to 5 mA 1 to 2 mA
b) Reference voltage at reference current. Greater than Greater than
rated voltage. rated voltage.
31. Maximum steep current Impulse RDV (kVp) at
372 99
10 kAp
32 Maximum cantilever strength of the arresters (Kg-
m). 1000 300
120

No. 120 KV 30 KV
33 TOV (KVp).
(i) 0.1 sec. 170 53
(ii) (1.0 sec. 163 51
(iii) 10.0 sec. 156 49
(iv) 100.0 sec. 149 47
GUARANTEED TECHNICAL PARTICULARS:

(To be filled up by the bidder)
I. 120 KV SURGE ARRESTERS:
Sl. Particulars Bidder’s submission
1. Bidder’s Name and Address
2. Manufacturer’s Name
3. Manufacturer’s type designation
4. Applicable standards
5. Arrester class and type
6. Rated Arrester Voltage (KV rms)
7. Maximum continuous operating voltages (MCOV) at design
ambient temperature (KV-rms)
8. Nominal discharge current (8/20 micro second wave) (KA)
9. Minimum discharge capability referred to rated voltage at
minimum of discharge characteristics (KJ / KV)
10. Line discharge class as per IEC
11. Maximum switching surge residual voltage at 1 KA (KVp) for
216KV, 120KV and for 30KV at 500A
12. Maximum switching surge residual voltage at 1 KA for 216 KV
13. Maximum residual voltage for 8/20 micro-second current wave.
a) At 50 % nominal discharge current.
b) At 100 % nominal discharge current.
c) At 200 % nominal discharge current
14. Maximum residual voltage with 1 micro-second current wave at
10 KAp (KVp)
15. One minute power frequency (dry) & (wet) withstand voltage of
arrester (KV-rms)
16. Impulse withstand test voltage of arrester housing with 1.2/50
micro-second wave (KVp)
17. High current short duration (4/10 micro-second impulse wave)
(KAp)
18. Low current long duration (KAp)
19. Reference voltage and corresponding reference current of
arrester (KV) (mA)
20. Maximum internal leakage current by its rms or peak value and
both resistive and capacitive component separately at
a) COV (resistive/capacitive) (mA)
b) 1.1 COV (resistive/capacitive) (mA)
c) COV at 150°C (resistive/capacitive) (mA)
d) Reference voltage (resistive/capacitive) (mA)
121

21. Pressure relief class
22. Are the protection levels affected by pollution of external
insulation
23. Energy absorption capability per operation of the arrester, during
a switching surge discharge (KJ).
24. Maximum amount of energy that may be dispatched into the
arrester during discharge assuming that discharge takes place
within 1 minute period and state the switching surge current
(KJ/KA)
25. Internal pressure required to operate pressure relief device as a
percentage of burst pressure of porcelain (KJ) & %
26. Dynamic over-voltage withstand capability (KV-rms)
a) For 0.1 Second
b) For 1 Second
c) For 10 Seconds
d) For 100 Seconds
27. Minimum prospective symmetrical fault current (KA)
28. ZNO DISC DATA
a) Rated voltage of Zno disc. (KV-rms)
b) No. of Zno discs in a unit (Nos.)
c) No. of units of arrester (Nos.)
d) Height / thickness of Zno discs (mm)
e) Diameter of Zno disc (mm)
29. EXTERNAL INSULATION
a) Type
b) Applicable standard
c) (i) Lightning Impulse withstand test voltage of housing with
1.2/50 micro sec. Wave (KVp)
(ii) Wet switching impulse test voltage (KVp)
d) One minute power frequency withstand voltage of arrester
housing KV rms
(i) Dry
(ii) Wet
e) Total creepage distance of arrester housing (mm)
f) Cantilever strength of complete arrester (Kg-m)
30. OVER ALL DIMENSIONS
a) Overall Height (mm)
b) Height up to top of terminal pad from mounting plane (mm)
c) Material of terminal pad
d) Size of terminal pad (mm)
e) Mounting dimensions and diameter of mounting holes (mm)
f) Diameter of insulator (mm)
g) Total weight of complete arrester (Kg.)
31. TERMINAL CONNECTOR
a) Manufacturer’s Name
b) Applicable standards
c) Type
d) Material of connector
122

i) Clamp body
ii) Bolts and Nuts
iii) Spring washers
e) Rated current (Amps.)
f) Rated terminal load (kg.)
g) Factor of safety
h) Minimum thickness of any part (mm)
i) Weight of clamp complete with hard-ware (kg.)
j) Type test report as per IS enclosed
32. INSULATORS
a) Manufacturers Name
b) Type
c) Applicable standards
d) Height (mm)
e) Diameter (top) (mm)
f) Diameter (bottom) (mm)
g) Total creepage distance (mm)
h) Rated voltage (KV – rms)
i) Power frequency withstand voltage for 1 min. dry and wet
(KV – rms)
j) 1.2/50 micro - second impulse withstand voltage (KVP)
k) Corona Extinction voltage (KV-rms)
l) Weight (kg.)
m) Maximum allowable span (mm)
n) Cantilever strength (Kg – m)
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF 11 KV VACUUM CIRCUIT BREAKER

1.0 11 KV INDOOR VACUUM CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL (INCOMER): -
A. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR 11 KV SWITCHGEAR PANELS VACCUUM

TYPE:
1.0 SCOPE:
This specification covers the manufacturing, assembly, testing at manufacturer’s works before
dispatch, supply and delivery FOR destination, Loading and unloading of switchgear panels at site,
erection testing and commissioning of the complete switch gear units.
2.0 STANDARDS:
The Switchgear panels shall comply in all respects the requirement laid down in the latest editions
of IS-3427, IS-3231, IS: 2705, IS: 3156 & IS-13118-199.
3.0 TYPE AND RATINGS:
The 11 KV Switchgear panels shall comprise of 11 KV Vacuum Type circuit breakers, control relay
panel, instrument panel and instrument transformers (complete in all respect) etc., suitable for
indoor use. The equipment shall be totally enclosed in metal clad cubical, dust and vermin proof
123
with necessary isolation arrangement. Each panel shall be easily extensible on either side and
should be complete with necessary internal copper connections, small wiring, L.T. fuses and
supporting framework with bolts to secure it to the floor. Each panel shall be provided with space
heater, door switch with lamps and 15 Ampere power receptacle.
The breakers shall have the following ratings:
1. Type Vacuum
2. No. of poles Three
3. Nominal System Voltage 11 KV
4. Highest System Voltage 12 KV
5. Rated frequency 50 Hz
6. Rated continuous current rating at Ambient 1250 A
temperature, as specified in IS: 13118 -1991
7. Symmetrical breaking capacity 350 MVA
8. Impulse withstand test voltage 75 KV (peak)
9. One minute power frequency withstand test voltage 28 KV (R.M.S)
10. Short time current rating Not less than 25 KA for 3
Second
11. System neutral Solidly earthed
4.0 GENERAL DESIGN OF SWITCHGEAR PANELS:
a) OPERATING MECHANISM:
The vacuum type circuit breaker shall be trip free and the breaker control shall be draw-out type.
The VCBs shall be suitable for operation from 110V DC auxiliary supply. The operating mechanism
shall be motor operated spring charged type. There shall be provision (s) for manual charging of
closing spring and emergency hand trip. The motor used for the purpose will be suitable for 240 V
AC. All auxiliaries shall be supplied from AC and arrangement shall be made for automatic switch
over to DC in case of AC supply failure. The operating mechanism shall works satisfactorily
between 85 -110% of rated supply voltage. There shall also be provision (s) for electrical and
manual closing and tripping of vacuum type circuit breaker.
b) INSTRUMENT PANELS:
Each unit shall have its own instrument panel provided at the top & complete with small wiring
connections from relays, instrument transformers, metering instruments, indicating instruments,
selector switches & circuit breaker control switch. All wiring shall be carried out by using stranded
single annealed copper conductor, insulated with poly vinyl chloride insulation suitable for 650 V
service and in accordance with IS: 732 - 1963. CT / PT circuits shall use wire of not less than 2.5
mm² cross - sectional area whereas control / alarm / supervision circuit shall use wire of not less
than 2.5 mm² cross - sectional area. All wires will be continuous from one terminal to the other and
also will have no T - Junction en-route. The connections shall be securely made with the help of
suitable connecting lugs duly crimped on the copper conductor. The meters and relays shall be
mounted in a convenient position so as these are readily accessible for inspection or repair. The
terminal board provided in the instrument panel of VCBs will be made of molded dielectric having
brass studs, washers, holding nuts & locking nuts. All holding nuts shall be secured by locking nuts.
The connection studs shall project 6 mm from the lock nut surface. No OTHTER TYPE OF
TERMINAL BORAD IS ACCEPTABLE. The panels shall have a degree of protection of IP -
66. The leads from the metering CTs shall be directly terminated at TTB and there from at the TVM
meter with a provision to seal TTB and TVM meter. The said CT leads will be effectively concealed
to prevent their tempering en-route as well as at TTB. Similarly, PT leads from secondary box of the
124
PT to TTB & there from to energy meter, including inter panel PT leads, will also be effectively
concealed to prevent their tempering. TTB, used on the instrument panel, should be suitable for
front connections.
Earthing of current free metallic parts or metallic bodies of the relays switches mounted on the
instrument panel and metal enclosed switchgear shall be done by a suitable sized copper
conductor. Earth bus made of 25 X 3 mm bare copper flat will be extended through entire length of
11KV switch-board with suitable provision to connect it to the sub-station earth at the extremities.
The earthing arrangement will meet with the requirements laid down in IS: 3427, read with its latest
amendments.
c) INSTRUMENT TRANSFORMER:
The secondary voltage & current rating of the instrument transformers shall match with the metering
and protective equipment. The CTs shall have ratio & accuracy class as mentioned in the schedule
of requirement. The CTs shall be wound/ring type in accordance with their ratings. The terminal
boards, associated with REF CTs & Over Current / Earth Fault Protection, Differential protection
CTS will be of disconnecting type, having short circuiting facility & thus facilitate secondary testing
of concerned protective relay without disturbing the associated small wiring. Interchangeability of
housing of CTS, from one panel to another, must be ensured. A resin cast potential transformer of
ratio (11000/√3) / (110/√3) volts, having 100 VA output per phase with accuracy class 0.2S as per
ISS: 3156 (Part-II) – 1965, shall be provided on the incoming panel and shall be star / star
connected. It shall be provided with HT and LT fuses.
The neutral point, of star connected secondary windings of instrument transformers, shall be
earthed to the main earth bus. Multiple earthing of any instrument transformers shall be avoided.
INCOMMING PANEL CT RATIO (FOUR CORE) : 1200-600 / 1 – 1 – 1 – 0.577 A.
OUTGOING PANEL CT RATIO (TWO CORE) : 400-200 / 1 – 1 A.
d) BUS – BAR:
All the panels shall be provided with insulated copper bus bar of 1250 Amps current ratings for all
switch boards. These shall be connected in a separate moisture and vermin proof sheet metal
chamber. The bus - bar connection & insulator supports shall be mechanically strong & rigidly
supported so as to withstand the stresses, generated by vibrations, variation in temperature and
severe short circuits. The bus - bar should be in horizontal formations.
The bus - bar shall be supported on insulator at short intervals, keeping adequate clearance
between the bus bar and earth. The bus - bar chamber shall be provided with inspection cover with
gaskets & bus bar shutters. Provision shall be made for future extension of bus bar & switch board.
e) DISCONNECTORS OF CIRCUIT BREAKER & THEIR INTERLOCKS:
All disconnector’s (isolators) of 11 KV VCBs & interlocks between different pieces of apparatus,
provided for reasons of safety & for convenience of operation of switchgear, shall meet with the
requirement of IS: 3427 - 1969 read with its latest amendment.
f) CABLE BOXES:
11 KV incoming VCBs shall be provided with cable boxes, for receiving 3 Core, 11 KV XLPE type
outer PVC sheathed cable of suitable size (Panel with CT ratio 1200-600/1 –1 – 1 – 0.577 A). The
outgoing 11KV VCBs, shall be provided with cable boxes suitable to receive 3 Core, 11 KV XLPE
type outer PVC sheathed cables (Panel with CT ratio 300 - 200/1-1A).
g) RELAYS:
125
All the relays, except the relays for DC failure alarm, supervision alarm, Annunciation scheme, shall
be draw out type and mounted on the front of each circuit breaker control panel in a flush pattern
case. All protection relays shall be provided with testing facilities. In case the same cannot be
provided within the relay, a separate test block and test plugs shall be provided. The relay
adjustment devices shall be easily accessible when the relays have been mounted on the panels.
The relays shall conform to the latest edition of IS: 3231. The relays shall not operate at a current
equal to or less than the setting. The minimum operating current shall not exceed 110% of the
setting. The coils & CT circuit of the relay should be suitable to withstand the minimum operating
current continuously, in case the minimum operating current is around 110%. The relays covers and
cases shall be dust tight, moisture and vermin proof. Operation Indicators shall be provided on all
relays and on their immediate auxiliaries for indication, regarding type of fault and phase involved. It
shall be possible to reset the operation indicator, without opening the relays covers. All relays shall
be tested at manufacturer’s works and test certificates got approved, before dispatch of material.
The bidder shall submit the descriptive and pictorial literature, in quadruplicate, in respect of each
relay proposed, along with the tender. All relays in the specification shall be suitable for 110V DC
auxiliary voltages.
Note:- The numerical Over Current & Earth Fault relay must be of this following type, model and
make
 SEIMENS – O/C & E/F – 7SR1102 – 1HA12 (ARGUS Model)
 GE-ALSTOM- O/C & E/F - MICOM – P127
We can also except any relay with higher configuration from these two models but the relay
make must be SEIMENS / GE-ALSTOM
h) ALARM EQUIPMENTS:
The incoming feeder panel shall be provided with one alarm bell and alarm indicating auxiliary
relays. It shall indicate tripping of circuit breaker, under fault conditions, with the help of auto trip
lamp and alarm. It shall be complete with the indicating lamp and push button switches for
“Accepts” and “Resets” alarm.
i) SUPERVISION SCHEME:
11 KV switches panels, covered by this specification, shall be provided with the following lamp
indication:
Circuit breaker ‘Open’ Green
Circuit breaker ‘Close’ Red
Auto trip White
Spring Charged Blue
For monitoring the trip circuit healthy conditions, both in open and close position of the circuit
breaker, 1 No. trip circuit supervision relay is proposed. In case of trip circuit being faulty, the
operation of this relay shall be accompanied by audio - visual annunciation. It shall be possible to
silence the buzzer by pressing the accept push button but the lamp shall continue to glow till the
fault has been attended. Circuit breaker ‘Close’ & ‘Open’ lamps shall be wired so as to be on 240
V AC under ‘normal’ condition.
5.0 METERING SCHEME:
All the 11 KV VCB s shall be provided with a Analog Voltmeter along with a selector switch. The
selector switch shall facilitate the measurement of Phase - Phase voltage, one by one. The
126
voltmeter shall be rated for 110 V (Phase – Phase Voltages). The instrument shall be of industrial
grade “A” classification with accuracy class 0.5 & shall confirm to IS: 1248 (1968).
Each of the 11 KV VCB Panel will be provided with three nos. suitably sealed analog ammeter,
rated for 1 Amp (additional dials; if any, required to cover all the taps of the CTs, shall be included
at the time of bidding) facilitating measurement of 3 phase currents. The instrument shall be of
static type, industrial grade “A” classification, having accuracy class 0.5 & shall conform to IS: 1248
(1968).
Each of the 11 KV VCB, will be equipped with a three phase four wire tri-vector meter suitable for
three phase four wire unbalanced load conditions with accuracy class 0.2S and having RS – 485
Port for Data – Logging / Data -Downloading facility, complete with data cables, software for the 6
panels (1 incoming + 5 outgoing). The multifunction meter shall be rated for 1 Amp CT secondary
and 110/√3 V (phase to neutral), available from 11 KV PT mounted on the incoming VCB as per
protocol IS: 15959.
Each of the 11KV VCB will be provided with a static power factor meter. The static PF meter, having
range of 0.5 lag – one - 0.5 lead, shall be of static type; suitable for use on three phase three wire
unbalanced system. It shall be rated for 1A CT secondary & 110 Volts (Phase – Phase Voltage),
having accuracy class 0.5 with digital display.
One no. digital type Frequency meter shall be provided in the incoming panel only.
NOTE: Routine test certificates of all the indicating & integrating instruments will be submitted along
with the routine test certificates of 11 KV switchgear.
6.0 PADLOCK:
Padlock or some other arrangement of approved design shall be provided for locking the equipment
in ‘OFF’ position. All locks shall have two keys, in addition to the master key which shall be provided
for each panel set. Approved racks or cabinets, for accommodation of padlocks and keys while in
use, shall be provided along with each panel set and it shall be suitably labeled and numbered for
identification.
7.0 AUXILIARY SWITCHES:
In addition to the auxiliary contacts required for normal operation, each circuit breaker shall be
provided with 2 NO & 2 NC spare auxiliary contacts duly wired up to terminal block.
8.0 PROTECTION SHEMES:
A) Incoming panel :
Each incoming panel shall be provided with a single pole restricted earth fault relay (numerical
type), suitable for 1 Amps C.T. Secondary, with a setting range of 10% to 40% of 1 Amp (strictly in
steps of 5%). The relay shall be housed in draw out flush pattern case.
The protection shall be in the form of numerical over current and earth fault relay (numerical type of
latest version as per make list in the tender documents), consisting of over current & earth fault unit
which shall be triple pole with a 3/10 time current curve i.e. the relay operating time shall be 3
Second at 10 times the plug setting with T.M.S = 1. The two outer elements of the relay shall be
arranged for over current protection and shall have a setting range of 5 - 200% of 1 Amps. The
central element shall be used for earth fault protection with a setting range of 5 - 80% of 1 Amps,
adjustable in suitable equal steps by means of a plug board. Each of the three elements shall be
fitted with shunt reinforcing unit with hand reset operation indicator.
Two nos. over current high set instantaneous elements, having setting range of 500 - 2000% of 1A
and one no. earth fault high set instantaneous element, having setting range of 200 -800% of 1A
127
and adjustable in suitable steps, shall be wired in series with the IDMT type over current and earth
fault relay respectively . The high set instantaneous element shall have low transient over reach
with a high pickup / drop out ratio. The high set instantaneous element shall be so wired so as to
take this element (instantaneous) out of circuit, if so desired by the corporation, at any time during
the operation of equipment.
B) FOR OUTGONG FEEDER PANELS:
The protection shall be in the form of numerical over current and earth fault relay (numerical type of
latest version as per make list in the tender documents), consisting of over current & earth fault unit
which shall be triple pole with a 3/10 time current curve i.e. the relay operating time shall be 3
Second at 10 times the plug setting with T.M.S = 1. The two outer elements of the relay shall be
arranged for over current protection and shall have a setting range of 5 - 200% of 1 Amps. The
central element shall be used for earth fault protection with a setting range of 5 - 80% of 1 Amps,
adjustable in suitable equal steps by means of a plug board. Each of the three elements shall be
fitted with shunt reinforcing unit with hand reset operation indicator.
All out going panels shall have trip circuit supervision relay, Master trip Relay and Fault
annunciation scheme.
9.0 FREQUENCY OF OPERATION:
Mostly the VCB panels are expected to be used for feeding heavily concentrated load. As such they
are expected to be subjected to frequent tripping due to overload & earth fault. Any specific design
features, adopted or proposed to be provided, by the bidder in the switchgear on this account
should be indicated clearly in the tender.
10.0 TESTS:
Tests shall be carried out in accordance with IS: 13118/1991 (Latest version thereof).
11.0 DRAWINGS & LITERATURE:
In addition to any other drawing, which the bidder may like to furnish to explain the merits of his
proposal, following drawings shall be submitted along with the tender in quadruplicate:-
 Principal Dimensional Details of 11KV Switchgear.
 General arrangement of 11KV switchboard including its foundation details.
 Schematic drawings of control, metering & protection circuits in respect of 11KV incoming VCB,
11KV outgoing VCB along with detailed write-up.
 Drawing showing height of 11KV bus bars & arrangements of bus bars.
 Vacuum interrupter drawing.
 Name plate drawing.
Four copies of the descriptive literature in respect of 11 KV switchgear, relays Multifunction meters,
voltmeters, ammeters and selector switches etc, proposed to be used shall also be supplied.
12.0 VACUUM BOTTLES:
The vacuum bottles should be capable of withstanding minimum 100 full short circuit operations as
per test duty 1 to 5 of IEC-56. The vacuum bottles, capable of withstanding less than 100 full short
circuit faults, would not be considered and therefore should not be offered.
128
13.0 OPERATING MECHANISM:

As clearance between contacts, when VCB is in off condition, is very small, so it is essential that
operating mechanism is such that all the three poles open & close simultaneously.
14.0 INTERLOCKING:
Efficient mechanical interlocking shall be provided to meet the following Conditions.
a) It should be possible to lower / withdraw the breaker only after the circuit breaker has been
opened.
b) It should be possible to raise or lower the circuit breaker when it is in the fully home position as
well as it is in the isolated position.
c) It should not be possible to remove the circuit breaker until the moveable plug unit having
secondary connections has been withdrawn.
d) It should not be possible to replace, in position, moveable plug unit & unless the breaker has
been racked in.
e) Provision of shutters or lock off doors with locks shall be made to prevent access to the bus bar
chamber and receptacles when the circuit breaker is withdrawn.
f) Provision should be made for locking the circuit breaker closing mechanism in the open position
& locks provided.
15.0 MARKING:
The switchgear panels shall have nameplate carrying the following data indelibly marked: -
a) Name of the manufacture or a mark by which he may be readily identified.
b) Serial number or type designation making it possible to get all relevant information from the
manufacturer and year of manufacture.
c) Rated voltage.
d) Rated normal Current.
e) Rated frequency.
f) Rupturing capacity.
g) Breaking capacity
h) Making capacity.
i) Operating D.C. Voltage.
j) P.O. No. & Date.
16.0 GUARANTEED AND OTHER TECHNICAL PARTICLATS FOR 11 KV SWITCHGEAR PANELS
(To be submitted (filled in) by the Bidder along with the technical bid)
a) CIRCUIT BREAKERS:
1. Maker’s name and country of manufacture.
2. Type
3. Nominal system voltage
4. Highest system voltage
129
5. Frequency
6. Nominal current rating
6.1 At Ref. Ambient temp. as per relevant standard
6.2 At site conditions
7. Symmetrical breaking capacity (KA and MVA)
8. Asymmetrical breaking capacity (KA)
8.1 Symmetrical breaking current
8.2 Short time current rating for 1 sec.
9. Making capacity (peak KA)
10. 1.2/50 microsecond impulse wave withstand test voltage
11. One minute power frequency withstand test voltage
12. No. of poles
13. No. of breaks per pole
14. Length of breaks per phase
15. Opening time (ms)
16. Making time (ms)
17. Arc duration (ms)
18. Type and material of main contacts
19. Material and thickness of plating of contacts
20. Type of arcing contacts and /or arc control device
21. Whether the circuit breaker is trip free
22. Whether lock out mechanism for preventing closing provided
23. Closing coil voltage and power required to close the breaker
24. Minimum clearance in vacuum
24.1 Between phases
24.2 Between live parts & earth
25. Minimum clearance in Air
25.1 Between phases
25.2 Between live parts & earth
26. Short Circuit Type Tests: Certificate or report No. (Attach photocopy)
27. Normal / operating voltage of closing mechanism
28. Total weight of complete breaker (Kg)
29. Dimensions and mounting details
30. Standard to which conforms
31. Detail of reference drawing attached.
130
b) INSTRUMENT TRANSFORMERS (CURRENT TRANSFORMERS)

1. Rated primary current
2. Rated secondary current
3. Rated transformation ratio
4. V.A burden at rated current and accuracy.
5. Class of accuracy
6. Rated over current factor with time in seconds
7. Type of CTs (whether wound or bar type)
8. Standard to which conform
10. 1.2/50 micro second impulse withstand voltage
11. Make of CT’s
c) RELAYS
1. Type and make
2. Time setting range
3. Other details like No. of auxiliary contacts
4. Standard to which conform
5. No. & Auxiliary contacts
d) BUS BAR
1. Material
2. Normal current rating in amp.
3. Normal area (mm2)
4. Shape
5. Type of Insulation
e) VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER
1. Rated primary voltage
2. Rated secondary voltage
3. Rated burden
4. Class of accuracy
5. Rated voltage factor & time
7. 1.2/50 micro –sec. impulse withstand voltage
8. Make of PT’s
f) PARTICULARS OF INSTRUMENTS & METERS:
1. Type of equipment (whether flush mounted or projected type)
131
2. Guaranteed % errors at different loads

3. Make & size of Ammeters, Voltmeters & Trivector Meter Make L & T (ER300P)
g) PARTICULARS OF VACUUM BOTTLES:
1. Name of manufacture
2. Whether imported or indigenous
3. Manufacturer’s type, normal amps and rupturing capacity for vacuum bottles used for
Incoming panel
4. Manufacturer’s type, normal amps and rupturing capacity for vacuum bottles used for
outgoing panels
5. Degree of vacuum inside the vacuum interrupters
6. Short time rating of vacuum bottles
7. Number of full short circuit operations as per test duly 1to 5 of IEC-56, which the
vacuum bottles offered can safely withstand
8. Whether the vacuum bottles used on incoming and outgoing panels are same or
different.
9. Whether the operating mechanism is imported or indigenous.
SCHEDULE OF REQUIREMENT
6 numbers 11 KV VCB CR Panel (ONE INCOMMER PLUS FIVE OUTGOING) with each
switchboard comprising of the following as:
Incoming panel- each comprising: -
a) 1 No. Triple Pole, 350 MVA, 11 KV 1250 Amps. circuit breaker fitted with arc control device,
interlocks, auxiliary switches, isolating contacts, emergency hand trip device, mechanical ‘ON’
and ‘OFF’ indicator & motor operated spring charging mechanism.
b) One set of 3 phase 1250 amps bus bars.
c) One set of isolating plug and sockets.
d) One set of single –phase cluster type isolating contacts.
e) 1 No. Trifurcating main cable boxes located at the rear of the unit for reception of 3-core XLPE
cables up to 630 mm2 size and complete with cable glands and clamps.
f) A set of 4 core CT’s with ratio 1200-600/1-1-1-0.577 A (core I- 0.2S, core II- class 5P10, core
III- Class PS , & core IV Class PS ) for incomer control & relay panel.
i) First core for metering with 15VA burden output and the class of accuracy as 0.2S.
ii) Second core for over current and earth fault protection with 15VA as output burden-
having accuracy of 5P10.
iii) Third core for REF protection having minimum knee point voltage of 90 X RCT on 300
Amps taps. It shall conform to accuracy class PS of ISS: 2705 (part-IV) and shall have
magnetizing current as low as possible but in no case exceeding the value corresponding
to class of ISS: 2705 (part IV).
iv) Fourth Core for Differential protection, Class PS.
132
** In addition to the requirement of incomer control and relay panel, the bidder shall have to
supply extra 2 (Two) nos. CT of aforesaid specification and 1 (One) set (three nos.) 11 KV
Bus-bar Spout of 1250A & the cost for the same shall be borne by the bidder.
g) 1 No. 3 phase star / star connected bus bar type resin cast draw out voltage transformer of
ratio (11000/√3) / (110/√3) volts and 100 VA output per phase with class 0.2S accuracy as per
IS: 3516 (part-II)-1965 complete in all respect with HT and LT fuses, isolating plugs and
sockets for HT& LT copper connectors, current limiting resistances and first filling with
insulating oil.
i) 1 No. 230 V.A.C. panel space heater.
ii) 2 set of vermin and dust proof fitments.
iii) 1 earthing set for earthing the breakers individually.
h) 1 instrument panel mounted on top and equipped as below:-
i) 3 Nos. suitably sealed C.T’s operated static ammeter of 1 Amps. with digital display
ii) 1 No. digital frequency meter.
iii) 1 No. 0 to 15 KV static voltmeter with digital display.
iv) 1 No. 3 way ON/Off voltmeter selector switch
v) 1 No. Digital power factor meter for reading both the leading and lagging PF.
vi) 1 No. Tri-vector meter suitable for 3 phase 4 wire unbalanced load conditions with
accuracy class 0.2S and with RS 485 port for Data Logging/ Data-down-loading facility.
Supplied with data cable, software and one laptop loaded with software.
vii) Numerical over current and earth fault relay should have normal as well as instantaneous
over current & earth fault protection features which may be used for each phase and are
selectable to be either non-directional, directional forward or directional reverse. It will be
adjustable in suitable steps having low transient over reach with a high pickup / drop out
ratio. The high set instantaneous element shall be so wired so as to take this element
(instantaneous) out of circuit, if so desired by TSECL, at any time during the operation of
equipment.
One No. single pole restricted E/F relay with setting of 10-40% of 1 Amps and complete with a
tuned 50c/s circuit and stabilizing resistance mounted in draw-out type flush pattern case with
a provision of inter-tripping the circuit breaker.
i) 4 No. 230 volt A.C. indicating lamps with fittings to indicate breaker open, breaker closed auto
trip and spring charged.
i) Indicating lamp with fitting and push button switch to indicate trip healthy. Trip circuit
supervision scheme and D.C. fail scheme as per foregoing specification.
ii) 1 No. Breaker control switch.
iii) 1 set of six window alarm annunciation equipment wired and comprising of alarm
initiating auxiliary relay, alarm bell, indicating lamp and push button for alarm
cancellation and lamp resetting for the incoming panel.
iv) 1 No. Test terminal block for testing of instrument and relay.
v) One set of Trip Circuit Supervision Relay
vi) One master trip relay with 6 NO + 6 NC contact
133
Outgoing Feeder Panels - each Comprising.

1 No. Triple pole 1250 amps, 350 MVA, 11 KV circuit breaker fitted with arc control devices,
interlock arrangement, auxiliary switches, isolating contacts, alarm Contacts, emergency hand trip
device, mechanism ON & OFF indicators and spring charged closing mechanism operating at 240
V AC motors.
1 set of 3 phase 1250 amps bus bars.
1 set of Isolating plugs and sockets.
1 No. Trifurcating main cable box for reception of 11KV, 3-core, XLPE cable up to a size of 300
mm² and complete with cable glands and clamps.
3 Nos. Double core CT’s with ratio 400 - 200 / 1 - 1A having one core for metering with 15 VA
Burden and Class of Accuracy as 0.2S and the other core with 15VA as burden and Class of
Accuracy as 5P10 for O/C and E/F protection.
** In addition to the requirement of outgoing control and relay panel, the bidder shall have to
supply extra 3 (Three) nos CT of aforesaid specification (suitable for outgoing CR panel), 1
(One) nos CT of aforesaid specification (suitable for incoming CR panel) and 6 (six) Nos. 11
KV Vacuum Interrupter suitable for 1250 A, 350 MVA Circuit Breaker with suitable
accessories for fitting, the bidder shall also have to supply spare Numerical Earth Fault Over
current Relay 4 (Four) Nos. as same model & specification as the panel, Tripping and
Closing coil each 10 (Ten) nos. & the cost for the same shall be borne by the bidder.
1 No. 230V A.C. panel space heater.
1 set of vermin and dust proof fitments.
1 instrument panel mounted on top and equipped as below: -
3 Nos. suitably sealed CT operated Static Ammeter of 1 Amps, with digital display
1 No. Tri-vector meter suitable for 3 phase, 4wire unbalanced load and flush mounted with
Accuracy class 0.2S and with 485 port for Data-logging / Data-down-loading facility.
P.T. leads should come direct from 11 KV P.T. Secondary to avoid any tempering in between.
Numerical over current and earth fault relay with O/C protection with setting of 5-200% of 1 Amps
and for E/F protection with setting range of 5-80% of 1 Amps mounted in horizontal draw-out type
flush pattern case.
A set of triple pole combined over current & earth fault instantaneous high set relays with two
elements for over current protection having a setting range of 500% to 2000% of 1 Amps and the
central element for earth fault protection having a setting range of 200%-800% of 1 Amps. The relay
shall have low transient over reach with a high pick up/drop off ratio. Relay will be connected in
series with the triple pole combined over current and earth fault relay referred to above and shall
be so wired as to take this element (instantaneous) out if so desired by the purchaser at any time
during operation of equipments.
3 Nos. 230 Volts AC indicating lamps with fittings to indicate Breaker Open, Breaker CLOSED and
AUTO TRIP.
1 No. 110 Volts DC indicating lamp with fittings and push button switch to indicate TRIP CIRCUIT
HEALTHY.
1 No. Breaker Control switch.
1 No. Test Terminal Block for testing instruments & relays.
134
1 no. 6 window Alarm annunciation scheme completely wired, with accept, reset, test buttons with
buzzer.
1 no. trip circuit supervision relay
1 no. Master trip relay with 6 NO + 6 NC contact.
SPECIFICATION FOR 132 KV CONTROL AND RELAY PANEL

1.0 Scope:
The scope of the specifications covers Design, Manufacturing and Testing at manufacturing works and
supply (on FOR destination) of: -
132 KV Transformer C & R Panel (duplex type)
2.0 Control Voltages:
Sub Station shall be having control D.C voltage level of 110 Volts.
3.0 CONSTRUCTIONAL FEATURES:
Type of panel: Duplex Panel
Control and Relay panel shall consist of separate vertical stationary front panels with equipment
mounted thereon and having wiring access from rear for control panels & either front or rear for relay
panels. Each cubicle assembly shall be provided with doors on the rear having handles with built in
locking facility or with pad lock. It shall have double leaf doors with lift off hinges at the back for panels
of width more than 800 mm.
1. The Duplex type panel, shall be compatible with existing panels, wherever required, besides
conforming to relevant IS specifications amended up to date.
2. The Control & Relay Panel shall be of Duplex type, as specified. It is the responsibility of the
Contractor to ensure that the equipment specified and such unspecified complementary
equipment required for completeness of the Protection / Control Schemes is properly
accommodated in the panels without congestion and if necessary, provide panels with large
dimensions. No price increase at a later date on this account shall be allowed. However, the
width of panels that are being offered to be placed in existing switchyard control rooms should be
in conformity with the space availability in the control room.
3. Panel shall be completely metal enclosed to ensure a dust, moisture and vermin proof. The
enclosure shall provide a degree of protection not less than IP- 51 in accordance with IS:
13947/IS: 2147.
4. Panel shall be rigid, free standing and floor mounting type and comprise of structural frames
enclosed completely with specially selected, smooth finished, Cold Rolled Sheet steel of
thickness not less than 3 mm for weight bearing members of the panels such as base frame, front
sheet and door frames and not less than 2.0 mm for sides, door, top and bottom portions. There
shall be sufficient reinforcement to provide level surfaces, resistance to vibration and rigidity
during transportation and installation.
5. The doors, removable covers of panel shall be gasketed all round with neoprene gaskets.
Ventilating louvers shall have screens and filters. The screens shall be made of either brass or GI
wire mesh.
6. All joints shall be made flush and all edges shall be bent at right angles and rounded. All
structural members shall be bolted or welded together. Necessary arrangement shall be provided
135
for bolting together the adjacent panels as well as for fastening them to the floor. The opening
required for mounting the equipment shall be punched or cut and filed smooth.
7. Panel shall have base frame with smooth bearing surface, which shall be fixed on the embedded
foundation channels / insert plates. Anti vibration strips made of shock absorbing materials which
shall be supplied by the Contractor, shall be placed between panel and base frame.
8. Cable entries to the panels shall be from the bottom. Cable gland plate fitted on the bottom of the
panel shall be connected rigidly to the earthing of panel / station through a flexible braided copper
conductor.
9. Necessary foundation drawings showing cable entry positions and foundation bolt locations shall
be supplied by the Contractor.
10. Panel shall be supplied complete with interconnecting wiring provided between all electrical
devices mounted and wired in the panels and between the devices and terminal blocks for the
devices to be connected to equipment outside the panels. When panels are arranged to be
located adjacent to each other all inter panel wiring and connections between the panels shall be
furnished and the wiring shall be carried out internally. These adjacent inter panel wiring shall be
clearly indicated in the drawing furnished by the Contractor.
11. All internal wiring to be connected to the external equipment shall terminate on terminal blocks,
preferably vertically mounted on the side of each panel. Terminal blocks shall be 1100 V grade
and have 10 Amps continuous rating, moulded piece, complete with insulated barriers, stud type
terminals, washers, nuts and lock nuts. Markings on the terminal strips shall correspond to wire
number and terminal numbers on the wiring diagrams. All terminal blocks shall have shrouding
with transparent unbreakable material.
12. Not more than 2 wires shall be connected to any terminal. Suitable supports shall be provided for
the incoming cables. The terminal blocks shall be arranged to provide maximum accessibility to
all conductor terminations. The terminal blocks shall be fully enclosed with easily removable
covers and made of moulded, non-inflammable plastic material with bases and barriers moulded
integrally.
13. Disconnecting type terminal blocks shall be provided for Current Transformer and Voltage
Transformer secondary leads. Also Current Transformer secondary leads shall be provided with
short circuiting and earthing facilities.
14. At least 20% spare terminals shall be provided on each panel and these spare terminals shall be
uniformly distributed on all terminal blocks.
15. Unless otherwise specified, terminal blocks shall be suitable for connecting the following
conductors of external cables on each side:
i) All CT & PT circuits: Minimum of two of 2.5 sq. mm. standard copper cable
ii) AC / DC power supply circuits: one of 2.5 sq. mm standard Copper.
iii) All other circuits: Minimum of one of 2.5 sq. mm standard copper.
16. The number and sizes of the multi-core incoming cables will be as specified in the specification.
All necessary cable terminating accessories such as gland plates, packing glands, crimp type
tinned copper lugs, supporting clamps and brackets, wiring troughs and gutters etc. shall be
included in the scope of supply.
17. Mimic diagram shall be made preferably of anodized aluminium material which shall be screwed
on to the panel and can be easily cleaned. Painted overlaid mimic is also acceptable. The mimic
136
bus shall be 2 mm thick. The width of the mimic bus shall be 10 mm for bus bars and 7 mm for
other connections.
18. All equipment mounted on front and rear side as well as equipment mounted inside the panels
shall be provided with individual name plates with equipment designation engraved. Also on the
top of each panel on front as well as rear side, large and bold name plates shall be provided for
circuit/feeder designation. These circuit labels shall be larger than that of other name plates.
19. 240 Volts, Single Phase, 50 Hz, AC socket with switch suitable to accept 5 Amps and 15 Amps
pin (round, standard Indian plug) shall be provided in the interior of each cubicle with ON-OFF
switch.
20. The panel shall be provided with a compact fluorescent lighting fixture rated for 240 Volts, single
phase, 50 Hz supply for the interior illumination of the panel during maintenance. The fittings
shall be complete with switch-fuse unit and switching on the lighting shall be controlled by the
respective panel door switch.
21. The panel shall be provided with necessary arrangements for receiving, distributing and isolating
DC and AC supplies for various control, signaling, lighting and space heater circuits. The
incoming and sub-circuits shall be separately provided with Miniature Circuit Breaker (MCB).
Selection of MCB rating for the main and sub-circuits shall be such as to ensure selective
clearance of sub-circuit faults. MCBs shall confirm to IS: 13947, reputed manufactures.
22. Each MCB shall be provided with one potential free contact and the same shall be wired for
annunciation purpose. However, Voltage Transformer circuits for relaying and metering shall be
protected by fuses. All fuses shall be HRC cartridge type conforming to IS: 13703 mounted on
plug-in type bakelite fuse bases. All accessible line connection to fuse bases shall be adequately
shrouded. Fuses shall have operation indicators for indicating blown fuse condition. Fuse carrier
base as well as MCBs shall have imprints of the rating and voltage.
23. Tubular space heaters of adequate capacity and suitable for connection to single phase, 240V, 50
Hz supply shall be provided inside each panel to prevent condensation of moisture on the wiring
and panel mounted equipment when the panel is not in operation. These shall not be mounted
close to the wiring or any panel mounted equipment. Heaters shall be complete with MCB and
thermostat.
Test link, special terminal boards and other accessories normally required for testing,
operation and maintenance of all relays and meters shall be furnished by the Contractor.
4.0 Panel Earthing:
a) The panel shall be equipped with an earth bus securely fixed. Location of earth bus shall ensure
no radio interference for effectively earthed systems under various switching conditions of
isolators and breakers.
b) The material and the sizes of the bus bar shall be at least 25x6 sq.mm perforated copper with
threaded holes at a gap of 50 mm with the provision of bolts and nuts for connection with cable
armours and mounted equipment etc. for effective earthing.
c) When several panels are mounted adjoining each other, the earth bus shall be made continuous
and necessary connectors and clamps for this purpose shall be included in the scope of supply of
contractor. Provision shall be made for extending the earth bus bars to future adjoining panels on
either side.
d) An electrostatic discharge point shall be provided in each panel connected to earth bus via 1
Mega Ohm resistor.
e) The detailed earthing scheme shall be submitted for approval of the Purchaser.
137
5.0 INDICATING INSTRUMENTS, RECORDERS & TRANSDUCERS:

a) All instruments, meters, recorders and transducers shall be enclosed in dust proof, moisture
resistant, black finished cases and shall be suitable for tropical use.
b) The analogue indicating instruments and recorders shall be provided with individual transducers
and these shall be calibrated along with transducers to read directly the primary quantities.
c) They shall be accurately adjusted and calibrated at works and shall have means of calibration,
check and adjustment at site. The supplier shall submit calibration certificates at the time of
delivery. However no separate transducers are envisaged for digital bus voltmeters and digital
frequency meters.
d) The Bidder shall confirm that the instruments, meters and recorders offered by them are suitable
for connecting to the instrument transformers having technical particulars given in the
specification. All accessories including the test switches and test plugs, where applicable shall be
furnished. Their elements shall be shock resistant and shielded from external magnetic fields.
Indicating instruments
a) Unless otherwise specified all electrical indicating instruments shall be of digital type with a dial of
144 sq mm size. They shall be suitable for flush mounting.
b) Instruments shall have 4-digit display; display height being not less than 25 mm.
c) Instruments shall conform to IS: 1248 and shall have accuracy class of 0.5 or better. Watt and Var
meters shall have an indication of (+) and (-) to indicate EXPORT and IMPORT respectively.
d) Digital voltage and frequency meters shall be of class 0.5 and shall have digital display of five (5)
and four (4) digits respectively with display size not less than 25 mm (height).
Transducers
1) Transducers (for use with Indicating Instruments and Telemetry / Data Communication
Application) shall in general conform to IEC: 688-1.
2) The transducers shall be suitable for measurement of active power, reactive power, voltage,
current and frequency in three phase four wire unbalanced system.
3) The input to the transducers will be from sub-station Current & Potential Transformers. The output
shall be in milli Ampere DC proportional to the input & it shall be possible to feed the output
current directly to the telemetry terminal or indicating instruments.
4) The transducer characteristic shall be linear throughout the measuring range.
5) The accuracy class of transducers shall be 0.2 or better (for voltage / current transducer), 0.2 or
better (for watt / VAR transducer) and 0.2 or better (for frequency transducers).
6) The transducer shall have dual output.
ANNUNCIATION SYSTEM (12 window)
a) The visual annunciation shall be provided by annunciation facia flush mounted on the top of the
control panels.
b) The annunciator facia shall be provided with translucent glass or plastic cover plates of white
colour with inscriptions in black block letters.
c) The size of the facia window shall be 35 mm x 50 mm and the size of the lettering shall not be
less than 5 mm.
138
d) Alarm inscriptions shall be engraved on each window in not more than three lines and shall be
visible only when the facia light is on.
e) The cover plates of the facia window shall be capable of easy removal to facilitate replacement of
lamps and individual inscription plates. The transparency of cover and wattage of the lamps
provided in the facia window shall be adequate to ensure clear visibility of the inscription from the
location of the operator’s table in the control room having high illumination intensity (350 Lux).
LED Type Facia illumination is also acceptable.
f) TRIP and NONTRIP facia shall be differentiated. All TRIP facia shall have red colour and all
NONTRIP facia shall have white colour.
g) “Acknowledge”, “Reset” and “Test” push buttons for the annunciator shall be provided.
h) Visual and audible annunciation for the failure of DC supply to the annunciation system shall also
be provided and this annunciation shall operate on a 240 Volts AC supply with separate fuses.
On failure of the DC power supply to the annunciation system for more than 2 to 3 Secs.
(adjustable setting), a facia shall light up and the audible alarm shall sound. A separate push
button shall be provided for cancellation of this audible alarm alone, but the facia window shall
remain steadily lighted till the supply to the annunciation system is restored
i) A separate voltage check relay shall be provided to monitor the failure of 240 V AC supply to the
scheme mentioned in item (a) above. If the failure of supply exists for more than 2 to 3 seconds,
this shall initiate the visual and audible annunciation. Visual and audible annunciation for the
failure of AC supply to the annunciation system shall be provided and this annunciation shall
operate on Annunciation DC and buzzer shall sound.
In case of static annunciator scheme, special precaution shall be taken to ensure that spurious
alarm condition does not appear due to influence of external electromagnetic / electrostatic
interference on the annunciator wiring and switching disturbances from the neighbouring
circuits within the panels. The static annunciator shall meet the high voltage susceptibility test,
impulse voltage withstand test, high frequency disturbance test class III and fast transient
disturbance test Level III as per IEC: 60255.
The annunciation system to be supplied for existing sub-stations shall be engineered as an
extension to the existing scheme.
CONTROL AND SELECTOR SWITCHES:
Control and instrument switches shall be rotary operated type preferably with silver to silver contacts of
adequate making, carrying and breaking current ratings. They shall be provided with easily removable
protective terminal covers and escutcheon plates clearly marked to show operating position and circuit
designation plates and suitable for flush mounting with only switch front plate and operating handle
projecting out. Handles of different shapes and suitable inscriptions on switches.
POSITION INDICATORS:
1. Position indicators of ‘SEMAPHORE’ type shall be provided when specified as part of the mimic
diagrams on panels for indicating the position of circuit breakers, isolating / earthing switches etc.
The indicator shall be suitable for semi-flush mounting with only the front disc projecting out and
with terminal connection from the rear. Their strips shall be of the same colour as the associated
mimic.
2. Position indicator shall be suitable for DC operation as specified. When the supervised object is
in the closed position, the pointer of the indicator shall take up a position in line with the mimic bus
bars, and at right angles to them when the object is in the open position. When the supply failure
139
to the indicator occurs, the pointer shall take up an intermediate position to indicate the supply
failure. The rating of the indicator shall not exceed 2.5 W.
3. It shall not be possible to displace the position of the indicator disc due to the accidental touch
during the cleaning of the panel.
The position indicators shall withstand 120% of rated voltage on a continuous basis.
INDICATING LAMPS
1. Indicating lamps shall be cluster LED type suitable for panel mounting with rear terminal
connections. Lamps shall be provided with series connected resistors preferably built in the lamp
assembly. Lamps shall have translucent lamp cover to diffuse lights colored red, green, amber,
clear white or blue as specified. The lamp cover shall be preferably of screwed type, unbreakable
and molded from heat resisting material. The supply for these lamps shall be from DC station
batteries unless stated otherwise.
2. Lamps and lenses shall be interchangeable and easily replaceable from the front of the panel.
Tools, if required for replacing the Lamps and lenses shall also be included in the scope of
supply. Lamps shall be furnished 20% in excess of the actual numbers required and caps shall be
furnished 10% in excess of actual numbers used for each colour.
3. The indicating lamps with resistors shall withstand 120% of rated voltage on a continuous basis.
Warrantee: The equipment along with all accessories shall have warranty for a period of 18
months from the date of supply or 12 months from the date of commissioning whichever is
earlier. If any defect develops or is noted during the period in any part of the equipment and
accessories, the supplier shall replace or repair the same to the satisfaction of the purchaser
expeditiously free of cost to the purchaser.
TEST BLOCKS
Switchboard type, back connected semi flush mounting type test blocks with contacts suitably rated
shall be provided with links or other devices to enable insertion of series devices into the circuit without
causing open circuit in the CT secondary or to enable short circuiting of the CT secondary. Test block
covers shall be removable from the front of the panels and shall be provided with suitable sealing
arrangement to prevent unauthorized access to the test studs. If any test plugs are to be used with the
test studs, 6 nos. of each type of such test plugs shall be supplied free with the main equipment.
PUSH BUTTONS
Push Buttons shall be of momentary contact type with rear terminal connection. These shall be suitably
shrouded to prevent inadvertent operation. Integral inscription plates engraved with their functions
shall be provided. All push buttons shall have two Normally Closed and two Normally Open contacts.
The contact faces shall be silver plated. The contacts shall be able to make and carry 5 Amp,
break 1 Amp. inductive load at 110 V DC.
RELAYS:
All relays shall conform to the requirements of IS-3231/ IEC-60255/ IEC-61000 or other applicable
approved standards. Relays shall be suitable for flush or semi flush mounting on the front with
connections from the rear.
All protective relays shall be in draw out or plug in type/modular cases with proper testing facilities.
The testing facilities provided on the relays shall be specifically stated in the bid. Necessary test plugs
/ handles shall be supplied loose and shall be included in Contractor’s scope of supply.
140
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF PROTECTIONS:

132 KV Duplex panel for Transformer:
The supplier / manufacturer shall work in close association with the supplier / manufacturer of power
transformer for providing various protection schemes. The detailed schemes the purchaser proposes to
adopt for the protection of power transformer is given below.
1.0 GENERAL:
All the relays under the scope of this NIT are Numerical type and shall comply with the following
requirements:
1. All relays shall conform to the requirements of IS: 3231 / IEC-60255 / IEC 61000 or other
applicable standards. Relays shall be suitable for flush or semi flush mounting on the front with
connections from the rear.
2. The offered relays shall be completely numerical.
 The communication protocol shall be as per IEC 61850 & IEC60870-5-103
 The test levels of EMI as indicated in IEC 61850 shall be applicable to these relays.
 Protection elements should be realized using software algorithm.
 Hardware based measurement shall not be acceptable.
3. The relay shall be provided with both 1A and 5A CT inputs and shall be selectable at site.
4. It shall be possible to energies the relay from either AC or DC auxiliary supply.
5. The offered relay shall have a comprehensive local MMI for interface. It shall have the following
minimum elements so that the features of the relay can be accessed and setting changes can
be done locally.
 At least 48 character alphanumeric backlit LCD display unit
 Fixed LEDs (for trip, Alarm, Relay available & Relay out of service) & programmable LEDs
which can be assigned to any protection function for local annunciation.
 Tactile keypad for browsing and setting the relay menu.
6. The relay shall have the facility to set the pickup threshold (24-250V) independently per digital
input to prevent the spurious pick up of binary during inputs DC earth fault condition (ESI 48-
4EB2 compliant).
7. The relays supplied should be compatible to redundant communication architecture, shall be
complied with the IEC 62439-3 standards of parallel redundancy protocol (PRP).
8. The relays provided should be complied with the international standards of NERC CIP for cyber
security to provide protection against unauthorized disclosure, transfer, modification, or
destruction of information and/or information systems, whether accidental or intentional.
9. All PCB used in relays should have harsh environmental coating as per standard IEC 60068
(HEC) to increase the particle repellency and thereby increasing the life of relay
10. The relay should comply to IEC 61850 protocol.
 The relays shall generate GOOSE messages as per IEC: 61850 standards for interlocking
and also to ensure interoperability with third party relays.
 The relay should be upgradable to process bus interface 61850-9-2LE (Process Bus) to
141
receive SV from non-conventional CT / PT and merging unit.

 Necessary user friendly configuration tool shall be provided to configure the relays. It
should be compatible with SCL / SCD files generated by a third party system.
 Goose signals shall be freely configurable for any kind of signals using graphic tool / user
friendly software.
 The relay should have time synchronization through SNTP/IRIG-B
11. The relays shall have the following tools for fault diagnostics
 Fault record – The relay shall have the facility to store at least 5 last fault records with
information on cause of trip, date, time, trip values of electrical parameters.
 Event record – The relay shall have the facility to store at least 512 time stamped event
records with 1ms resolution.
 Disturbance records – The relay shall have capacity to store at least 8 disturbance record
waveforms at 10.5 secs.
12. The relay settings shall be provided with adequate password protection. The password of the
relay should be of 4 character upper case text to provide security to setting parameter
13. The relay shall have comprehensive self-diagnostic feature. This feature shall continuously
monitor the healthiness of all the hardware and software elements of the relay. Any failure
detected shall be annunciated through a output watchdog contact. The fault diagnosis
information shall be displayed on the LCD and also through the communication port.
14. The Numerical Relays shall be provided with 1 Set of common support software compatible
with up to date Windows platform which will allow easy settings of relays in addition to
uploading of event, fault, disturbance records, measurements.
 The relay settings shall also be changed from local or remote using the same software.
 Additional functions can be added to relay by software up-gradation and downloading this
upgraded software to the relays by simple communication through Laptop.
15. All protective relays shall be in draw out or plug - in type / modular cases with proper testing
facilities. Necessary test plugs/test handles shall be supplied loose and shall be included in
contractor's scope of supply.
16. All AC operated relays shall be suitable for operation at 50 Hz. AC Voltage operated relays
shall be suitable for 110 Volts VT secondary and current operated relays for 1 amp CT
secondary. All DC operated relays and timers shall be designed for the DC voltage specified,
and shall operate satisfactorily between 80% and 110% of rated voltage. Voltage operated
relays shall have adequate thermal capacity for continuous operation.
17. The protective relays shall be suitable for efficient and reliable operation of the protection
scheme described in the specification .Necessary auxiliary relays and timers required for
interlocking schemes for multiplying of contacts suiting contact duties of protective relays and
monitoring of control supplies and circuits, lockout relay monitoring circuits etc. also required for
the complete protection schemes described in the specification shall be provided. All protective
relays shall be provided with at least two pairs of potential free isolated output contacts.
Auxiliary relays and timers shall have pairs of contacts as required to complete the scheme;
contacts shall be silver faced with spring action. Relay case shall have adequate number of
terminals for making potential free external connections to the relay coils and contacts,
including spare contacts.
142
18. Timers shall be of solid state type. Time delay in terms of milliseconds obtained by the external
capacitor resistor combination is not preferred and shall be avoided.
a. No control relay, which shall trip the power circuit breaker when the relay is de-energized,
shall be employed in the circuits.
b. Provision shall be made for easy isolation of trip circuits of each relay for the purpose of
testing and maintenance.
c. Auxiliary seal-in-units provided on the protective relays shall preferably be of shunt
reinforcement type.
d. The setting ranges of the relays offered, if different from the ones specified shall also
be acceptable if they meet the functional requirements.
19. Any alternative / additional protections or relays considered necessary for providing complete
effective and reliable protection shall also be offered separately. The acceptance of this
alternative / additional equipment shall lie with the TSECL.
20. All relays and their drawings shall have phase indications as R-Red, Y-Yellow, B-blue.
21. Also supply 1(One) No. laptop make HP Pavilion Core i5 8th Gen – (8 GB/2 TB
HDD/Windows 10 Home) Model No. 15-CC132TX Laptop 15.6 Inch Display for data
downloading and other software works for configuring numerical relays of different type.
Design, Manufacturing, Supply and delivery of Numerical relay test kit with licensed software
suitable for testing of static, electromechanical and numerical relays including IEC 61850
complied relays used for various applications like distance, differential with harmonic restraint
feature, frequency relay, non directional and directional over current and earth fault etc. Supply
and delivery of laptop (with each kit) necessary to run the test kit is also on bidder’s scope. All
necessary driving software for numerical relay test kit including product support software, MS
Office, antivirus of associated Laptop has to be supplied in CD form separately for each Test
Kit/Laptop.
2.0 ERECTION:
a) WIRING:
Suitable wiring whenever require for fitting, fixing, commission & testing of relays and other
control equipments have to completed by the bidder without extra cost for materials etc. All
wiring shall be carried out with 1100V grade, single core, stranded, un-tinned copper conductor
wires with PVC (FRLS) insulation, ferrule marking, crimping lug etc. as required. The wiring
shall be flame, vermin & rodent proof and shall have Oxygen Index of not less than 29 &
Temperature Index of not less than 250ºC. The number and minimum size of the stranded
copper conductors (minimum 7 nos.) used for internal wiring shall be as follows:
All circuits: One 2.5 mm2 per lead.
Each wire shall be continuous from end to end and shall not have any joint in its run. All internal
wiring shall be connected only at the connection terminals of the terminal blocks, relays,
instruments and other switchboard devices.
b) TESTS:
The protection relays shall be completely assembled and subjected to the various routine and
acceptance tests as per the relevant standards in the premises of the manufacturer of relay in
the presence of Purchaser’s representative, if desired by the Purchaser. Five certified copies of
the test reports shall be submitted to the Purchaser for approval before equipment is packed for
shipment.
143
The Contractor shall specifically state the details of testing facilities available at his own or sub-
vendor works.
The type test reports conducted on the protection relays and distance to fault locator in
accordance with relevant IS / IEC, along with verification of degree of protection in accordance
with relevant IS 13947 (Part - I) / relevant IEC from approved laboratory, shall be submitted
along with the bid for Purchaser’s review.
The Control & Relay panels shall also be subjected to the following tests:
i) Mechanical operation test
ii) High Voltage test / Insulation resistance test
iii) Electrical control, inter lock and sequential operation test
iv) Verification of wiring as per approved schematic
v) Verification of degree of protection in accordance with relevant IS: 13947 (Part – I) /
relevant IEC from approved laboratory.
c) INSTRUCTION MANUALS:
The following drawings for each item are to be supplied after award of contract:
Six copies of instruction books / descriptive literature of the following shall be supplied:
i) Literature describing construction, operation, adjustment, testing, calibration and
maintenance of all protective and auxiliary relays, instruments, control switches etc.
ii) List of spare parts giving identification number of the parts.
I. Specification for Numerical Transformer Differential Protection
a) General requirements for transformer protection scheme: The differential
protection iED
 Shall be stable during magnetizing inrush and over fluxing conditions. Stabilization
under inrush conditions shall be based on the presence of second harmonic
components in the differential currents. The second harmonic blocking threshold shall
be programmable one.
 Shall have facility to deactivate harmonic restraint and over fluxing restraint functions.
 Shall have saturation discriminator as an additional safeguard for stability under
through fault conditions.
 Shall have No Gap Detection technique to detect light CT saturation on a per phase
basis. The No Gap Detection technique unblocks the low set differential element
during light CT saturation, allowing the low set differential element to trip faster.
 Shall have software for interposing current transformers for angle and ratio correction
to take care of the angle & ratio correction.
 Shall have all output relays suitable for both signals and trip duties.
 Shall have transient bias to enhance the stability of differential element during
external fault condition.
 Shall have no gap detection technique to ensure stability during inrush condition as
this technique distinguishes between an Inrush & CT saturation
144
b) Functional Description.
i) Dual Differential Protection
 The relay shall be biased differential protection with triple slope tripping
characteristics with faulty phase identification / indication. The range for the
differential pick-up shall be from 0.1 to 2.5 pu. Its operating time shall not exceed 30
ms at 5 times rated current.
 The relay shall have adjustable bias slopes m1 from 0 % to 150 % and slope m2 from
15% to 150 % so as to provide maximum sensitivity for internal faults with high
stability for through faults.
 The relay shall have an unrestrained highest element to back up the biased
differential function and the setting range for it shall have a minimum setting of 5pu
and a maximum setting of 30pu.
 The relay shall have the stability under inrush conditions. The ratio of the second
harmonic component to the fundamental wave for the differential currents of the
measuring system shall serve as the criterion
 The relay shall provide restraint for over fluxing condition for the transformer by
measuring the ratio of the fifth harmonic to the fundamental for the differential current
if subjected to transient over fluxing. The fifth harmonic blocking feature should have
variable percentage setting.
 Dual Differential Scheme should be applied from 132 KV outdoor CT to 33 KV
Outdoor CT & 132 KV HV bushing CT to 33 KV LV Bushing CT for which 2(Two)
No’s Differential Relay should be used in the Control relay Panel.
ii) Restricted Earth fault Protection ( 64 R )
This function should be provided to maximize the sensitivity of the protection of earth
faults. The REF function should be selected separately for each winding and
programmable as either high or low impedance. The REF function should be able to
share CT’s with the biased differential function. As in traditional REF protections, the
function should respond only to the fundamental frequency component of the currents.
The REF protection provided should be suitable for auto transformer also.
iii) Over fluxing Protection ( 99 GT )
The relay shall Over fluxing protection Volts/Hertz protection to the transformers
protected. By pairs of v/f and t , it shall be possible to plot the over fluxing
characteristics in the relay so that accurate adaptation of the power transformer Over
fluxing characteristics is ensured.
In addition the relay should have a definite time element for alarm. The reset ratio for
Over fluxing Protection shall be 98%.
iv) Overload Protection
Shall have thermal overload protection for alarm and trip condition with continuously
adjustable setting range of 10-400% of rated current.
v) Over current Protection ( 50, 51 )
The relay shall have three stages of definite time over current protection as backup
operating with separate measuring systems for the evaluation of the three phase
145
currents, the negative sequence current and the residual current.

In addition the relay shall have three stages of Inverse time over current protection
operating on the basis of one measuring system each for the three phase currents, the
negative sequence current and the residual current.
vi) Over / Under frequency
The relay shall have four stages of frequency protections where each stage can be set as
under/over frequency, under/over frequency with df/dt
vii) Over / Under Voltage
The relay shall have two stages of voltage protections where each stage can be set as
under/over voltage. The adjustable drop off / Pickup ratio should be better than 97%.
viii) Local Breaker Back up protection:
The relay shall in built LBB protection to detect the failure in the local breaker using the
undercurrent criteria and trip the upstream breaker.
II. Local Breaker Back-up protection relay for circuit breakers
The above protection shall be stand alone type or built in function of Local Breaker Backup
Protection:
Each Circuit Breaker shall be provided with LBB or Breaker Failure Protection Scheme Relays to
take care of instances of Failure of Breaker Mechanism or other Operational Failure of Circuit
Breakers or for such Faults, which are not cleared by the Protection. In such an event, the other
Circuits connected to the affected Zone shall be Tripped and Locked Out after a short time delay.
The Protection shall not give Trip Signal during operation of the Main Protection Relay of the
Circuit concerned. The protection scheme shall be so designed that if any circuit breaker fails to
trip in the event of a fault, then after a short time delay all the adjacent circuit breakers connected
in the same bus will be tripped. The circuit breaker failure shall also block auto-reclosing
scheme. The scheme shall be complete with timer and auxiliary relays as necessary including
remote end tripping facility. The relay shall –
1. Shall be of numerical type and shall have continuous self monitoring and diagnostic
feature.
2. Shall have an operating time of less than 15ms
3. Shall have resetting time of less than 15ms.
4. Shall be arranged to get individual initiation from the corresponding phase of main
protections of line.
5. Shall have continuous thermal withstand two times rated current irrespective of the
setting.
6. Shall have a timer with continuously adjustable setting range of 0.1 - 1 sec.
7. Shall have necessary auxiliary relays to make a comprehensive scheme.
8. Be suitable for Station 110 Volt D. C. Supply.
Requirements of additional relays for transformer protection are as detailed below:
146
a) Auxiliary relays for internal faults:

b) Transformer relay panel shall be provided with adequate number of auxiliary relays
needed for main Buchholz alarm/ trip, winding temp. alarm / trip, oil temp alarm / trip, pressure
relief device trip, low oil level alarm / trip. The contacts of these relays shall be used for
annunciation (i.e. for Local, DAS (Data Acquisition System) and SCADA (Supervisory control &
data acquisition), and tripping.
The contacts of these relays shall be wired up for energizing the master trip relay. These
auxiliary relays shall be provided with hand reset operation indicators.
c) Auxiliary relays for supervisory alarms:
Transformer relay panel shall be provided with adequate number of auxiliary relays needed
for, winding, temp. high, oil temp. high, main Buchholz, low oil level and cooling system
supervision, annunciation. These relays shall have sufficient No. of potential free contacts to
cater for local annunciation, DAS and SCADA.
d) Master trip relay for transformers:
Transformer relay panel shall be provided with two sets of master trip relays to trip the circuit
breakers Operating time of master trip relays shall be less than 10 ms. The master trip relay
shall be wired up to inter trip both the HV and LV circuit breakers. The relay shall have
adequate number of contacts as will be required for the scheme.
132 KV Duplex type control panel shall be supplied, transported, stored, erected, tested and
commissioned at site as per following technical specification for control and protection of
132/33 KV transformer. The panel shall consist of all standard protection for such type of
transformer including the following items but not limited to Vermin proof, floor mounted smooth
finished and painted duplex type relay and control panel complete with internal wiring, interior
illumination, test terminal block. Each C.R panel shall house the following relays, meters,
switches and indicators of make as noted in makers list of equipment and materials:-
e) 132 KV Transformer C&R Duplex Panel –
1 – Circuit Label
3 - 144 sq.mm Ammeter 240 Deg scale without selector switch
1 - Tri-vector Meter
1 – Test terminal block
1 – Discrepancy control switch for breaker
3 – Control switch for Isolator
1 – Trip transfer switch
4 – Solid-state Semaphore indicator for 1 no. SF6 circuit breaker and 3 nos. Isolators
9 – LED indicating lamps
4 – Push Buttons
12 - Microprocessor based facia annunciator
3 – Push button for Accept / Test / Reset of Annunciation
2 – Breaker trip circuit supervision relay
147
1- Numerical 2 winding Transformer differential protection relay. The relay shall include
restricted earth fault and over fluxing protection.
1 – Numerical O/C & E/F protection relay with LBB protection.
2 – Test Block
2 – Metrosil surge diverter
1 - Set of auxiliary relays for winding temperature, oil temperature, low oil level, overload
and Buchholz relay alarm of the transformer.
1 - Set of auxiliary relays for winding temperature, oil temperature, Buchholz relay trip of
the transformer, SF6 Circuit Breaker gas pressure low & lockout.
1 – High Speed master trip relay
1 – Trip relay supervision
1 – Auxiliary relay for DC supply supervision
1 – Auxiliary relay for AC supply supervision
1 - Set of Auxiliary relay for Annunciation.
1 - Set of terminal blocks for testing of relays.
Each Panel should comprise of
1 set of Heater with switch & thermostat
1 set of door operated cubicle illumination lamp
1 set of earth bus, terminal block with stud type terminal & 20% spare terminals
1 set 3 pin 5&15 Amp with switch & plug
Suitable AC / DC fuse, MCB, Name Plate
SCHEDULE OF GUARANTEED TECHNICAL PARTICULARS FOR PROTECTIVE RELAYS & EQUIPMENT

(To be filled in by the Tenderer)
PROTECTIVE RELAYS:
I. (BACK UP OVER CURRENT AND EARTH FAULT RELAY)
O/C relays E/F relays.
1. Make
2. Type
3. Current coil rating
4. Tap range
5. Range of high set elements
6. VA Burden
7. Time of operation at maximum time setting at

148
a. 5 times tap wetting current
b. 10 times tap setting current
8. Type of characteristic
9. Trip contacts rating (amps)
10. Auxiliary DC voltage
11. Whether seal in contact provided or no?
12. Detailed literature submitted
II. DIFFERENTIAL RELAYS:

1. Maker’s name
2. Type
3. Current coil rating
4. Tap range
5. Maximum VA Burden
a) Operation coil
b) Restraining coil
6. Is the slope setting variable?
7. Harmonics restraint provided or not?
8. Range of HT / LT ratios over which the relays can be used
9. Operating time
10. Trip contact rating
11. Auxiliary DC voltage
12. Whether seal in contact provided or not?
III. RESTRICTED EARTH FAULT RELAY
1. Maker’s name
149
2. Type
3. Current coil Rating
4. Tap range
5. VA Burden
6. Time of operation at maximum time setting at:

Lowest setting
Highest setting
7. Type of characteristic
8. Trip contacts rating (amps)
9. Whether seal in contact provided or not?

IV. COMMUNICATION
2. Whether IEC 61850 compliance protocol
3. Serial port RS 232
4. Any other port provided
5. Whether protocol converter provided between IEC 61850 and existing protocol IEC 60870
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR 33 KV CONTROL & RELAY PANEL

i) TYPE OF PANELS
Simplex Panel
Simplex panel shall consist of a vertical front panel with equipment mounted thereon and having
wiring access from rear. In case of panel having width more than 800mm, double leaf-doors shall be
provided. Doors shall have handles with either built-in locking facility or will be provided with pad-lock.
ii) CONSTRUCTIONAL FEATURES
a) All Control and Relay panels shall be of simplex type design.
b) Panels shall be completely metal clad and shall be dust, moisture and vermin proof. The
enclosure shall provide a degree of protection not less than IP-4X in accordance with IS:
2147.
c) Panels shall be free standing, floor mounting type and shall comprise structural frames
completely enclosed with specially selected smooth finished, cold rolled sheet steel of thickness
not less than 3 mm for weight bearing members of the panels such as base frame, front sheet
and door frames, and 2.0mm for sides, door, top and bottom portions. There shall be sufficient
reinforcement to provide level transportation and installation.
150
d) All doors, removable covers and panels shall be gasketed all around with neoprene gaskets.
Ventilating louvers, if provided shall have screens and filters. The screens shall be made of
either brass or GI wire mesh.
e) Design, materials selection and workmanship shall be such as to result in neat appearance,
inside and outside with no welds, rivets or bolt head apparent from outside, with all exterior
surfaces tune and smooth.
f) Panels shall have base frame with smooth bearing surface, which shall be fixed on the
embedded foundation channels/insert plates. Anti vibration strips made of shock absorbing
materials that shall be supplied by the contractor, shall be placed between panel & base frame.
g) Cable entries to the panels shall be from the bottom. Cable gland plate fitted on the bottom of
the panel shall be connected to earthing of the panel/station through a flexible braided copper
conductor rigidly.
iii) MOUNTING
a) All equipment on and in panels shall be mounted and completely wired to the terminal blocks
ready for external connections. The equipment on front of panel shall be flush mounted. No
equipment shall be mounted on the doors.
b) Equipment shall be mounted such that removal and replacement can be accomplished
individually without interruption of service to adjacent devices and are readily accessible without
use of special tools. Terminal marking on the equipment shall be clearly visible.
c) Contractor shall carry out cut out, mounting and wiring of the items supplied by others, which
are to be mounted in his panel in accordance with the corresponding equipment manufacturer's
drawings. Cut outs if any, provided for future mounting of equipment shall be properly blanked
off with blanking plate.
d) The centre lines of switches, push buttons and indicating lamps shall be not less than 750 mm
from the bottom of the panel. The centre lines of relays, meters and recorders shall be not less
than 450 mm from the bottom of the panel
e) The center lines of switches, push buttons and indicating lamps shall be matched to give a neat
and uniform appearance. Likewise the top lines of all meters, relays and recorders etc. shall be
matched.
iv) PANEL INTERNAL WIRING
a) Panels shall be supplied complete with interconnecting wiring provided between all electrical
devices mounted and wired in the panels and between the devices and terminal blocks for the
devices to be connected to equipment outside the panels. When panels are arranged to be
located adjacent to each other all inter panel wiring and connections between the panels shall
be furnished and the wiring shall be carried out internally
b) All wiring shall be carried out with 1100V grade, single core, stranded copper conductor wires
with FRLS PVC insulation. The minimum size of the multi-stranded copper conductor used for
internal wiring shall be as follows:
 All circuits except current transformer circuits and voltage transformer circuits meant for
energy metering - one no. 1.5 sq.mm per lead.
 All current transformer circuits one no. 2.5 sq.mm per lead.
 Voltage transformer circuit (for energy meters): Two 2.5 sq.mm per lead.
151
c) All internal wiring shall be securely supported, neatly arranged, readily accessible and
connected to equipment terminals and terminal blocks. Wiring gutters & troughs shall be used
for this purpose.
d) Auxiliary bus wiring for AC and DC supplies, voltage transformer circuits, annunciation circuits
and other common services shall be provided near the top of the panels running throughout the
entire length of the panels.
e) Wire termination shall be made with solder- less crimping type and tinned copper lugs, which
firmly grip the conductor. Insulated sleeves shall be provided at all the wire terminations.
Engraved core identification plastic ferrules marked to correspond with panel wiring diagram
shall be fitted at both ends of each wire. Ferrules shall fit tightly on the wire and shall not fall off
when the wire is disconnected from terminal blocks. All wires directly connected to trip circuit
breaker or device shall be distinguished by the addition of red colored unlettered ferrule.
f) Longitudinal troughs extending throughout the full length of the panel shall be preferred for inter
panel wiring. Inter-connections to adjacent panel shall be brought out to a separate set of
terminal blocks located near the slots of holes meant for taking the inter-connecting wires.
g) Contractor shall be solely responsible for the completeness and correctness of the internal
wiring and for the proper functioning of the connected equipments
v) TERMINAL BLOCKS
a) All internal wiring to be connected to external equipment shall terminate on terminal blocks.
Terminal blocks shall be 1100V grade and have 10 Amps. continuous rating, moulded piece,
complete with insulated barriers, stud type terminals, washers, nuts and lock nuts. Markings on
the terminal blocks shall correspond to wire number and terminal numbers on the wiring
diagrams. All terminal blocks shall have shrouding with transparent unbreakable material.
b) Disconnecting type terminal blocks for current transformer and voltage transformer secondary
leads shall be provided. Also current transformer secondary leads shall be provided with short
circuiting and earthing facilities.
c) At least 20% spare terminals shall be provided on each panel and these spare terminals shall
be uniformly distributed on all terminal blocks.
d) Unless otherwise specified, terminal blocks shall be suitable for connecting the following
conductors of external cable on each side
 All CT & PT circuits: minimum of 2.5 sq.mm copper.
 AC / DC Power Supply Circuits: One of 2.5 sq.mm Aluminum.
 All other circuits: minimum of 2.5 sq.mm Copper.
e) There shall be a minimum clearance of 250 mm between the first row of terminal blocks and the
associated cable gland plate or panel side wall. Also the clearance between two rows of
terminal blocks edges shall be minimum of 150 mm.
f) Arrangement of the terminal block assemblies and the wiring channel within the enclosure shall
be such that a row of terminal blocks is run in parallel and close proximity along each side of
the wiring-duct to provide for convenient attachment of internal panel wiring. The side of the
terminal block opposite the wiring duct shall be reserved for the Owner's external cable
connections. All adjacent terminal blocks shall also share this field wiring corridor. All wiring
shall be provided with adequate support inside the panels to hold them firmly and to enable free
and flexible termination without causing strain on terminals.
152
g) All necessary cable terminating accessories such as gland plates, supporting clamps &
brackets, wiring troughs and gutters etc. for external cables shall be included in the scope of
supply.
vi) PAINTING
a) All sheet steel work shall be phosphated in accordance with the IS: 6005 "Code of practice for
phosphating iron and steel".
b) Oil, grease, dirt and swarf shall be thoroughly removed by emulsion cleaning.
c) Rust and scale shall be removed by pickling with dilute acid followed by washing with running
water rinsing with a slightly alkaline hot water and drying.
d) After phosphating, thorough rinsing shall be carried out with clean water followed by final rinsing
with dilute dichromate solution and oven drying.
e) The phosphate coating shall be sealed with application of two coats of ready mixed, stoved type
zinc chromate primer. The first coat may be "flash dried" while the second coat shall be stoved.
f) After application of the primer, two coats of finishing synthetic enamel paint shall be applied,
each coat followed by stoving. The second finishing coat shall be applied after inspection of
first coat of painting. The exterior colour of paint shall be of a slightly different shade to enable
inspection of the painting.
g) A small quantity of finished paint shall be supplied for minor touching up required at site after
installation of the panels.
vii) MIMIC DIAGRAM
a) Coloured mimic diagram and symbols showing the exact representation of the system shall be
provided in the front of control panels.
b) Mimic diagram shall be made preferably of anodised aluminium or plastic of approved fast
colour material, which shall be screwed on to the panel and can be easily cleaned. Painted
overlaid mimic is also acceptable. The mimic bus shall be 2 mm thick. The width of the mimic
bus shall be 10 mm for bus bars and 7 mm for other connections.
c) When semaphore indicators are used for equipment position they shall be so mounted in the
mimic that the equipment close position shall complete the continuity of mimic.
d) Indicating lamp, one for each phase, for each bus shall be provided on the mimic to indicate
bus charged condition.
viii) NAME PLATES AND MARKINGS
a) All equipment mounted on front and rear side as well as equipment mounted inside the panels
shall be provided with individual name plates with equipment designation engraved. Also on
the top of each panel on front as well as rear side, large and bold name plates shall be provided
for circuit/feeder designation.
b) All front mounted equipment shall also be provided at the rear with individual name plates
engraved with tag numbers corresponding to the one shown in the panel internal wiring to
facilitate easy tracing of the wiring.
c) Each instrument and meter shall be prominently marked with the quantity measured e.g. KV, A,
MW, etc. All relays and other devices shall be clearly marked with manufacturer's name,
manufacturer's type, serial number and electrical rating data.
153
d) Name Plates shall be made of non-rusting metal or 3 ply lamicoid. Nameplates shall be black
with white engraving lettering.
e) All the panels shall be provided with nameplate mounted inside the panel bearing LOA No &
Date, Name of the Substation & feeder and reference drawing number.
ix) MISCELLANEOUS ACCESSORIES
a) Plug Point:
240V, Single phase 50Hz, AC socket with switch suitable to accept 5 Amps and 15 Amps pin
round standard Indian plug, shall be provided in the interior of each cubicle with ON-OFF
switch.
b) Interior Lighting:
Each panel shall be provided with a fluorescent lighting fixture rated for 240 Volts, single phase,
50 Hz supply for the interior illumination of the panel controlled by the respective panel door
switch.
c) Switches and Fuses:
Each panel shall be provided with necessary arrangements for receiving, distributing and
isolating of DC and AC supplies for various control, signaling, lighting and space heater circuits.
The incoming and sub-circuits shall be separately provided with miniature circuit breakers
(MCB). Selection of the main and sub-circuit MCB rating shall be such as to ensure selective
clearance of sub-circuit faults. MCBs shall confirm to IS: 13947. Each MCB shall be provided
with one potential free contact and the same shall be wired for annunciation purpose. However
voltage transformer circuits for relaying and metering shall be protected by fuses. All fuses shall
be HRC cartridge type conforming to IS: 13703 mounted on plug-in type fuse bases. Fuse
carrier base as well as MCBs shall have imprints of the fuse 'rating' and 'voltage'.
d) Space Heater:
Each panel shall be provided with a space heater rated for 240V, single phase, 50 Hz Ac supply
for the internal heating of the panel to prevent condensation of moisture. The fittings shall be
complete with switch unit.
x) EARTHING
a) All panels shall be equipped with an earth bus securely fixed. Location of earth bus shall ensure
no radiation interference for earth systems under various switching conditions of isolators and
breakers. The material and the sizes of the bus bar shall be at least 25 X 6 sq.mm perforated
copper with threaded holes at a gap of 50mm with a provision of bolts and nuts for connection
with cable armour and mounted equipment etc for effective earthing. When several panels are
mounted adjoining each other, the earth bus shall be made continuous and necessary
connectors and clamps for this purpose shall be included in the scope of supply of Contractor.
Provision shall be made for extending the earth bus bars to future adjoining panels on either
side.
b) All metallic cases of relays, instruments and other panel mounted equipment including gland
plate, shall be connected to the earth bus by copper wires of size not less than 2.5 sq. mm. The
colour code of earthing wires shall be green.
c) Looping of earth connections that would result in loss of earth connection to other devices when
the loop is broken shall not be permitted. However, looping of earth connections between
equipment to provide alternative paths to earth bus shall be provided.
154
d) PT and CT secondary neutral or common lead shall be earthed at one place only at the terminal
blocks where they enter the panel. Such earthing shall be made through links so that earthing
may be removed from one group without disturbing continuity of earthing system for other
groups.
xi) INDICATING INSTRUMENTS
1) INSTRUMENTS
a) All instruments and meters shall be enclosed in dust proof, moisture resistant, black finished
cases and shall be suitable for tropical use. All Bus voltage and frequency indicating
instruments shall be provided with individual transducers and these shall be calibrated along
with transducers to read directly the primary quantities. They shall be accurately adjusted and
calibrated at works and shall have means of calibration check and adjustment at site. The
supplier shall submit calibration certificates at the time of delivery. However no separate
transducers are envisaged for digital bus voltmeters and digital frequency meters and the
indicating meters provided in the synchronizing equipment. Unless otherwise specified, all
electrical indicating instruments shall have circular 240 degree scale and with a dial of 96mm x
96mm. They shall be suitable for flush mounting.
b) Instruments dial shall be with white circular scale and black pointer and with black numerals
and lettering. The dial shall be free from warping, fading, and de-colouring. The dial shall also
be free from parallax error.
c) Instruments shall conform to IS: 1248 and shall have accuracy class of 0.5 or better. The
design of the scales shall be such as to have resolution suitable for the application. The
marking of centre zero Watt / Var meters shall be IMPORT (on left) and EXPORT (on right) to
indicate the direction of active/reactive power flow towards or away from the substation bus
bars respectively.
d) Digital voltage and frequency meters shall be of class: 0.5 and shall have digital display of 5
and 4 digits respectively, with display size, not less than 25mm (height).
2) TRANSDUCERS
a) Transducers (for use with Indicating Instruments) shall in general conform to IEC: 688-1
b) The energy meter capability shall be used for measurement of active power, reactive power,
voltage, current and frequency in three phase four wire unbalanced system.
c) One 33 kV C & R panel shall be installed for 33 kV side of transformer. Each panel shall consist of
energy meter, protection schemes, indication and control etc.
d) Voltage signal (440 Volt ac L-L) for voltmeter, PF meter, frequency meter, KW meter etc to be
provided in the C & R panel shall be tapped from the respective PT(S) through a separate /
independent copper cable.
3) ENERGY METER
Contractor shall provide Static Tri-vector Meter of accuracy class 0.2S as per relevant IEC & I S
Specification (IS 15959), DLMS Complaint.
4) ANNUNCIATION SYSTEM
a) Alarm annunciation system shall be provided in the control board by means of visual and
audible alarm in order to draw the attention of the operator to the abnormal operating conditions
or the operation of some protective devices. The annunciation equipment shall be suitable for
operation on the voltages specified in this specification i.e. 110Volt DC.
155
b) The visual annunciation shall be provided by annunciation facia, mounted flush on the top of the
control panels.
c) The annunciator facia shall be provided with translucent plastic window for alarm point with
approximate size of 35mm X 50mm. The facia plates shall be engraved in black lettering with
respective inscriptions. Alarm inscriptions shall be engraved on each window in not more than
three lines and size of the lettering shall not be less than 5 mm.
d) Each annunciation window shall be provided with two white lamps in parallel to provide safety
against lamp failure. Long life lamps shall be used. The transparency of cover plates and
wattage of the lamps provided in the facia windows shall be adequate to ensure clear visibility
of the inscriptions in the control room having high illumination intensity (350 Lux), from the
location of the operator's desk.
e) All Trip facia shall have red colour and all Non-trip facia shall have white colour.
f) Sequence of operation of the annunciator shall be as follows:
Sl. No. Alarm Fault Visual Audible
condition contact Annunciation Annunciation
(by Hooter)
1. Normal Open Off OFF

2. Abnormal Close Flashing ON
3. Accept Close Steady on OFF
push button
pressed Open Steady on OFF
4. Reset push Close On OFF

button is
pressed Open Off OFF
5. Lamp test Open Steady On OFF
push button
pressed
g) Audible annunciation for the failure of DC supply to the annunciation system shall be provided
and this annunciation shall operate on 240 Volts AC supply. On failure of the DC to the
annunciation system for more than 2 or 3 seconds (adjustable setting), a bell shall sound. A
separate push button shall be provided for the cancellation of this audible alarm alone but the
facia window shall remain steadily lighted till the supply to annunciation system is restored.
h) A separate voltage check relay shall be provided to monitor the failure of supply (240V AC) to
the scheme mentioned in Clause above. If the failure of supply exists for more than 2 to 3
seconds. This relay shall initiate visual and audible annunciation. This annunciation shall
operate on Annunciation DC and buzzer shall sound.
5) SWITCHES
a) Control and instrument switches shall be rotary operated type with escutcheon plates clearly
marked to show operating position and circuit designation plates and suitable for flush mounting
with only switch front plate and operating handle projecting out.
b) The selection of operating handles for the different types of switches shall be as follows :
Breaker, Isolator control switches : Pistol grip, black
Selector switches : Oval or knob, black
156
Instrument switches : Round, knurled, black

c) The control switch of breaker and isolator shall be of spring return to neutral type. The switch
shall have spring return from close and trip positions to "after close" and "after trip" positions
respectively.
d) Instrument selection switches shall be of maintained contact (stay put) type. Voltmeter
transfer switches for AC shall be suitable for reading all line- to-line and line-to-neutral voltages
for non-effectively earthed systems and for reading all line to line voltages for effectively
earthed systems.
e) The contacts of all switches shall preferably open and close with snap action to minimize
arcing. Contacts of switches shall be spring assisted and contact faces shall be with rivets of
pure silver or silver alloy. Springs shall not be used as current carrying parts
f) The contact combination and their operation shall be such as to give completeness to the
interlock and function of the scheme.
g) The contact rating of the switches shall be as follows :
Description Contact rating in Amps
Continuous 110V DC, 10 Amp.
Make and carry 110V DC, 30 Amp.
Break for Resistive load 110V DC, 20 Amp.
6) LAMPS
a) Indicating lamps shall be of multiple LED panel mounting type with rear terminal connections.
Lamps shall have translucent lamp covers to diffuse lights coloured red, green, amber, clear
white or blue as specified. The lamp cover shall be preferably of screwed type, unbreakable
and molded from heat resisting material.
b) Lamps and its parts shall be interchangeable and easily replaceable from the front of the
panel. Tools, if required for replacing the bulbs and lenses shall also be included in the scope
of supply.
c) The indicating lamps shall withstand 120% of rated voltage on a continuous basis.
7) POSITION INDICATORS
a) Position indicators of "SEMAPHORE" type shall be provided when specified as part of the
mimic diagrams on panels for indicating the position of circuit breakers, isolating / earthing
switches etc. The indicator shall be suitable for semi-flush mounting with only the front disc
projecting out and with terminal connection from the rear. Their strips shall be of the same
colour as the associated mimic.
b) Position indicator shall be suitable for 110 V DC Voltage as specified. When the supervised
object is in the closed position, the pointer of the indicator shall take up a position in line with
the mimic busbars, and at right angles to them when the object is in the open position. When
the supply failure to the indicator occurs, the pointer shall take up an intermediate position to
indicate the supply failure.
c) The rating of the indicator shall not exceed 2.5 W.
d) The position indicators shall withstand 120% of rated voltage on a continuous basis.
8) RELAYS
All relays shall conform to the requirements of IS: 3231 / IEC-61850 or other applicable
standards.
157
9) PROTECTION:
a) Protection Relay:
i) Numerical Over Current and Earth Fault protection relay.
ii) There shall be high speed master trip hand reset lock out relay which shall receive
inputs from all transformer protections and send command to trip coil of the circuit
breaker directly.
b) Supervision Relay
i) Trip circuit supervision shall also be provided having adequate contacts for providing
connection to alarm.
ii) DC supply supervision shall also be provided having adequate contacts for providing
connection to alarm.
c) CONFIGURATION OF C & R PANELS (33 kV)
Each panel shall consist of the following:
i) Ammeter 3 nos. for each bay
ii) Wattmeter 1 no. for each line, transformer
iii) Varmeter 1 no. for each bay, transformer
iv) CB control switch 1no. for each breaker
v) Red indicating lamp 1 no. for each Circuit breaker
vi) Red indicating lamp 1 no. for each isolator
vii) Green indicating lamp 1 no. for each Circuit breaker
viii) Green indicating lamp 1 no. for each isolator
ix) White indicating lamp (DC 1 no. for each feeder
healthy lamp)
x) Annunciation windows 1 Set for Each Transformer, Feeder with
annunciation relays associated
xi) Push button for alarm Accept / 3 nos. for each control panel
reset / lamp test
xii) Mimic to represent SLD Lot in all control panels
xiii) Voltmeter with selector Switch 1 no. for each new feeder / BUS
xiv) Cut out, mounting and wiring Lot for transformers
for WTI and selector switch
xv) Trip circuit supervision Relays 1 set for each CB control panel
xvi) DC supply Supervision relay 2 nos. as per scheme requirement
xvii) Flag relays, aux. relays, 1 Set
timers, trip relays etc as per
scheme requirements
xviii) Bus frequency meter (Digital) 1 no. for each main bus
xix) Bus healthy indication lamps 3 nos. for each bus
Note:
1. The above list of equipments mentioned for control panel is generally applicable unless it
is defined elsewhere.
2. Each line / HV side of transformer / LV side of transformer / TBC shall be considered as
one feeder for above purpose.
158
BUSBAR MATERIALS
1.1 The 132 KV main shall be on twin ACSR Moose conductor and transfer buses shall be on single
ACSR Moose conductor. The scope covers design, manufacture, testing at manufacturers works,
supply delivery, erection testing and commissioning of all allied items, including, conductor,
insulators strings, post insulator, hardware fittings, suitable different clamps & connectors, earth
wire, Aluminum alloy tubes all items including 20% spare, shall be supplied to complete the bus-
bar as described above for efficient power flow . The item being Lump sum, bidder shall consider
all items including 20% spare to complete the 132 kV bus-bar arrangements complete.
1.2 TECHNICAL PARTICULARS OF POST AND ANTI-FOG DISC INSULATORS:
DISC INSULATOR
Sl. DESCRIPTION TECHNICAL PARAMETERS
No. For 132KV system
1. Rated System voltage 132 KV
2. Highest System voltage 145 KV
3. Type disc
4. Insulator material Porcelain
5. Diameter of the unit (mm) 255
Creepage distance of each unit
6. 430
(mm)
7. Electro mechanical strength (KN) 120
8. Method of attachment between units Ball & socket
9. Bal dia .(mm) 20
10. Nominal voltage each disc (KV) 11
11. Highest voltage (KV) 12
Wet power frequency withstand
12. 35
Voltage (KV rms)
13. Impulse withstand voltage (Kvp) 75
Minimum no. of units in one
14. 11
complete string (No.)
IS 731, IS 3188, IS 2486 , IS 2633,
15. Standard
IS 2544 , IS 5350 ,
One minute power frequency
16.
withstand voltage of Insulator string 275
(Kv rms)
1.3 Suspension Disc Insulator:
The disc of 255 mm dia. with electromechanical strength of 120 KN shall be used for suspension
string .The minimum no. of disc shall be 10 nos. in 132 KV system.
159
1.4 Post insulator:

POST INSULATOR
Sl. TECHNICAL PARAMETERS
No. DESCRIPTION
For 132KV system
1. Rated System voltage 132 KV
2. Highest System voltage 145 KV
3. Type Solid core
4. Insulator material Brown colour Glazed Porcelain
5. 1.2/50 microsec impulse withstand
650
voltage( KVp)
6. Minm Total Creepage distance (mm) 3625
7. Min cantilever strength (KN)
m 4
8. Corona extinction voltage (KV rms) 105 (min)
9. Mounting position upright
10. Minm torsoinal moment As per IEC 273
Dry and Wet one minute power
11.
frequency withstand Voltage (KV 275
rms)
1.5 HARDWARE FITTINGS FOR INSULATOR STRING / BUS BAR:
1.5.1 General design of hardware fittings shall be such as to ensure uniformity, high strength and
freedom from Corona formation and high resistance against corrosion.
1.5.2 The materials of the fittings shall be so selected that yield strength of the material and shall not be
less than maximum working load.
1.5.3 All shackles, fasteners, eyes, suspension and tension clamp and other fittings for attaching
insulators to the gantry tower, A frame & other sub-station structure with conductor shall be so
designed as to reduce any damage to conductor, insulator & hardware fittings. Anchor shackles ,
bal hook , ball eye , Ball clevis Ball link , socket clevis , yoke plates Arching horn , Turn buckles,
Jumper cone , PG clamps , dead end assembly Bolted type suspension clamps, equipment clamps
to moose shall be supplied as required with 20% extra . All clamps for earth wire for shielding are
also to be supplied as per requirement to complete the substation. The materials for various
hardware accessories shall conform to ISS 2486.
1.5.4 All ferrous parts which will exposed to the atmosphere in service shall be protected by hot dip
galvanizing
1.5.5 Suspension clamp shall be of Armor grip type
1.5.6 All parts of different fittings which provide the interconnection shall be made such that sufficient
clearance is provided at the connection point to ensure free movement and suspension of the
insulator string assembly. Suspension clamps shall be so designed that the effects of vibration both
on conductors and fitting itself are minimized. The clamp shall permit the conductor to slip before
the failure of the conductor occurs. The fitting shall have sufficient contact surface to minimize
damage due to fault current.
1.6 SUBSTATION LIGHTNING PROTECTION:
Lightning protection of the 132 KV switchyard bays shall be done by shield wire (7/3.15 mm GI). All
items required for shielding are in the scope of work of the bidder.
160
TECHNICAL SPECFICATION FOR BATTERY BANK AND BATTERY CHARGER

A. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF 110V, 50A BATTERY CHARGER FOR 110 V, 300 AH VRLA
TYPE BATTERY BANK
1.0 SCOPE:
a) This specification covers the design, manufacture assembly, testing at manufacturer’s works,
supply and delivery at site, supervision of erection, testing and commissioning of properly
packed of 110 volts, 50A Battery charging equipments including all accessories with special
tools and spare parts required for its satisfactory operation for different sub-stations as detailed
in this specification. This specification covers design, manufacture, testing at works and supply,
erection, testing and commissioning of the complete three phase four wire charger for 110 Volts
250 AH VRLA Batteries.
2.0 APPLICABLE STANDARDS:
a) The design, manufacture, and performance of the charger shall comply with all currently
applicable statutes, regulations and safety codes. Nothing in these specifications shall be
construed to relieve the bidder of his responsibility.
b) Unless otherwise specified, the battery charger shall conform to the latest applicable Indian /
IEC, standards, and in particulars, to the followings standards.
i) IS: 3895 : Specification for Rectifier equipment in general.
ii) IS: 2208 : Specification for HRC fuses.
iii) IS: 1248 : Indication instruments.
iv) IS: 2147 : Degree of protection for cubicles.
v) IS: 375 : Specification for wiring.
vi) IS: 4540 : Mono-crystalline semiconductor rectifier assemblies and equipment.
vii) IS: 6619 : Safety code for semiconductor rectifier equipment.
viii) IS: 2026 : Transformers:
ix) IS: 2959 : AC contractors for voltage not exceeding 1000 V
x) IS: 6005 : Code of practice for phosphating of Iron and steel.
xi) IS: 5921 : Printed Circuit board.
xii) IEC: 249 : Printed Circuit Board.
c) The bidder shall clearly state the standards to which the charger & its part items offered by him –
Confirmed.
3.0 CONSTRUCTION:
a) It will be indoor, free standing, floor mounting and naturally air cooled type designed for
continuous operation in an ambient temperature of 500 C. Good ventilation shall be made through
side louvers.
b) Each charging equipment offered shall be housed in a sheet steel cubical reinforced by M.S.
angle frame and shall be mechanically strong. The cubical shall be dust and vermin proof. The
degree of protection IP - 42 shall be provided and stated in the offer. The rear & front door cover
161
of cubical shall be hinged and shall have locking agreement. Thickness of sheet steel shall be
3.0 mm for load bearing members and 2.0 mm for other sides.
c) All the accessories and parts / items shall be adequate rating to suit the above requirement.
d) Dimensions of the charger shall be as near as possible for following:
e) Width 1450 mm X Depth 800 mm X Height 1850 mm for three phase 110 V, 250 AH battery
charger (three phase four wire).
f) All door mounted parts/items as well as parts / items mounted inside the cabinet shall be
provided with individual labels with their designation engraved.
g) Gland plate: Gland plate for incoming / outgoing cables shall be provided.
h) Arrangement for two separate earthing shall be provided.
i) Electrical indicating instruments shall be mounted flush-on panel with only flange projecting. The
dial shall be white with black numbers and lettering.
j) The electronic control circuitry should have built in feature of soft start, so that whenever the
charger is switched on, the output voltage should increase gradually.
Finish:
Each cubicle will undergo a through process of de-rusting cleaning, application of red oxide primer paint
followed by two coats of light gray synthetic enamel paint of shade 631 of IS: 5.
Wiring:
All chargers will be complete with internal wiring, input and output terminals. The components shall be
liberally sated. Standard colour code practice shall be followed, with the use of ferrules for numbering
and identification of wires. 1.1 KV grade FR & C1 type Copper conductor of suitable size shall be
used. All hardware such as screws, nuts, studs, washer etc. in electrical circuits control power circuit,
shall be of brass and non ferrous parts.
4.0 RATINGS:
i) The charger for 110V batteries consisting of 55 Nos., 2.0 Volts VRLA battery set shall have
following output ratings.
ii) 110 V 300 AH battery charger (Three phase).
a) Float charge & load current rating: 30 Amps at 110 V to 126 V DC.
b) Boost charging current rating: 50 A at 100 V to 146 VDC.
5.0 DUTY:
a) The composite charger shall consist of two separate chargers namely the float charger and the
Boost charger.
b) The float section of the charger shall be fully automatic type during operation on auto mode.
However, necessary provision of manual operation control shall also be provided in addition to
auto control with required auto/manual selector switch & circuit etc. in the event of failure of auto
control.
i) Normally the float charger operating in parallel with the 110 V Battery bank and the load
shall supply the DC load of the sub-station and also provide the trickle charge for keeping
the battery floating totaling up to full capacity. For this condition, the float charger shall be
designed to float charge the 55 Cells of VRLA battery between 110 V to 126 V and supply
DC load of the sub-station, keeping the load bus bar voltage between 110 V to 126 V.
162
Hence, the float charger shall have adequate capacity to meet the above demand at
constant voltage.
ii) The float charger shall supply the D.C. output voltage as specified with +/-1% stability of
adjusted value for A.C. fluctuation as specified later on and for D.C. load variation from zero
to 100% load.
c) During emergency, when the AC supply fails, the battery shall meet the DC load of the sub
stations and in doing so, will get discharged gradually. The battery will need boost charging. For
this, a separate charger, called the boost charger shall be required.
i) Boost charger shall have adequate rating to quick charge the battery fully within 10 hrs. after
an emergency during which the complete DC loads is met by the battery.
ii) While boost charging the battery, the charger may also be called upon to supply the DC load
of the sub-station in case of float charges failure. Based on the condition of battery, it shall
be possible to set the boost charging voltage between 100V to 146V for 55 cells of VRLA
battery sets with a total output current between zero to full load capacity of the charger with
current stability of 2% of set value with voltage on the load bus bars not exceeding 126.0
volts. The required dropper diodes shall be provided to restrict load bus bar voltage not
exceeding 126 volts DC.
iii) Boost charger shall incorporate static components, comprising of silicon controlled rectifiers
with necessary protection. Boost charger, apart from its normal constant current operation
shall be also capable of constant voltage operation which shall enable it to operate as a float
charger delivering stabilized DC output voltage within +/-1% from no load to full load in case
of float charger failure. Suitable electrical circuitry shall be provided for this purpose. In the
constant current mode it shall have a current stability of +2% of the set value. The constant
current setting shall have step less range from 10% to 100% of full rated current. Further, the
boost charger shall have a provision of manual mode of operation, over and above auto-
mode of operation. Required circuitry arrangement with auto / manual selector switch etc.
shall also be provided for the purpose.
iv) The boost charger and the float charger shall be so interlocked electrically that during boost
charging of the battery, the float charger will supply the DC constant load without supplying
to the battery, and at the same time will be in parallel with the battery through a reverse
current blocking diode at a suitable tapping. One D.C. contactor may be incorporated which
shall get energized through N/C contact of the contractor on A.C. side of the boost charger.
In case of failure of A.C. supply, this contractor shall connect the entire battery supply to the
load through one of its N/O contacts automatically without any interruption of D.C. supply
even of a momentary nature. Under no circumstances the voltage across lower taped
terminals shall exceed (+) 10% or fall below (-) 15% of the rated voltage.
d) LOAD LIMITING: The charger shall be provided with load limiting feature for protection against
overload. The load limiting curves shall be submitted with the offer. The SCRs / thyristors shall
be protected against voltage surge by providing voltage suppressor devices.
6.0 INCOMING SUPPLY:
a) 110 V 300 AH battery chargers (three phases): Incoming AC supply of 415 V 50 Hz 3 Ph. 4 wire
for float and boost charger shall be available.
b) The variation in coming AC supply shall be +10% and -15% for voltage and +/- 3 % in frequency,
which may occur simultaneously.
163
7.0 CHARGER OUTPUT:

Suitable ripple filtering circuits shall be provided to give a smooth DC output. The ripple content shall
comply IS: 15549 – 2005 for VRLA Batteries. The DC output shall be free from switching surges,
transients etc.
8.0 SPECIFIC PROVISION:
a) As specified, the composite charging equipment shall have a separate float charger and a boost
charger. Each charger shall consist of the following components and components shall be of the
best quality and bill of materials along with rating of the same shall be submitted invariably with
the offer.
b) Float Charger (Three Phase) :
i) Triple pole A.C. input ON / OFF main switch (Rotary type)
ii) AC input HRC fuses of required capacity.
iii) Fuse fail detector (Solid state type) for above.
iv) LED type indicating lamps for 3 Phase AC supply ‘ON’ indication (After main AC fuses)
v) Double would impregnated naturally air cooled 3 Phase main transformer with tape at
normal 15%, +10% on primary side with necessary secondary tapes for achieving required
control DC output voltage.
vi) 3-Phase, full controlled full wave rectifier bridges comprising of 3 nos. Silicon diodes & 3
nos. silicon controlled rectifiers (SCR) with R/C surge suppressor net work and suitable heat
sink along with freewheeling diodes and semiconductor fuses protection.
vii) Fuse fail detector (Solid state type) for semi conductor fuses as above.
viii) Ammeter (with external shunt) for measuring DC output current of float charger (0 -50 A)
ix) Auto / Manual mode selector switch.
x) Potentiometer for controlling DC output voltage in auto & manual control modes.
xi) Suitable filter circuit comprising filter choke, filter condenser with HRC fuse protection &
bleeder resistor. Bleeder resistor shall automatically isolated from the circuit when float
charger current reaches to a value which is sufficient to keep the SCRs ON and it comes
back into circuit when float charger current decreases to a value just above the hold ON
current of the SCR.
xii) Blocking diode with suitable heat sink.
xiii) D.C. output ON / OFF switch
xiv) D.C. output fuses (HRC)
xv) D.C. ‘ON’ LED type indicating lamp
c) Boost Charger (Three Phase):
i) Triple pole A.C. input ON / OFF main switch (Rotary type)
ii) AC input fuses of required capacity. (HRC)
iii) Fuse fail detector (Solid state type) for above.
iv) LED type indicating lamps for 3 Phase AC supply ‘ON’ indication (After main AC fuses)
164
v) Double would impregnated naturally air cooled 3 Phase main transformer with tape at
normal - 15%, +10% on primary side with necessary secondary tapes for achieving required
D.C. voltage.
vi) 3 Phase, full controlled full wave rectifier bridges comprising of 3 nos. Silicon diodes & 3
Nos. silicon controlled rectifiers (SCRs) with R/C surge suppressor net work and suitable
heat sink along with freewheeling diodes and semiconductor fuses protection.
vii) Fuse fail detector (Solid state type) for semi conductor fuses as above).
viii) Ammeter (with external shunt) for measuring D.C. output current of boost charger (0-50 A)
ix) Auto / manual mode selector switch.
x) Constant current / constant voltage mode selector switch.
xi) Potentiometer for adjustment of constant current in boost mode.
xii) Potentiometer for controlling D.C. output voltage in float mode (Manual and auto control
modes).
xiii) Suitable filter circuit comprising filter choke, filter condenser with HRC fuse protection &
bleeder resistor. Bleeder resistor shall automatically isolated from the circuit when float
charger current reaches to a value which is sufficient to keep the SCRs ON and it comes
back into circuit when float charger current decreases to a value just above the hold ON
current of the SCR.
xiv) Thermal relay for overload protection
xv) Blocking diode with suitable heat sink.
xvi) Double pole D.C. output ON / OFF switch
xvii) D.C. output fuses (HRC)
xviii) D.C. ‘ON’ LED type indicating lamp
xix) Dropper diodes scheme ON / Off switch.
xx) Dropper diodes selector switch with minimum four positions
xxi) Diodes for dropper diodes scheme (minimum 28 Nos.)
xxii) Any item not specifically mentioned but which is needed basically for efficient working of the
charger.
d) Components (Three Phase charger):
i) D.C. voltmeter double pole 4 positions rotary type to measure DC voltage across float
section, boost section, load and battery with HRC fuse protection.
ii) AC voltmeter to measure the AC input voltage with suitable fuse, link and selector switch
arrangement. Range 0-500 V for three phase charger.
iii) D.C. charge / discharge ammeter with suitable external shunt to read discharge / charge
currents of the battery. Range 100-0-100 A for three phase charger.
iv) Ammeter (Range 100-0-100mA) showing the earth leakage current of the charger &
outgoing ckt. (load side).
v) Space heater with thermostat and lamp for internal lighting with ON / OFF switch for each
separately and required fuse.
165
vi) Detachable cable gland plate for cable entry from bottom.
vii) DC contactor inter-locked with boost charger AC contactor.
viii) Silicon blocker diode with suitable heat sink to be connected to a suitable tapping of battery
to maintain DC continuity during power failure while batteries are on boost charge.
ix) Three pin socket with switch and fuse.
ANALOGUE
DIGITAL CONTROL
PARAMETERS INPUTS
INPUTS OUTPUTS
(4-20mA)
AC mains fail √
Load Bus Over Voltage √
Load Bus Under Voltage √
Float Charger fail √
Earth Leakage √
Float Charger On √ √
Float Charger Off √ √
Float Charger on Auto mode √
Float Charger on Manual mode √
Boost Charger On √ √
Boost Charger Off √ √
Boost Charger On CV mode √ √
Boost Charger On CC mode √ √
Charger on local mode √
Charger on Remote mode √
Battery Voltage √
Boost Voltage √
Float Voltage √
Load Voltage √
Battery Current √
Boost Current √
Float Current √
Load Current √
Battery Room Temperature √
9.0 OUTGOING CIRCUITS:
a) The following outgoing circuit comprising of a double pole ON-OFF rotary switch, HRC fuses and
LED type indicating lamps (The overall diameter of lamp shall be 30 mm while that of cut out
shall be 22.5 mm) shall be provided.
Three phase charger:
1) 10 Amps feeder 5 Nos.
2) 15 Amps feeder 3 nos.
3) 30 Amps feeder 2 Nos.
10.0 PROTECTION AND ANNUNCIATION:
a) Following protection with alarm indicating lamps and alarm accept push button and lamp test
push button shall be included in the scope of supply.
166
Three phase Charger.

1) Load under voltage relay
2) DC Earth leakage relay.
3) Float charger failure
4) AC mains failure
5) DC over voltage relay for battery protection.
6) Boost charger failure.
7) Input phase fail / phase sequence reversal protection.
8) Semiconductor Fuse fail - Float
9) Semiconductor Fuse fail - Boost
10) Filter fuse failure
11) Charger over-load
12) Alarm supply fuse failure
13) Charger trip
14) Output MCCB tripped
15) Looking to the detailed description of duty requirements of both the chargers and the
battery, the manufacturer, shall design a circuit which shall be capable of providing
complete protection to various components of the unit and automatic circuit with automatic
voltage regulator in the float circuit operation of the unit without-interruptions.
16) Necessary product information, booklets, circuit diagram operating and maintenance
manuals, type test certificate experience certificates etc. should be submitted along with
the offer.
11.0 TESTS:
a) TYPE TESTS: Battery chargers shall conform to all type tests as per relevant Indian Standard.
Rectifier transformers shall conform to all type tests specified in IS: 4540 and short circuit test as
per IS: 2026. The following type test reports from NABL approved laboratory shall be submitted
with the offer.
i) Voltage regulation test
ii) Load limiter characteristics test
iii) Efficiency tests
iv) High voltage tests
v) Temperature rise test
vi) Short circuit test at no load and full load at rated voltage for sustained short circuit.
vii) Degree of protection test
viii) Measurement of ripple by Oscilloscope
ix) Temperature compensation feature demonstration
x) Type test reports of Rectifier Transformers - all tests as specified in IS : 4540 and short
circuit test as per IS : 2026
167
b) ACCEPTANCE / ROUTINE TESTS: The following test shall be carried out by the manufacturer
on each battery charger.
i) Visual inspection and dimensions.
ii) Checking of wiring & continuity of circuits
iii) Insulation resistance.
iv) HV test
v) Ripple content measurement
vi) No load test
vii) Load test
viii) Efficiency tests
ix) Operational tests for protection, alarm, indication.
x) Auto / Manual operation test.
12.0 Three sets of each of detailed dimensional drawings, commissioning and operating instructions
manual, literature, write up and test certificates of bought out items shall be supplied with the each
battery charger.
13.0 PACKING / MARKING:
The charger shall be dispatched securely packed in wooden crates suitable for handling during transit
by Rail / Road, so as to avoid any loss or damage during transit.
14.0 SPARES:
The following mandatory spares are to be included in the scope of supply. Other items not included in
the list below but which the tenderer thinks should be included as mandatory spares may also be
added.
Sl. no. Items Quantity
1. Electronic circuit board of each type 1 set
2. MCCB of each type / rating 1 No. each
3. Blocking diode assembly 1 No. for FC + 1 No. for BC
4. Rectifier transformer 1 No.
5. Silicon controlled rectifier 3 Nos.
6. DC voltmeter 1 No.
7. DC ammeter (charging / discharging) 1 No.
8. Contactor of each type / rating 1 No.
9. Selector switch of each type / rating 1 No. each
10. Indicating lamps with lamp covers 10% of total qty. used
11. Trip element of each size / rating 1 No. each
12. HRC fuses of each type / rating 1 No. each
13. Heat sink for SCR 1 No. each
14. Semiconductor Fuse Fast 1 Set each
B. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR 110V 300 AH VRLA TYPE STORAGE BATTERY BANK
1.0 SCOPE :
168
Supply, installation and commissioning of 110 VRLA 300 AH Battery along with battery charger. The
materials offered shall be procured from short listed vendor (AMRA RAJA / EXIDE / EMCO) and shall
have been successfully Type Tested. The Type Test reports shall be submitted along with the bid.
2.0 STANDARDS :
The equipment shall comply in all respects with the latest edition of relevant Indian Standard
Specifications and IEC except for the modifications specified herein. A Photo copy of such standards
in English shall be enclosed with the offer.
3.0 INSTALLATIONS :
Equipments covered under these specifications shall be suitable for indoor installation.
4.0 DETAILS OF SPECIFICATIONS OF VRLA Type ( 110V)
Battery:
The batteries shall be made of closed type lead acid cells with VRLA Type (110V) plates
manufactured to conform to IS: 1652-1991.
Capacity:
The capacity of the batteries shall be as follows:

a. Voltage : 110V
b. Output at 270 C : 300 AH at 10 hrs, discharge rate.
The batteries shall normally remain under ‘floating’ condition with the ‘trickle’ charger supplying the
continuous load. However, the batteries shall be capable of supplying the following loads under
emergency conditions without any assistance from the chargers and without their terminal voltage
falling below 99V [90% of rated voltage]
Stage emergency - 30A for 3 hours for lighting.
The number of cells for 110V batteries shall be so chosen that for the nominal floating voltage of the
cells, the battery voltage shall be 123.75V (Float Charging) while 126.5V (Boost Charging) and for the
minimum [discharged condition] voltage of the cells, the voltage of the battery shall not be less than
99V, while the assigned rating of the battery bank cannot lowered below its rated voltage of 110V
volts. Minimum no of cell shall not be less than 55.
5.0 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS:
5.1 Plates :
Positive plates shall be made of flat pasted type using lead-cadmium antimony alloy for durability,
high corrosion resistant, maintenance free, long life both in cyclic as well as in float applications.
Negative plates shall be heavy duty, durable flat plate using lead calcium alloy pasted box grid.
Negative plates shall be designed to match the life of positive plates and combination of negative and
positive plates shall ensure long life, durability and trouble free operation of battery.
PLC (programmable logic control) operated equipment should be deployed for preparation of paste to
ensure consistency in paste quality. Conventional / manual type of paste preparation is not allowed.
5.2 CONTAINER AND LID :
The containers and lids shall be made of a special grade polypropylene copolymer plastic material.
They shall be sufficiently robust and not liable to deformation under internal operating pressures and
169
within the temperature range naturally encountered, leak proof, non-absorbent and resistant to the
acid with low water vapour permeability
5.3 Separators :
The separators shall be of synthetic material conforming to the latest edition of IS-6071-1986. These
shall permit free flow of electrolyte and would not be affected by the chemical reaction inside the cell
and shall last for indefinite time. The internal resistance factor of the separators shall assure high
discharge characteristics under all operating conditions. Proper arrangement to keep end plates in
position shall be furnished by the bidder along with his offer.
5.4 Electrolyte :
The electrolyte shall be prepared from the battery grade Sulphuric acid conforming to IS-266-1993
and shall have a specific gravity of 1.2 at 70 0 C. The Sulphuric acid of battery grade shall be colorless
liquid. The concentrated Sulphuric acid on dilution with an equal volume of distilled water shall be free
from suspended matter and other visible impurities. The Sulphuric acid shall meet the requirements of
columns – 4 and 5 Table –1 of IS-266-1993.
5.5 Plate group bar with terminals :
The plate group bar with terminals shall conform to IS-1652-1991. The positive and negative terminals
shall be clearly marked for easy identification. The legs of the plates of like polarity shall be connected
to the load, turned to a horizontal group bar having an upstanding terminal post adopted for
connection to the external circuit. The group bars shall be sufficiently strong to hold the plates in
position.
5.6 Buffers / spring:
Suitable buffers / springs shall be provided in the cells to keep the end plates in position. These shall
have adequate length and strength.
5.7 Cell lids :
Lids used with sealed or closed type cells shall be of glass, plastic or ebonite and shall be provided
with vent plugs. Terminal post shall be suitably sealed at the lid to prevent escape of acid spray, by
means of rubber grommets, sealing compound or other suitable device. The positive and negative
terminal posts shall be clearly and indelibly marked for easy identification.
5.8 Water :
Water used for preparation of electrolyte and also to bring the level of electrolyte to approximately
correct height during operation / testing shall conform to relevant standards.
5.9 Venting device :
The venting device shall be anti splash type and shall allow gases to escape freely but shall
effectively prevent acid particles or spray from coming out. There shall be two vent holes, one serving
as a guide for acid level indicator for checking the electrolyte level and other to permit drawing of
electrolyte samples, servicing, checking of specific gravity etc.
5.10 Marking :
Acid level line shall be permanently and indelibly marked around on all the containers.
The following information shall be indelibly marked on the outside surface of each cell :
i) Manufacturer’s name, type and trade mark.
ii) Nominal voltage.
170
iii) AH capacity at 10 hours rate with specified end cell voltage.

iv) Cell number.
v) Upper and lower electrolyte level in case of transparent containers.
vi) Type of positive plate.
vii) Type of container.
viii) Date of manufacture [month and year] or [week and year].
5.11 CONNECTORS:
Bars tinned copper lead connectors shall be employed for Inter-cell and inter row, inter-tier
connections. However, the tee-off connection from the battery unit shall be made with acid resisting
cables of suitable size. A suitable terminal box along with acid-resisting cable shall be provided by the
Contractor for this purpose. The connectors shall preferably be of bolted type and the bolts and nuts
shall be of similar material as that of connectors and shall be provided with corrosion resisting lead
coating. The connectors shall be of sufficient cross-section to withstand all the working conditions
including one minute discharge rate as well as short circuit conditions.
a) Lead coated connection hardware such as bolts, nuts etc. 5% extra, or any other connector
suitable for VRLA type Battery.
b) Ampere-hour Meter [10 hour discharge rate] of 250 – 300 AH range -1 no.
c) Any other accessories, not specified but required for installation, satisfactory operation and
maintenance of batteries for a period of 5 [five] years.
6.0 MAXIMUM SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT :
The Bidder shall state the maximum short circuit current of each battery along with the safe duration
in seconds which it can withstand. Methods, proposed to be adopted for protecting batteries from the
short circuit conditions should also be stated to avoid damage to the battery and loss to the
associated equipment.
7.0 CHARGING :
The bidders shall state whether an equalizing charge is recommended for the battery. If so, the
equalizing charge voltage, current, duration and the interval between the equalizing charging shall be
specified in the Data sheet. Bidder shall also indicate the requirements for boost charging.
8.0 LIFE :
The minimum guaranteed life span of the battery should not less than 5 years. The bidder shall quote
in his offer the guaranteed life of the battery when operating under the conditions specified.
9.0 INSTRUCTION MANUALS :
Fifteen sets of instruction manuals for installation, commissioning, charging and maintenance
instruction shall have to be furnished.
10.0 TESTS:
10.1 TYPE TESTS :
The bidder shall submit the Type Test reports for the following type tests, conducted as per relevant
IS & IEC from any Govt. approved laboratory and test witnessed by any Government Department /
Government undertaking.
i) Verification of constructional requirements.
171
ii) Verification of dimensions.

iii) Test for capacity.
iv) Test for retention of charge.
v) Endurance Test.
vi) Ampere-hour and watt-hour efficiency test.
vii) Test for voltage during discharge.
10.2 ACCEPTANCE TESTS :
Following shall constitute the acceptance tests which shall be test witnessed by the purchaser’s
representative at the works of the manufacturer at the cost of supplier.
i) Verification of marking.
ii) Verification of dimensions.
iii) Test for capacity for 10 hours discharge rate along with the Test for voltage during discharge.
iv) Ampere-hour and watt-hour efficiency test.
10.3 The Purchaser may at his discretion undertake test for capacity and voltage during discharge after
installation of the battery at site without any extra cost.
10.4 The Contractor shall arrange for all necessary equipments including the variable resistor, tools,
tackles and instruments. If a battery fails to meet the guaranteed requirement, TSECL shall have the
option of asking the Contractor to replace the same within 15 [fifteen] days from the date of declaring
the same to be insufficient/failed / not as per the specification [s].
11.0 DOCUMENTS :
The tenderer shall submit the following documents after award of LOA.
a. General battery arrangement, proposed size of individual and over all dimensions along with
sectional views showing all connections etc.
b. Pamphlets and technical literature giving detailed information of the batteries offered.
The Contractor shall submit the following drawings / documents in triplicate copies for approval.
i) Lay out details of the batteries.

ii) OGA and cross-sectional details for battery cells.
iii) Instruction manuals for initial charging and subsequent charging.
iv) Technical data, curves etc.
12.0 GUARANTEED TECHNICAL PARTICULARS :
The Guaranteed Technical Particulars shall be furnished along with the drawing for approval after
issue of LOA.
172
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF EARTHING ACTIVITIES

1.0 SCOPE
This works covers supply, erection, commissioning and testing of Earth pits by using earth electrodes
of perforated 40 mm dia. Hot Dip G.I. pipe (Medium duty) and 40 mm dia MS Rod of length 6.0 mtr.,
laying and connecting earth electrodes by 50 X 10 mm size G.I. flat with equipments to be earthed as
well as with existing earth mesh, stringing of ground wire or shield wire (7/3.15 mm stranded GI) to
make the existing earthing system healthier as well as to confirm the grounding of all sub-station
equipment to be supplied as furnished in BOQ. All items required for shielding are in the scope of
work of the bidder.
The earthing net work shall comprise
i. 50 X 10 mm Hot dip GI strips for all equipment risers and earth mesh.
ii. Perforated 40 mm. dia. Hot Dip G.I. pipe (Medium duty) of length 6.0 mtr. each or 40 mm dia MS
Rod of length 6.0 mtr. each. All joints of G.I. flat shall be welded and painted with anti-corrosive
paint. The earthing shall be done as per IS: 3043 / 1966.
iii. All nuts, bolts etc. shall conform to IS: 1363/1960
The earth mesh of 50 X 10 mm GI flat shall be connected with 6 mtr. long 40 mm.dia. Perforated GI.
Pipe or 40 mm dia MS Rod serving as earth electrode and also with the existing earth mesh by
welding process. The earth mesh so created under this scope matching with the existing earth mesh
shall be connected with the Earth electrodes suitably constructed with layers of salt and and charcoal.
The earthing shall be carried out as per ISS: 3048-1966 / IEEE Standard 80- 1968 – IEEE guide for
safety in AIS Sub-station Grounding.
The earthing of the cable trenches shall be achieved by running a horizontal strip on the top rack and
a vertical connection by the same strip at every 30 mtr. intervals. The tenderer shall supply all the
necessary materials to complete the earthing system to achieve earth resistance maximum 0.5 Ohm
or less. Both the faces of GI flat and M.S flat should be connected by electrical welding. Earthing
Mesh should be constructed extending the existing earthing mat of the Sub-Station as required in
accordance with the existing earthing system of the Sub-Station.
SUBSTATION EARTHING
1) SCOPE : The Scope of work is inclusive but not limited to the following:
a) Design and Engineering of earthing mat and earthing system for complete 132KV and 33KV
substation and supply, delivery installation, testing and successful commissioning of the same.
b) Beside Substation earthing system by main earth mat, its connection to different risers below and
above ground upto equipment and different structures and other important installations are also in the
scope of the bidder.
c) Both supply and spreading of crushed stone/ gravel shall be within the scope of the bidder for all
132KV and 33KV bays of the substation.
d) The earthing grid for the substation shall be designed in terms of IS 3043 and IEEE standard
document no. 80. 1986. However earth mat design based on uniform spacing method is to be
submitted for approval.
e) Design criteria :
i) The earthing system of the substation shall be designed to ensure equipment safety,
personnel safety and should facilitate proper operation of protection system during earth fault
in the system due to stipulated fault current for specified duration.
173
ii) Neutral points of different voltages metallic enclosures and frame work associated with all
current carrying structures/ metal works associated with electrical system in the substation
shall be connected to single earthing system unless stipulated otherwise.
iii) The following particulars shall be taken into account for calculation and design of earth mat.
Sl. Design input Data for Earth mat

Description
No. 132KV 33KV
1 Fault Current(KA) 40 31.5
2 Fault duration (Second)(for conductor sizing calculation 1.0 1.0
of main earth grid)
3 Fault duration (Second)(for calculation of attainable and 1.0 1.0
tolerable step and touch potential )
4 Crushed stone/ gravel resistivity (indicative) final earth 2500 ohm metre 2500 ohm metre
resistivity shall be measured at site.
5 Main(ground grid) earth mat conductor size and 28mm dia MS rod 28mm dia MS rod
material
6 Riser material above ground 50x8mm GI strip 50x8mm GI strip
7 Riser material below ground 28mm dia MS rod 28mm dia MS rod
8 Pipe Earthing Electrode Perforated 40 mm. dia. Hot Dip G.I. pipe
(Medium duty) of length 6.0 mtr. each or 40
mm dia MS Rod of length 6.0 mtr. each
9 Current diversity factor 1.0 1.0
10 Earthing indoor panels 50x6mm GI strip 50x6mm GI strip
11 Earthing conductor along inside cable trench 50x8mm GI 50x8mm GI
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF CONTROL CABLE

1.0 SCOPE AND CONDITIONS
This specification covers the testing and performance requirements of power and control cables for
installation on the Distribution System to be established at the locations as indicated against this tender.
The equipment offered shall have been successfully type tested and the design shall have been in
satisfactory operation. Compliance shall be demonstrated by submitting with the bid, (i) authenticated
copies of the type test reports and (ii) performance certificates from the users.
The power and control cables shall conform in all respects to highest standards of engineering, design,
workmanship, this specification and the latest revisions of relevant standards at the time of offer and the
Engineer-In-Charge shall have the power to reject any work or material, which, in his judgment, is not in
full accordance therewith.
2.0 STANDARDS
IEC / ISO Indian Standard Title
IEC 811 IS-18-10810:1982 Testing cables
IEC 502 IS-7098:1985 (part – 2) LT and 3.3 - 33kV XLPE cables
IEC 502 IS -1554:1988 (part – 1) PVC Cables 0.65/1.1 kV
IEC 227 IS -5819 :1970 Short circuit ratings for PVC cables
IEC 228 1S-8130:1984 Conductors for insulated cables
IEC 502 IS -6474: 1984 XLPE Cables
IEC 502 Extruded solid dielectric insulated
174
power cables for rated voltage from 1

KV to 30 KV
IEC 540 IS -5831: 1984 Test Methods for insulation and
sheaths of electric cables and cords
IEC 287 Calculation of the continuous current
rating of cables.
Mild steel wires, strips and tapes for
IS -3975 : 1979
armouring of cables
Except where modified by this specification, the control cables shall be designed, manufactured and tested in
accordance with the latest editions of the following standards.
The Bidder may propose alternative standards, provided it is demonstrated that they give a degree of quality
and performance equivalent to or better than the referenced standards. Acceptability of any alternative standard
is at the discretion of the Engineer-In-Charge. The Bidder shall furnish a copy of the alternative standard
proposed along with his bid. If the alternative standard is in a language other than English, an English
translation shall be submitted with the standard. In the case of conflict the order of precedence shall be 1) IEC
or ISO Standards, 2) Indian Standards, 3) other alternative standards
This list is not to be considered exhaustive and reference to a particular standard or recommendation in this
Specification does not relieve the Contractor of the necessity of providing the goods complying with other
relevant standards or recommendations.
3.0 SERVICE CONDITIONS
The service conditions shall be as follows: " maximum altitude above sea level 1,000 m " maximum
ambient air temperature 50°C " maximum daily average ambient air temperature 35°C
 minimum ambient air temperature 0°C

 maximum temperature attainable by an object exposed to the sun 50°C
 maximum yearly weighted average ambient temperature 32°C
 maximum relative humidity 95%
 average number of thunderstorm days per annum (isokeraunic level) 70
 average number of rainy days per annum 120
 average annual rainfall 225 cm
 wind pressures as per IS 802 (Part I/ Sect.l) : 1995
4.0 RATED VOLTAGE AND TEMPERATURE
The rated voltage of the cable shall be 1.1 kV and the maximum operating voltage shall not exceed
110% of the rated voltage. These cables are suitable for use where the combination of ambient
temperature and temperature rise due to load results in a conductor temperature shall not exceeding
70°C under normal operation and 160°C under short circuit conditions.
This works covers supply erection, testing, commissioning of 1.1 KV grade PVC insulated FRLS, 2.5
mm2 control cable of different core as per requirement. All Control Cables shall be 1100V grade, PVC
insulated, multi-core, sheathed, armoured, multi-stranded copper conductor, FRLS type (oxygen
index-29 min.) generally in accordance with IS: 1554 (P – 1) / 1976 with latest amendment.
175
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR AIR-CONDITIONER

SYSTEM OF SUB-STATIONS
1.0 SCOPE:
a) This section of the specification covers design, manufacture, assembly, testing at
manufacturer's works, supply, and delivery at site of Air-conditioning equipment (2 Ton, 5
– Star rating of BEE).
b) The scope of supply shall include all components/parts, accessories etc. which are necessary for
assembly, operation and maintenance of air-conditioning equipment even though not individually
or specifically stated or enumerated.
2.0 DETAILS SPECIFICATION FOR 2 TONS SPLIT TYPE AIR CONDITIONER
a) Split type Air Conditioners conforming to IS: 1391 (Part-2)-1992 with Amendment No. 1 to 4 with
Rotary compressor using HCFC Refrigerant (R-22) suitable for wall mounting.
b) Air Conditioners suitable for 230V, 50Hz single Phase AC supply shall be capable of performing
the functions as cooling, dehumidifying, air circulation and filtering. The air conditioner shall be
complete with automatic temperature control and cut-in and cut-out etc. for temperature range
16 to 30 degree C. The differential of the thermostat for cut-in and cut-out shall not be greater
than +/- 1.75 degree C. The Air Conditioner may either be provided with adjustable step less
type mechanical thermostat or electrical thermostat as per IS: 1138:1985. The ECO friendly Air
Conditioners shall have ECO MARK from Bureau of Indian Standard.
c) Outdoor unit of the Air Conditioners shall be fitted discharge cooled type rotary compressor
operating on Refrigerant R-22 (or non CFC refrigerant R-410 in case of ECO friendly Split Type
Air Conditioner) with suitable rated capacitor start electrical motor. It shall be equipped with
overload protection and shall be mounted on resilient mounting quite operation.
Sl. no. Description Requirement
1. Cooling Capacity Normal (Kcal/Hrs) Better than 6000 Kcal/Hrs
2. EEF (w/w) 3.15 w/wm or better
3. Star Rating 5 Star
4. Power Supply (Indoor/Outdoor) V/Hz/ph
220-240 V, 50Hz, Single Phase
5. Capacity in Ton 02
6. Refrigerant R-22 / R-410
7. Air Flow Volume (m3/h) 1100
8. Power Consumption Not more than 2000 Watt
9. Operating Current Less than 8.9 Amp
10. Noise level(indoor) should be better than
50dB(A)
High Mid - 45dB(A)
Low - 42dB(A)
11. Compressor Rotary
12. SERVICING Free servicing shall be provided
for 12 month from the date of
commissioning of AC units.
13. Fins (Condenser) To be specified by the Tenderer.
14. Fins (Evaporator) To be specified by the Tenderer.
15. Connecting Tube Copper Tube
16. Connecting Tube & Drain Tube length To be specified by the Tenderer
(Minimum should be 06 meters)
176
Sl. no. Description Requirement

17. Connecting Tube Dimension To be specified by the Tenderer
18. Power supply Cable (Minimum should be To be specified by the Tenderer
06 meter)
19. Power supply Cable Rating Indoor & outdoor unit should be
specified by Tenderer
20. Remote More than 10 meter remote
control distance.
21. Indoor unit & Outdoor unit Dimension To be specified by the Tenderer
22. Filters To be specified by the Tenderer
23. Elegant panel design with LED/LCD To be specified by the Tenderer
central display for ID unit
24. Galvanised / High quality Plastic outdoor To be specified by the Tenderer
unit Anti Corrosion
25. Flat Panel for easy cleaning, washable To be specified by the Tenderer
plastic filter and Horizontal auto lower
26. INSTALLATION: - The installation work at Tenderer must do these works.
Consignee’s site shall include the
following works.
i) Mounting/Fitting indoor and Outdoor
unit including brackets at the
respective locations per instructed
by Consignee.
ii) Laying refrigerant pipe of 06
meter/more length and connecting
the both units after drilling hole in the
wall, if required the thickness of
copper tubing should not be less
than 0.70mm.
iii) Insulating the suction pipe with
expanded polyethylene foam
(thermocole) of 5mm thick tubing.
iv) Laying 15mm Drain pipe of 6 meter/
more length to drain out the
condensate water being formed in
the indoor unit.
v) Leak testing of the entire system.
vi) Charging of Refrigerant gas in the
unit.
vii) Suitable electrical wiring between
indoor and outdoor unit and from
indoor unit to 06 meter or up to
switch. Switches / Sockets / Plugs
are not included in the scope of
supply.
27. For stabilizer If in-built not required, otherwise
Voltage range – 120 Volt to 300Volt should be specified and
Rated KVA – 5 provided.
177
3.0 DOCUMENTS TO BE SUBMITTED AFTER COMMISSIONING:

After supply, erection, testing and commissioning of the air-conditioning units, the bidder shall submit
the following documents in triplicate:
a) Drawing of the air-conditioning system.
b) Instruction manual for operation and maintenance of the air-conditioning system.
c) Guarantee certificate as per relevant Clause of General Condition of Contract.
4.0 TEST AT FACTORY AND TEST CERTIFICATES:
Acceptance and routine test at manufacturer’s works shall be carried out on each Air-conditioning
machine as per relevant Indian standard in presence of representative of TSECL and the same shall
be submitted to the Deputy General Manager, Transmission Division, Kumarghat, TSECL for
approval.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR SUB-STATION EARTHING
1.0 SUB-STATION EARTHING:
1.1 SCOPE:
The scope of work is inclusive of but not limited to the followings:
i) Design and engineering of earthing mat and earthing system for complete 132/33 KV & 33/11
KV sub-station and supply, delivery, installation, testing and successful commissioning of the
same.
ii) Beside switchyard earthing system with main earth mat, its connections to different risers below
and above ground up to equipment and different structures and other important installations are
also within the scope of bidder.
iii) For existing 132 KV sub-station main earth-mat conductor shall be extended for bay / bays under
scope of contact for its connection to different equipment, equipment structures, substation
structures etc through risers (below and above ground) to make a complete earthing system.
The diameter of main earth-mat conductor and risers for extended portion shall be identical to
the existing one.
iv) Requirement of earthing material, for the bay/bays for existing substation under scope of
contract shall be accessed through site visit & to be guided by supply & Erection schedule.
2.0 STANDARD:
This specification covers, Design, Engineering of sub-station earthing grid & supply, delivery,
installation, testing & commissioning of the same. The earthing grid for sub-station shall be designed
in terms of IS: 3043 and IEEE Standard Documents Number 80-1986. However Earth mat design
based on uniform spacing method is to be submitted for approval.
3.0 DESIGN CRITERIA:
i) The earthing system of sub-station shall be designed to ensure equipment safety, personnel
safety and should facilitate proper operation of protection system during earth fault in the system
due to stipulated fault current for specified duration.
ii) Neutral points of different voltages, metallic enclosures and frame work associated with all
current carrying structures / metal works associated with electrical system shall be connected to
single earthing system unless stipulated otherwise.
178
iii) The following particulars shall be taken into account for calculation & design of earth-mat:
Sl. Design input data’s for new
No. Description sub-station
For 132/33 KV & 33/11 KV S/S
(i) Fault Current (KA) 40-KA
(ii) Fault duration (second) (for conductor 1.0
sizing calculation of main earth-grid)
(iii) Fault duration (second) (for calculation of 1.0
attainable and tolerable step and touch
potential)
(v) Main (ground grid) earth-mat conductor 32mm Φ MS rod
size and material
(vi) Riser material (above ground) for 50 X 10 mm (minimum) GS Flat
equipment, columns and Aux. structures
(vii) Riser material (below ground) 32mm Φ MS rod
(viii) Pipe Earth Electrode (in treated earth pit) 40 mm. dia 3 metre long
as per tech. spec. galvanized Iron pipe
(ix) Earth electrode in non-treated pit 40 mm. Dia with 3 meter long
MS Rod.
(x) Depth of burial 600 mm (minimum) to 1000 mm.
below finished ground level
(xii) Earthing of indoor LT panels. 50 X 8 mm. GS Flat.
(xiii) Control Panels & Outdoor Marshalling 50 X 8 mm. GS Flat.
Boxes, MOM Boxes, Jn. Boxes & Lighting
Panels etc.
(xiv) Earthing conductor inside cable trenches. 50 X 8 mm. MS Flat.
(xv) Thickness of crushed stone/gravel 100 mm.
(xvi) Size of crushed stone/gravel 30mm to 50mm (Avg. 40mm)
N.B.:
a) Consideration of current diversity factor may be changed for achieving safe touch & step
voltage within the provision of IS-3043 , IEEE 80-1986/2000 & CBIP Manual on Earthing
in case of very high soil resistivity of sub-station land. However design of earth mat based
on non-uniform spacing method shall not be acceptable.
b) For the purpose of finding out actual soil resistivity, it is to be measured in dry season by
the successful contractor in presence of the representative of TSECL. On the basis of
actual soil resistivity of the substation earth mat shall be designed accordingly and as per
approved earth mat design and approved layout drawing, the substation earth mat shall
be laid accordingly to get the actual soil resistivity of the entire Sub-Station area, to arrive
the designed average soil.
iv) Structure and equipment Earthing:
a) Two nos. riser flat (above ground) up to apparatus / equipment base directly from the main
earth-mat rod shall be used for equipment earthing and the same shall run parallel but in
opposite direction including loops bonding across structural joints.
b) Steel / RCC columns, metallic stairs etc shall be connected to the nearby main earth-mat
grid conductor by two earthing leads. Electrical continuity shall be ensured by bonding
different sections of hand-rails and metallic stairs.
179
c) Railway tracks within switchyard area shall be earthed at a spacing of 30 m and also at
both ends.
d) Lighting poles, junction boxes on poles and Sub-station, BMK, CT / PT / CVT JB, Cable
and cable boxes / glands, lockout switches etc shall be connected to earthing grid
conductor at minimum two points.
4.0 INSTALLATION OF EARTHING CONDUCTOR LAY OUT :
i) The grounding grid shall be constructed by use of corrosion resistant mild steel rod.
ii) Wherever earthing conductor crosses cable trenches, underground service ducts, pipes,
tunnels, railway tracks etc. It shall be laid 300 mm (min) below them and shall be circumvented
in case it fouls with equipment/structure foundation.
iii) All non-current carrying steel/metal parts in the switchyard shall be connected to the grounding
grid including equipment except lightning arrestors, Reactors, power transformers, CVT / PT etc
which shall be earthed directly through earth electrode. This electrode shall in turn be
connected to earthing grid through galvanized bolts and nut. Each earthing lead from the
neutral of the transformer shall be directly connected to two galvanized pipe electrode treated
earth pit which in turn shall be connected to station earth grid. Contractor shall submit detail
equipment earthing drawing of all equipment along with detail pipe electrode drawing to be
used in conjunction with treated pit with test link, treated pit without test link and non-treated pit
and structure earthing drawings for approval of TSECL.
iv) All points in steel earthing system shall be made by welding except the points with bolted
connection which should be provided for separating the earthing grid for testing purpose. The
point for testing purpose should be so placed that the earth grid can be frequently supervised.
v) Connection between equipment earthing lead and main earthing conductors and between main
earthing conductors shall be welded type. For rust protection, the welded surface shall be
treated with Barium Chromate and then Welded surface shall be painted with red lead and
coated with two layers of bitumen compound to prevent corrosion.
vi) Earth pit of earth electrode without having any test link shall be at least 400 X 400 mm in size
and 375 mm deep and earth pit with test link shall be at least 700 X 700 mm in size and 375
mm deep. The earth pit shall be constructed with RCC (M-15) in surrounding wall and floor
(minimum wall thickness 125 mm. and floor thickness 100 mm.) with a removable cover slab of
75 mm thick with RCC (M-15) (0.8% reinforcement by volume of concrete). Cover slab shall be
plastered with cement mortar (1 : 4) on all sides.
vii) To provide testing facility with Clip-on type earth resistance measuring meter one test link with
ACSR panther conductor having compression type joint with socket of total length of about 300
mm (combined) shall be incorporated between earth pit and neutral of the transformer, CVT /
PT / LA, Grid corners etc. which in turn shall be connected to main earth mat. The socket shall
be connected with the flat through bimetallic strip. Two earth pits shall be provided for
transformer neutral to be connected through two nos. flat. One flat shall be directly connected to
one earth electrode through welding and the other flat shall be connected with other earth pit
through a testing link. All accessories associated with transformer / reactor like cooling banks,
radiators etc shall be connected to the main earthing grid at minimum two points.
viii) The earthing conductor around control building shall be buried in earth at a minimum distance
of 1500 mm from the outer boundary of the building and which in turn shall be connected to
switchyard main earth grid conductor as per approved earthing lay out drawing for control room
to be submitted separately.
180
ix) Steel to Copper connection if any shall be brazed type and shall be treated to prevent moisture
ingression.
x) Bending of earthing rod shall be done preferably by gas heating.
xi) All ground connections shall be made by one welding except the point with bolted connection
which should be provided for separating the earthing grid for testing purpose. The point for
testing purpose should be so placed that the earth grid can be frequently supervised for rust
protection, the welded surface shall be protected with bitumen paint riser (M.S. Flat) above
ground shall be painted with Zinc rich paint above anti Oxide primer. All welded joints shall be
allowed to cool down gradually to atmospheric temperature before putting any load to it.
Artificial cooling shall not be allowed.
xii) All C & R panels, PLCC and its Battery charger shall be earthed by 50 X 8 mm GS Flat (2 nos.
flat one each on opposite side) to MS earth Bus of 50 X 8 mm MS Flat runs on the top of the
tier and all along the cable trenches and the same shall be welded to each of the racks. Further
this Flat shall be earthed at both ends at an interval of 30 mtr. The MS Flat shall be finally
painted with two coats of Red oxide primer and two coats of bitumen compound.
xiii) Earthing conductor for main ground grid in outdoor areas shall be buried at least 600 mm below
finished ground level or more as per design consideration for green field Sub-Station. For
existing substation it should be laid matching with existing earthmat grid level.
xiv) Earthing conductor or leads along their run on cable trench, ladder, wall, etc. shall be supported
by suitable welding / cleaning at interval of 1200 mm wherever it passes through walls, floors,
etc., galvanized steel sleeves shall be provided for passage of conductor and both end of
sleeves shall be sealed to prevent passage of water through sleeves.
xv) Earthing conductor, i.e. grid perimeter ground conductor shall be buried 1000 mm (min.) outside
the switchyard fence. All gates of every alternate post of fence shall be connected to earthing
grid. Gravel / crushed stone spreading shall also be done 1000 mm (min.) outside the
switchyard fence. However criterion of gravel / crushed stone spreading shall be followed in line
with requirement of approved drawing & schedule of works.
xvi) Flexible earthing connectors shall be provided for moving parts.
xvii) Tap connection from earthing grid to equipment / structures to be earthed shall be terminated
on the earthing terminal of the equipment / structures as per approved drawings.
xviii) Auxiliary earth mat of same dia of the main earth mat and total size 1500 X 1500 mm with 500
X 500 mm closely spaced conductor shall be provided at a depth of 300 mm from the finished
ground level below the operating handle of MOM box of all isolators. MOM box shall be directly
connected to auxiliary mat which in turn shall be connected to main earth mat grid at two points.
xix) As stated in clause 5.0 above, the earth mat design shall be based on uniform spacing method.
However closely spaced corner mesh shall be provided at all corners of the main earth mat in
addition to main earth grid conductor to minimize ground potential rise and to control perimeter
gradients and step potential, two or more parallel conductor of same dia of main earth mat
shall be buried all along the perimeter.
xx) All above ground conductive metal parts that might accidentally energized shall be connected to
main earth mat.
xxi) Pipe electrode shall be used in the following area (application wise):
a) Pipe electrode in treated pit with test link (Test pit):
Application: Reactor / Power Transformer’s Neutral, Earthing Transformer / Station Service
Transformers’ Neutral, Grid Corner, LA, CVT, PT.
181
b) Pipe electrode in treated pit without test link:

Application: Lightning Mast, Shield wire down comer, Control room building / Integrated
GIS building corners.
c) Rod Earth electrode in non-treated pit:
Application: Coupling Capacitor, Grid periphery (other than grid corner).
xxii) The crushed stone / gravel spreading shall be restricted to main earth-mat area of the
switchyard.
xxiii) Earthing conductors crossing the road shall be laid 300mm below road or at greater depth to
suit site condition.
xxiv) Earthing conductors embedded in the concrete shall have approximately 50 mm concrete
cover.
5.0 TEST:
All tests as required for successful commissioning of the system shall be carried out by the contractor
at site as stated below:
a) Earth resistance check of the entire grid as per approved earth-mat design document.
b) Continuity check of the earth-mat grid.
c) Checking for all weld joint and application of zinc rich paint.
Technical Specification for Insulation Resistance (IR) Tester

(Portable & Fully Automatic)
Sl. No. Parameters Specifications
1. Functional RequirementFor the measurement of Insulation Resistance
Analysis of various equipments' insulation
2. Voltage selection 50...1000 V at 10 V steps
1...10 kV at 25 V steps
3. Measurement Range Up to 40TΩ with max resolution of 0.1TΩ
4. Short Circuit Current 1.2 mA, 3 mA and 5 mA test current
5. Step Voltage Test 50...1000 V with 10V steps
1000…10kV with 25V steps
6. Continuity For protective connections and equi-potential bonding
Measurement with 200 mA current Measurement range : Up to 999Ω
Voltage on open terminals: 4...24 V Compensation of
test lead resistance Current flowing in both directions,
mean value of resistance is displayed
7. DC and AC voltage 0 to 299.9V with 0.1V Resolution
measurement 300V to 750V with 1V Resolution
Accuracy : ±2% m.v.
Frequency range 45...65Hz
8. Capacitance Up to 49.99μF ±(5% m.v. + 5 digits)
Measurement
9. Measurement of -40.0...99.9°C with resolution of 1°C
temperature
10. Test time Up to 99 Min. 59 Sec
182

11. Modes Available T1, T2 and T3 test times for measuring one or two
absorption coefficients from the range of 1…600 s
Polarization Index (PI) Absorption coefficients Ab1,
Ab2 Dielectric Absorption Ratio (DAR) Step Voltage
Test (SV) Dielectric Discharge calculation (DD)
Continuity measurement.
12. Data storage 999 objects, which may store up to three levels of sub-
objects, 999 sub-objects for each level. Each subject,
and sub-object may store up to 999 measurements.
13. Display Graphic LCD 5.6" backlit
14. Operating Temperature -10ºC to 50ºC
15. Environmental IP67 (IP40 - with lid open)
Protection Instrument
16. Standards EN 61010-1 and IEC 61557, CAT-IV 600V (CAT-III
1000V), EN 61326-1:2006 and EN 61326-2-2:2006
17. Power supply Built-in rechargeable battery pack
Charger : 90V to 260V 50 Hz / 60 Hz
18. Scope of supply Instrument with 20m Test Lead Set, Power Supply
cable, Calibration Certificate, USB Cable, Temperature
Probe, Crocodile Clip, Pin Probe, Operation Manual,
Software.
19. Type Testing The test kit shall be type tested for Environmental
Tests, EMI-EMC & Safety Tests as per relevant IEC
Standard. The type test report form NABL accredited
lab should be submitted along with the offer.
20. Warranty / Guarantee 18 months from the date of delivery or 12 months from
the date of successful & complete commissioning at
TSECL sub-station whichever is earlier.
All the materials, including accessories, cables, laptops
(wherever supplied) etc. are to be covered under
warranty/ guarantee period. If the kit needs to be
shifted to supplier’s works for repairs within
warranty/guaranty period, suppliers will have to bear
the cost of repairs, spares and transportation of kit for
repair at service center/works.
21. Calibration certificate Unit shall be duly calibrated before supply and the date
of calibration shall not be older than two months from
the date of inspection / supply of the kit.
22. Training Supplier shall have to ensure that the kit is made user
friendly. Apart from detailed demonstration at site, the
supplier shall also have to arrange necessary training
to TSECL engineers.
23. Commissioning, Successful bidder will have to commission the
Handing over the instrument to the satisfaction of TSECL.
Instrument
24. After Sales Service Bidder will have to submit the documentary evidence of
having established mechanism in India for prompt
services.
183
Guaranteed Technical Particulars For Insulation Resistance (IR) tester

Sl. No. Parameters Specifications Bidder's Confirmation
1. Functional For the measurement of Insulation
Requirement Resistance Analysis of various
equipments' insulation
2. Voltage 50...1000 V at 10 V steps
selection 1...10 kV at 25 V steps
3. Measurement Up to 40TΩ with max reso of 0.1TΩ
Range
4. Short Circuit 1.2 mA, 3 mA and 5 mA test
Current current
5. Step Voltage 50...1000 V with 10V steps
Test 1000…10kV with 25V steps
6. Continuity For protective connections and
Measurement equi-potential bonding with 200 mA
current.
Measurement range: Up to 999Ω
Voltage on open terminals: 4...24 V
Compensation of test lead
resistance.
Current flowing in both directions,
mean value of resistance is
displayed.
7. DC and AC 0 to 299.9V with 0.1V Resolution
voltage 300V to 750V with 1V Resolution
measurement Accuracy : ±2% m.v.
Frequency range 45...65Hz
8. Capacitance Up to 49.99μF ± (5% m.v. + 5
Measurement digits)
9. Measurement of -40.0...99.9°C with resolution of
temperature 1°C
10. Test time Up to 99 Min 59 Sec.
11. Modes Available T1, T2 and T3 test times for
measuring one or two absorption
coefficients from the range of
1…600 s Polarization Index (PI)
Absorption coefficients Ab1, Ab2
Dielectric Absorption Ratio (DAR)
Step Voltage Test (SV) Dielectric
Discharge calculation (DD)
Continuity measurement
12. Data storage 999 objects, which may store up to
three
levels of sub-objects, 999 sub-
objects for each level. Each
184

subject, and sub-object may store
up to999 measurements
13. Display Graphic LCD 5.6'’ backlit

14. Operating -10ºC to 50ºC
Temperature
15. Environmental IP67 (IP40 - with lid open)
Protection
Instrument
16. Standards EN 61010-1 and IEC 61557, CAT-
IV 600V (CAT-III 1000V), EN
61326-1:2006 and EN 61326-2-
2:2006
17. Power supply Built-in rechargeable battery pack
Charger : 90V to 260V 50 Hz/60 Hz
18. Scope of supply Instrument with 20m Test Lead Set,
Power Supply cable, Calibration
Certificate, USB Cable,
Temperature Probe, Crocodile Clip,
Pin Probe, Operation Manual,
Software
19. Type Testing The test kit shall be type tested for
Environmental Tests, EMI-EMC &
Safety Tests as per relevant IEC
Standard. The type test report form
NABL accredited lab should be
submitted along with the offer.
20. Warranty / 18 months from the date of delivery
Guarantee or 12 months from the date of
successful & complete
commissioning at TSECL sub-
station, whichever is earlier.
All the materials, including
accessories, cables, laptops
(wherever supplied) etc. are to be
covered under warranty /
guarantee period. If the kit needs to
be shifted to supplier’s works for
repairs within warranty / guaranty
period, suppliers will have to bear
the cost of repairs, spares and
transportation of kit for repair at
service center / works.
185

21. Calibration Unit shall be duly calibrated before
certificate supply and the date of calibration
shall not be older than two months
from the date of inspection / supply
of the kit.
22. Training Supplier shall have to ensure that
the kit is made user friendly. Apart
from detailed demonstration at site,
the supplier shall also have to
arrange necessary training to
TSECL engineers.
23. Commissioning, Successful bidder will have to
Handing over commission the instrument to the
the Instrument satisfaction of TSECL.
24. After Sales Bidder will have to submit the
Service documentary evidence of having
established mechanism in India for
prompt services.
25. Make
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR SF6 GAS LEAKAGE DETECTOR (PORTABLE TYPE)

1. Applications Leak path identification in SF6 filled equipment.
2. Functional The console is carried via a shoulder strap while the sensor gun
Requirement is handheld. Both the sensor and handheld portions of the unit
have a digital display to show the actual SF6 level. A suction
pump inside the console generates a flow from the tip of the
handheld through the IR-sensor.
3. Principle Dual wavelength non-dispersive Infrared Spectrometer (NDIR)
4. Sensor 1 ppmv
Sensitivity No cross sensitivities to other gases
Moisture: unaffected from 0-100% relative humidity (non-
condensing)
5. Range 0 …2,000 ppmv
6. Accuracy ± 5% of value at 0 …100 ppmv
± 2% of range at 100 … 2,000 ppmv
7. Response time < 2 sec
T90
8. Repeatability < 0.3 %
9. Alarm Audio and visual. Factory audio settings are at 30, 100, and 1000
ppmv
10. Power supply Lithium-Ion battery with 8 hours capacity, Rechargeable 100265
V AC 50/60Hz
186

11. Operating Up to 45 °C
temperature
12. Dimensions Console: 285 X 195 X 80 mm Hand- un: 10 X 110 X 90 mm
13. Weight Console: 2.5 kg, Hand-gun: 0.5 kg
14. Special 1) Detects small SF6 gas concentrations down to 1 ppmv
Features 2) Detects SF6 only
- Unaffected by other gases
- Unaffected by moisture
- Unaffected by wind
3) Easy operation & Fast Response Time
15. Scope of supply The main instrument should consist of : Lithium ion batteries,
Carrying case, Hand Gun sensor & Operational Manual
16. Warranty / 18 months from the date of delivery or 12 months from the date
Guarantee of successful & complete commissioning at TSECL sub-station
(wherever required) etc. are to be covered under warranty /
guarantee period. If the kit needs to be shifted to supplier’s works
for repairs within warranty/guaranty period, suppliers will have to
bear the cost of repairs, spares and transportation of kit for repair
at service center / works.
17. Calibration Unit shall be duly calibrated before supply and the date of
certificate calibration shall not be older than two months from the date of
inspection/supply of the kit.
18. Training Supplier shall have to ensure that the kit is made user friendly.
Apart from detailed demonstration at site, the supplier shall also
have to arrange necessary training to TSECL engineers.
19. Commissioning, Successful bidder will have to commission the instrument to the
Handing over satisfaction of TSECL.
the Instrument
20. After Sales Bidder will have to submit the documentary evidence of having
Service established mechanism in India for prompt services.
Guaranteed Technical Particulars For SF6 Leakage Detector

1 Applications Leak path identification in SF6 filled
equipment
2. Functional The console is carried via a shoulder
Requirement strap while the sensor gun is handheld.
Both the sensor and handheld portions
of the unit have a digital display to
show the actual SF6 level.
A suction pump inside the console
generates a flow from the tip of the
handheld through the IR-sensor.
3. Principle Dual wavelength non-dispersive
Infrared Spectrometer (NDIR)
187

4. Sensor 1 ppmv
Sensitivity No cross sensitivities to other gases
Moisture: unaffected from 0-100%
relative humidity (non-condensing).
5. Range 0 …2,000 ppmv
6. Accuracy ± 5% of value at 0 …100 ppmv
± 2% of range at 100 … 2,000 ppmv
7. Response time < 2 sec
T90
8. Repeatability < 0.3 %
9. Alarm Audio and visual. Factory audio
settings are at 30, 100, and 1000 ppmv
10. Power supply Lithium-Ion battery with 8 hours
capacity, Rechargeable 100-265 V AC
50/60Hz
11. Operating Up to 45 °C
temperature
12. Dimensions Console: 285 X 195 X 80 mm
Hand-gun: 210 X 110 X 90
mm
13. Weight Console: 2.5 kg, Hand-gun: 0.5 kg
14 Special 1. Detects small SF6 gas
Features concentrations down to 1 ppmv
2. Detects SF6 only
- Unaffected by other gases
- Unaffected by moisture
- Unaffected by wind
3. Easy operation & Fast Response
Time
15. Scope of supply The main instrument should consist of
: Lithium ion batteries, Carrying case,
Hand Gun sensor & Operational
Manual
16. Warranty / 18 months from the date of delivery or
Guarantee 12 months from the date of successful
& complete commissioning at TSECL
sub-station whichever is earlier.
All the materials, including accessories,
cables, laptops (wherever required) etc.
are to be covered under warranty /
guarantee period. If the kit needs to be
shifted to supplier’s works for repairs
within warranty/guaranty period,
suppliers will have to bear the cost of
repairs, spares and transportation of kit
for repair at service center / works.
188

certificate supply and the date of calibration shall
not be older than two months from the
date of inspection / supply of the kit.
18. Training Supplier shall have to ensure that the
kit is made user friendly. Apart from
detailed demonstration at site, the
supplier shall also have to arrange
necessary training to TSECL
engineers.
prompt services.
21. Make
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR DIGITAL EARTH TESTER FOR MEASUREMENT OF

SOIL RESISTIVITY & GROUND RESISTANCE
1. Functional The instrument should be digital & automatic electronic
Requirement Microprocessor based Earth Resistance Meter, which will be used to
measure earth resistance of lightning conductors, substations
earthings, lightening rods, building rods, primary cabins etc. & soil
resistivity by Wenner’s 4 terminal method.
2. Measurement Earth Resistances (three pole) and Ground Resistivity by the
Wenner's (four pole) method
3. Resistance 20,000Ω in the selectable steps of 20Ω, 200Ω, 2,000Ω & 20,000Ω
range
4. Accuracy ± 2% of the measured value ± 1% of the full scale value
5. Resolution 0.01Ω
6. Spurious 0 – 200 V
voltage
measurement
7. Accuracy Resistance Measurement - ± 2% of the measured value ± 1% of the
maximum value of the selected range.
Voltage Measurement- ± 2% of the measured value ± 1% of the end
of scale value.
8. Resolution 0.01Ω for Resistance measurement & 0.1V for Voltage
measurement.
189

9. Frequency 1470Hz
range
10. AC Current Internal generator to inject AC current
11. Display 3½ digit LCD
12. Power Supply Internal rechargeable battery or, 12V external Battery. Battery
charging should be possible on 230 V AC Mains Supply Battery
status checking facility
13. Power Less than 0.5 W
14 Output current Less than 15 mA (peak to peak)
15 Special feature The meter should give intermittent audible signal to indicate
anomalies on the circuit, like current lower than required value due to
high resistivity of soil or cable discontinuity
16. Safety CE marking
17. Accessories 4 auxiliary electrodes (30cm long rods, hexagonal shape, galvanized
steel).
AC adapter for the battery charger (universal mains supply, 220 -
240V~)
Connection cable to use an external 12V battery (car battery or
similar) to charge the internal battery 40 m lead (on spool) - 1 No.
20 m leads (on spool) – 2 Nos.
5 m leads - 2 Nos.
Carrying bag
User's guide
18. Ruggedness Instrument should be housed in heavy duty moulded case for long
durability
19. Environment Temperature range up to 50°C & relative humidity up to 95%
20. Weight Less than 3 Kg
21. Warranty / 18 months from the date of delivery or 12 months from the date of
Guarantee successful & complete commissioning at TSECL substation
All the materials, including accessories, cables, laptops (wherever
supplied) etc. are to be covered under warranty / guarantee period. If
the kit needs to be shifted to supplier’s works for repairs within
warranty / guaranty period, suppliers will have to bear the cost of
repairs, spares and transportation of kit for repair at service center /
works.
22. Calibration Unit shall be duly calibrated before supply and the date of calibration
certificate shall not be older than two months from the date of inspection /
supply of the kit.
23. Training Supplier shall have to ensure that the kit is made user friendly. Apart
from detailed demonstration at site, the supplier shall also have to
arrange necessary training to TSECL’s engineers.
the Instrument
190
Guaranteed Technical Particulars For Digital Earth tester for measurement of soil
resistivity & ground resistance
1. Functional The instrument should be digital &
Requirement automatic electronic Microprocessor
based Earth Resistance Meter, which
will be used to measure earth
resistance of lightning conductors,
substations earthings, lightening rods,
building rods, primary cabins etc. &
soil resistivity by Wenner’s 4 terminal
method.
2. Measurement Earth Resistances (three pole) and
Ground Resistivity by the Wenner's
(four pole) method
3. Resistance 20,000Ω in the selectable steps of
range 20Ω, 200Ω, 2,000Ω & 20,000Ω
4. Accuracy ± 2% of the measured value ± 1% of
the full scale value
5. Resolution 0.01 Ω
6. Spurious voltage 0-200 V
measurement
7. Accuracy Resistance Measurement - ± 2% of
the measured value ± 1% of the
maximum value of the selected range.
Voltage Measurement- ± 2% of the
measured value ± 1% of the end of
scale value.
8. Resolution 0.01 Ω for Resistance measurement
& 0.1 V for Voltage measurement.
9. Frequency 1470 Hz
range
10. AC Current Internal generator to inject AC current
11. Display 3½ digit LCD
12. Power Supply Internal rechargeable battery or, 12V
external Battery.
Battery charging should be possible
on 230 V AC
Mains Supply
Battery status checking facility
13. Power Less than 0.5W
14. Output current Less than 15mA (peak to peak)
15. Special feature The meter should give intermittent
audible signal to indicate anomalies
on the circuit, like current lower than
required value due to high resistivity of
soil or cable discontinuity
191
16. Safety CE marking
17. Accessories 4 auxiliary electrodes (30cm long
rods, hexagonal shape, galvanized
steel).
AC adapter for the battery charger
(universal mains supply, 220 - 240V~)
Connection cable to use an
external 12V battery (car battery or
similar) to charge the internal
battery 40m lead (on spool) - 1 No.
20m leads (on spool) - 2Nos.
5m leads - 2 Nos.
Carrying bag
User's guide
18. Ruggedness Instrument should be housed in heavy
duty moulded case for long durability
19. Environment Temperature range up to 50°C &
relative humidity up to 95%
20. Weight Less than 3 Kg
commissioning at TSECL sub-station,
covered under warranty / guarantee
period. If the kit needs to be shifted to
supplier’s works for repairs within
warranty/guaranty period, suppliers
will have to bear the cost of repairs,
spares and transportation of kit for
repair at service center / works.
from the date of inspection/supply of
the kit.
necessary training to TSECL’s
engineers.
192
prompt services.
26. Make
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR THERMO VISION CAMERA FOR DETECTION OF HOT

SPOTS
1. Functional Thermo Vision Camera for detection of hot spots of
Requirement Transmission / Overhead Lines
2. Detector type Un-cooled FPA
3. IR resolution 384 X 288 pixels
4. Thermal Sensitivity <65 mK (≈0.065°C) @ +30°C
(NETD)
5. Spectral range 8 to 14µm
6. FOC / Min focus 21° X 16°/ 0.4 m (Standard Lens)
distance Telephoto Lens (11° X 8.5°/ 1.2 m)
7. IFOV 1.2 mrad
8. Display Size & Type 3.2” Colour LCD, 270° Tiltable
9. Visual Camera 3.0 mega pixel
10. Frequency / Refresh 50Hz / 60Hz
Rate
11. Focus Manual / Motor / Auto
12. Digital Zoom 1 to 8 X Continuous
13. Image Modes Thermal image, visual images, P-I-P, thermal fusion
14. Temperature range -20°C to 600°C
15. Temperature ±2°C or ± 2% of reading
accuracy
16. Measurement Auto / Manual
correction
17. Spot Meter 4 Adjustable Spots
18. Area Profile 3 Boxes with Max., Min. & Avg. Temp.
19. Line Profile Vertical / Horizontal
20. Isothermal analysis Capture High / Low temperature/ Interval
21. Delta T Yes
22. Emissivity correction Selectable. 0.01 to 1.0 in steps of 0.01
23. Alarm Voice, Colour
193

24. Colour Pallets 12 Nos
25. Image Adjustment Contrast & Brightness
26. Settings Language, Date, Time, Temp (C / F / K)
27. Background temp Automatic
correction
28. Atmospheric trans Automatic
correction
29. Storage Type Built-in flash card , 8GB SD Card
30. Storage Capacity Upto 700 images in built-in flash card Up to 5600 images
in 256 MB SD card
31. Storage Format JPEG with Temperature Data (14 bit)
32. Periodic Image User defined 10s at least
Storage
33. Voice Annotation 40sec Recording / Replay per Image
34. Laser Pointer Yes
35. USB Yes for Image Transfer
36. Video O/P Yes
37. Audio O/P Yes
38. Tripod Mounting 1/4" – 20
39. AC Supply 110-240V AC, 50/60Hz, 1Ph
40. Battery Type Rechargeable Li-Ion battery
41. Operating Time 3 Hrs
42. Operating -20°C to 50°C
temperature
43. Interfaces USB, Video & Audio output
44. Weight Approx. 393g
45. Standards IP 54, IEC 60068-2-29, IEC 60068-2-6
46. Scope of supply Camera with standard lens, Telephoto Lens (14° X 10.5°/
1.2 m), 2 rechargable Battery, Battery Charger, Adaptor,
USB Cable, SD Card (2GB), SD Card reader (USB),
Transport Case, Software CD.
47. Warranty / 18 months from the date of delivery or 12 months from the
Guarantee date of successful & complete commissioning at TSECL
sub-station whichever is earlier.
(wherever supplied) etc. are to be covered under warranty /
guarantee period. If the kit needs to be shifted to supplier’s
works for repairs within warranty/guaranty period, suppliers
will have to bear the cost of repairs, spares and
transportation of kit for repair at service center / works.
48. Calibration Unit shall be duly calibrated before supply and the date of
certificate calibration shall not be older than two months from the date
of inspection / supply of the kit.
49. Training Supplier shall have to ensure that the kit is made user
friendly. Apart from detailed demonstration at site, the
supplier shall also have to arrange necessary training to
194

TSECL engineers.
50. Commissioning, Successful bidder will have to commission the instrument to

Handing over the the satisfaction of TSECL.
Instrument
51. After Sales Service Bidder will have to submit the documentary evidence of
having established mechanism in India for prompt services.
Guaranteed Technical Particular For Thermo vision camera for detection of hot spots
Sl. No. Parameters Specifications Bidders comment
1. Functional Thermo Vision Camera for detection of hot
Requirement spots of Transmission / Overhead Lines
2. Detector type Un-cooled FPA
3. IR resolution 384 X 288 pixels
4. Thermal <65 mK (≈0.065°C) @ +30°C
Sensitivity
(NETD)
5. Spectral range 8 to 14µm
6. FOC / Min focus 21° X 16°/ 0.4 m (Standard Lens)
distance Telephoto Lens (11° X 8.5°/ 1.2 m)
7. IFOV 1.2 mrad
8. Display Size & 3.2” Colour LCD, 270° Tiltable
Type
9. Visual Camera 3.0 mega pixel
10. Frequency / 50Hz/60Hz
Refresh Rate
11. Focus Manual /Motor/ Auto
12. Digital Zoom 1 to 8 X Continuous
13. Image Modes Thermal image , visual images, P-I-P,
thermal fusion
14. Temperature -20°C to 600°C
range
15. Temperature ±2°C or ± 2% of reading
accuracy
16. Measurement Auto/Manual
correction
17. Spot Meter 4 Adjustable Spots
18. Area Profile 3 Boxes with Max., Min. & Avg. Temp.
19. Line Profile Vertical / Horizontal
20. Isothermal Capture High / Low temperature / Interval
analysis
21. Delta T Yes
22. Emissivity Selectable. 0.01 to 1.0 in steps of 0.01
195
correction
23. Alarm Voice, Colour
24. Colour Pallets 12 Nos.
25. Image Contrast & Brightness
Adjustment
26. Settings Language, Date, Time, Temp (C / F / K)
27. Background Automatic
temp correction
28. Atmospheric Automatic
trans correction
29. Storage Type Built-in flash card , 8GB SD Card
30. Storage Up to 700 images in built-in flash card
Capacity Up to 5600 images in 256 MB SD card
31. Storage Format JPEG with Temperature Data (14 bit)
32. Periodic Image User defined 10s at least
Storage
33. Voice 40sec Recording / Replay per Image
Annotation
34. Laser Pointer Yes
35. USB Yes for Image Transfer
36 . Video O/P Yes
37. Audio O/P Yes
38. Tripod Mounting 1/4" – 20
39. AC Supply 110-240V AC, 50/60Hz, 1Ph
40. Battery Type Rechargeable Li-Ion battery
41. Operating Time 3 Hrs
42. Operating -20°C to 50°C
temperature
43. Interfaces USB, Video & Audio output
44. Weight Approx. 393g
45. Standards IP 54, IEC 60068-2-29, IEC 60068-2-6
46. Scope of supply Camera with standard lens, Telephoto

Lens (14° X 10.5°/ 1.2 m), 2 rechargeable
Battery, Battery Charger, Adaptor, USB
Cable, SD Card (2GB), SD Card reader
(USB), Transport Case, Software CD
47. Warranty / 18 months from the date of delivery or 12
Guarantee months from the date of successful &
complete commissioning at TSECL sub-
station whichever is earlier.
196
All the materials, including accessories,
cables, laptops (wherever supplied) etc.
are to be covered under warranty/
guarantee period. If the kit needs to be
shifted to supplier’s works for repairs
within warranty / guaranty period,
suppliers will have to bear the cost of
repairs, spares and transportation of kit for
48. Calibration Unit shall be duly calibrated before supply
certificate and the date of calibration shall not be
older than two months from the date of
inspection/supply of the kit.
49. Training Supplier shall have to ensure that the kit is
made user friendly. Apart from detailed
demonstration at site, the supplier shall
also have to arrange necessary training to
TSECL engineers.
50. Commissioning, Successful bidder will have to commission
Handing over the instrument to the satisfaction of
the Instrument TSECL.
established mechanism in India for prompt
services.
52. Make
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF DIGITAL CLAMP METER

Technical Specification for Digital Clamp Meter
1. Display 3¾ digits 4000 counts LCD display
2. Jaw Size 23 mm
3. Sampling Rate 2.5 reading / sec
4. Sensing Average sensing
5. AC/DC Current Range : 40A, 200A
Resolution : 10mA , 100mA
Accuracy : ±(2.0%rdg + 3dgts)
6. AC Voltage Range : 400mV,4V, 40V, 400V, 750V
Resolution : 100µV,1mV,10mV,100mV
7. DC Voltage Range : 400mV,4V, 40V, 400V,1000V
Resolution : 100µV,1mV,10mV,100mV
197
Technical Specification for Digital Clamp Meter

8. Capacitance Range : 40nF,400nF, 4µF,40µF
Resolution : 10pF, 100pF,1nF, 10nF
9. Resistance Range : 400Ω, 4KΩ, 40KΩ,400 KΩ, 4MΩ , 40MΩ
Resolution : 100mΩ , 1Ω, 10Ω, 100Ω ,1 KΩ, 10KΩ
10. Continuity Test If the resistance is less than 100W, the beeper sounds
continuously
11. Frequency Up to 9.999 MHz
12. Duty Cycle Range : 0.1%~99.9%
Resolution : 0.1%
13. Special Features High Resolution DCA / ACA of 1mA
Auto Polarity display
Auto Zero Adjustment
Display annunciators for all functions & ranges
Continuity & Diode Measurements
Auto Power Off
Low Battery Indication
Diode Test
14. Power Supply 1.5V AAA battery x 2
15. Operating -0 ̊C ~50 ̊C : below 75% R.H.
Temperature &
Humidity
16. Dimension 183(L) X 43(W) X 31(H) mm
17. Weight Approx. 200 gm (battery included)
18. Accessories Test leads, Carrying Case, Battery installed, User's Manual
19. Warranty / 18 months from the date of delivery or 12 months from the date
Guarantee of successful & complete commissioning at TSECL sub-station
20. Training Supplier shall have to ensure that the kit is made user friendly.
Apart from detailed demonstration at site, the supplier shall
also have to arrange necessary training to TSECL engineers.
the Instrument
Guaranteed Technical particular for Digital Clamp Meter

1. Display 3¾ digits 4000 counts LCD display
2. Jaw Size 23 mm
3. Sampling Rate 2.5 reading / sec
4. Sensing Average sensing
198

5. AC / DC Current Range : 40A,200A
Resolution : 10mA , 100mA
6. AC Voltage Range : 400mV,4V, 40V, 400V,
750V
Resolution :
100µV,1mV,10mV,100mV
7. DC Voltage Range : 400mV,4V, 40V,
400V,1000V
Resolution :
100µV,1mV,10mV,100mV
Accuracy : ± (1.0%rdg + 3dgts)
8. Capacitance Range : 40nF,400nF, 4µF,40µF
Resolution : 10pF, 100pF,1nF, 10nF
9. Resistance Range : 400Ω, 4KΩ, 40KΩ,400
KΩ, 4MΩ , 40MΩ
Resolution : 100mΩ , 1Ω, 10Ω,
100Ω ,1 KΩ, 10KΩ
10. Continuity Test If the resistance is less than 100W,
the beeper sounds continuously
11. Frequency Up to 9.999 MHz
12. Duty Cycle Range : 0.1%~99.9%
Resolution : 0.1%
13. Special Features High Resolution DCA / ACA of 1mA
Auto Polarity display
Auto Zero Adjustment
Display annunciators for all
functions & ranges
Continuity & Diode Measurements
Auto Power Off
Low Battery Indication
Diode Test
14. Power Supply 1.5V AAA battery x 2
15. Operating -0 ̊C ~50 ̊C : below 75% R.H.
Temperature &
Humidity
16. Dimension 183(L) X 43(W) X 31(H) mm
17. Weight Approx. 200 gm (battery included)
18. Accessories Test leads, Carrying Case, Battery
installed, User's Manual
199

Commissioning at TSECL sub-
station whichever is earlier.
20. Training Supplier shall have to ensure that
the kit is made user friendly. Apart
from detailed demonstration at site,
the supplier shall also have to
arrange necessary training to
TSECL engineers.
prompt services.
23. Make
Break Down Voltage (BDV) Test Kit for oil (100 KV)
Technical Specification For Break Down Voltage (BDV) Test Kit for oil (100KV) –
Portable & Automatic Oil test set
1. Functional Requirement Automatic Oil Break Down Voltage Test Kit
suitable for testing of Transformer Oil as per
IEC 156, IS 6792, ASTM D877, ASTM D1816,
UNE 21, Withstand A, Withstand B, 5 Min Test
& Custom Mode.
2. Voltage Range 0 to 100 KV AC
3. Trip Current 10mA
4. Indication 3½ Digit Panel Meter
5. Resolution 100V in Manual Mode & 400V in Auto Mode
6. Accuracy +/-3% ± 2 digits
7. Control Auto/Manual Mode
8. Kit Should have separate Yes / No
switches for HT on & OFF
9. Kit should have BDV hold facility Yes / No
with reset switch
10. It should have Safety lock with Yes / No
indication
11. Protected against overloads & Yes / No
short circuits
12. The instrument should have Stand time :
Option to set Selectable
Stir Time :
200
Selectable
13. Rate of rise of voltage In the range of 0.5 KV to 5 KV adjustable

14. Safety Safety interlock on high voltage test chamber.
Open Ground & interlock indication &
protection on front panel.
It should have facility for Time & Dated result
print or download via RS 232 interface with 100
test result memory.
Should have built-in-printer.
Should have option for Quick test selection
through Keypad.
15. Required accessories Oil test vessels with lid – 1 no.
Spherical electrodes fitted to test set – 1 Pair
Mushroom Type Electrode – 1 Pair
Cylindrical electrodes – 1 Pair
Plate Type Electrode – 1 Pair
Padded transport case – 1 no.
Users/instruction manual – 1 no.
16. Power Supply 230V AC+/-10%, 50Hz +/- 3 % 230V /110VAC
Environmental Tests, EMI-EMC & Safety Tests
as per relevant IEC Standard. The type test
report form NABL accredited lab should be
18. Warranty / Guarantee 18 months from the date of delivery or 12
months from the date of successful & complete
commissioning at TSECL sub-station
All the materials, including accessories, cables,
laptops (wherever supplied) etc. are to be
covered under warranty / guarantee period. If
the kit needs to be shifted to supplier’s works
for repairs within warranty/guaranty period,
suppliers will have to bear the cost of repairs,
spares and transportation of kit for repair at
service center / works.
19. Calibration certificate Unit shall be duly calibrated before supply and
the date of calibration shall not be older than
two months from the date of inspection / supply
of the kit.
20. Training Supplier shall have to ensure that the kit is
made user friendly. Apart from detailed
201
demonstration at site, the supplier shall also
have to arrange necessary training to TSECL’s
engineers.
21. Commissioning, Handing over the Successful bidder will have to commission the
Instrument instrument to the satisfaction of TSECL.
22. After Sales Service Bidder will have to submit the documentary
evidence of having established mechanism in
India for prompt services.
Guaranteed Technical Particular For Break Down Voltage (BDV) Test Kit for oil
(100KV) – Portable & Automatic Oil test set
1. Functional Automatic Oil Break Down Voltage
Requirement Test
Kit suitable for testing of Transformer
Oil as per IEC 156, IS 6792, ASTM
D877,
ASTM D1816, UNE 21, Withstand A,
Withstand B, 5 Min Test & Custom
Mode.
2. Voltage Range 0 to 80 KV AC
3. Trip Current 10mA
4. Indication 3½ Digit Panel Meter
5. Resolution 100V in Manual Mode & 400V in
Auto Mode
6. Accuracy +/-3% ± 2 digits
7. Control Auto / Manual Mode
8. Kit Should have Yes / No
separate
switches for HT
on & OFF
9. Kit should have Yes / No
BDV hold facility
with reset switch
10. It should have Yes / No
Safety lock with
indication
11. Protected against Yes / No
overloads & short
circuits
202
12. The instrument Stand time : Selectable
should have Stir time : Selectable
Option to set
13. Rate of rise of In the range of 0.5 KV to 5 KV
voltage adjustable
14. Safety Safety interlock on high voltage test
chamber
Open Ground & interlock indication &
protection on front panel
It should have facility for Time &
Dated result print or download via
RS 232 interface with 100 test result
memory
Should have built-in-printer
Should have option for Quick test
selection through Keypad
15. Required Oil test vessels with lid – 1 no.
accessories Spherical electrodes fitted to test set
– 1 Pair.
Mushroom Type Electrode – 1 Pair
Cylindrical electrodes – 1 Pair
Plate Type Electrode – 1 Pair
Padded transport case – 1 no
Users/instruction manual – 1 no
16. Power Supply 230V AC+/-10%, 50Hz +/- 3 % 230V
/110VAC
Environmental Tests, EMI-EMC &
Safety Tests as per relevant IEC
Standard. The type test report form
NABL accredited lab should be
commissioning at TSECL sub-station
203
covered under warranty / guarantee
period. If the kit needs to be shifted
to supplier’s works for repairs within
warranty / guaranty period, suppliers
will have to bear the cost of repairs,
spares and transportation of kit for
from the date of inspection/supply of
the kit.
necessary training to TSECL’s
engineers.
Handing over the commission the instrument to the
Instrument satisfaction of TSECL.
prompt services.
23. Make
204
SECTION – VI
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDER(S)
i) The Bidder(s), before submitting of Bid(s), are advised to invariably visit the site of the work and satisfy
himself about physical volume of works to be carried out, acquaint him with the environment, take into
consideration details of all minor & major Technical requirements so as to ensure successful
completion of the work with ease & comfort on award.
ii) The work is a Turnkey assignment in Nature. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for total
commissioning of all Equipment & associated controls as per standard & requirement of TSECL.
Therefore the Contractor shall give due importance to each & every details of the work. He shall be
liable to take care of and arrange for even any petty but integral component (not considered in the
scope of the work) for total completion of the work.
iii) The Bidder(s) shall have to furnish “Guaranteed Technical Particulars” of each item of Equipments /
Switchgears / Spares / others as per “Technical Particulars” sought in FORMAT(s) appended in the
Bidding Document. Furnishing of “Technical Particulars” of such item(s), which have not been sought
through formal FORMAT in the Document, shall be the responsibility of the Bidder(s) as per guaranteed
particulars of the related Manufacturer(s).
iv) The Bidder(s) shall have to furnish Manufacturer’s “Literature on product Specification” of all Major
equipment with Bidding Document.
v) The Bidder(s) shall also furnish “Technical Particulars” of all sub-item(s) of Main Item, for example,
“Tri-vector” Energy meter of Control & relay Panel.
vi) List of MAKE for Equipments / Switchgears and all other items have been furnished in the Bidding
Document. The Bidder(s) shall have to supply item of such MAKE acceptable as Standard Product
and to be authenticated by supporting Document as to utilization by any State Electricity board / Power
utility / Power corporation of the Country.
vii) The Successful Bidder shall have to submit “Design, drawing and dimensional details” of all
equipments, Switchgears, Structures, Construction Standards and Bill of materials etc. within 15 days
from the date of issue of Letter of Award (LOA) for approval of the Owner. The work shall be based
strictly on such approved drawing.
viii) The Spares and Tools & Plants as specified in the Schedule shall be of the particular MAKE. All such
spares and T & P shall be supplied along with related Literature / Manual / Catalogue of concerned
Manufacturer.
ix) Specification of All Civil Works shall be guided by the Standards of TRIPURA PWD (Public Works
Department).The Successful Bidder shall have to submit “Design and drawing of Sub-station layout,
Foundation of Equipments and Structures, Cable Trench Details, Repair to Boundary Wall and Internal
wiring of Control Room Building etc.” within 15 days from the date of issue of LOA for approval of the
Owner. The work shall be based strictly on such approved drawing.
205
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
1. This document shall be read in conjunction with the other tendering Documents.
2. The work shall be carried according to the description of the Item(s) in the Bill of quantities attached in
Part – I. The building work shall generally conform to specifications for works in “The Tripura PWD
Specification 1972 Building Work” where Tripura PWD specifications for building work is silent, CPWD
specifications or provisions contained in “National Building Code” (Latest Edition) shall be followed.
3. “Specification for Road & Bridge Works (Latest Revision)” published by the Ministry of shipping, Road
Transport & Highways (MoRTH, Specification for Rural Roads, MoRD) shall be followed, and where the
said specification is silent or items which are not covered, the Tripura PWD Specification, 1972/the
specification of CPWD/CPHEEO/CWC/BIS or relevant IRC Standard Specifications as amended till date
as determined by the Deputy General Manager, in that order should be followed.
4.
SPECIAL CONDITION
1. Specification of Cement
a) OPC CEMENT OF ISI Marked 43 grade containing 50 Kg each bag, conforming to IS: 8112 only
to be used of current manufacturing date not before 90 days to reach in at work site.
b) Cement will be of in machine stitched polythene bag of preferable manufacturer (i) Valley Strong
(ii) Star (iii) Crown etc.
c) Cement is to be purchased from the authorized dealer having Tripura sale tax registration. Prior
to procurement approval from authority to be obtained. Cement shall be brought at site in bulk
supply as desires by the Engineer-in-charge.
d) Before use of cement in the work, the original cash memo /voucher is to be produced before the
Sr.Manager / Manager. The Sr.Manager should maintained a cement register separately in
respect of procuring cement by the contractor.
2. Specification of steel reinforcement arranged by the agency shall confirm to relevant IS codes / BIS
codes procured from TATA ISCON (TMTSD) / SAILTMT (EQR) / SRMB TMT / ELEGANT TMT.
3. Necessary test certificate from Government recognized lab from cement ,steel, concrete, sand, bricks
etc. shall have to be produced by the contractor as an when asked by the TSECL at agency’s cost .
Test certificate shall be confirm to the relevant IS as well as BIS codes.
4. Stone aggregate (Assam Stone) must be of well graded machine crushed matching with the relevant
specification and IS code of the work. Necessary T.P of carriage up to works side to be submitted to
TSECL. Documentary proof (T.P) issued by the concerned authority (forest Department) to be furnished
prior to execution.
5. Before submitting the tender , the tenderer’s are to satisfied themselves by actual visit to site, regarding
availability of the labour and materials and site condition and any claim of the tenderer submitting
tenders shall not be entertained afterword in respect of non-availability of labour, materials and site
conditions . Any roads and paths, if required for the work will have to be made by the contractor at his
own cost and nothing extra will be paid.
6. During the period, prior to the handing over of the work complete in all respects to the Deputy General
Manager, damarages to the work, if any, is to be made good by the contractor at his own cost and
noting extra will be paid.
206
7. Concrete mixture machine, Vibrator to be used for any kind of C.C and R.C.C work (Full bag 10/7
capacity Mixture machine with hopper).
8. Weight machine to be kept at work site to verify the weight / mass of the material contained.
9. Sand shall be of relevant IS code preferably from Chechrimile quarry.
10. Traffic on the road should be maintained if required during working period and the contractor will have to
take precaution for his workers. If necessary, he will have to provide diversion at his own cost.
11. The contractor shall be responsible for the true and prefect setting out of the work and correctness of
the position, level, and dimensions of all parts of the work. If at any time during the progress of the work
shall any error arise in the position, level, or dimensions of any part of the work, fitting or fixing etc. the
contractor shall be liable to rectify or change as directed by the Deputy General Manager at his own
cost and risk.
12. The work, which does not conform to specification, must be struck down and rejected materials
removed from the site of works as directed by the Deputy General Manager.
13. Contractor must take arrangement to dump disposable / excavated earth outside the project periphery
at his own cost and risk. No charge / payment in this regard will be entertained. No plea about dumping
of earth will be tenable.
14. The Department / Corporation will not take any responsibility regarding any permit. Contractor shall
arrange permit if required at his risk and cost for collecting any materials from outside Tripura state.
They are requested to get themselves apprised of GST rules.
15. Only ply shuttering to be used (Mix 12mm thick) in this work for all R.C.C. Unserviceable / defective ply /
form box will not be allowed in, any case.
16. Green ply / kitply to be used ads flash door shutter.
17. All PVC pipes, fittings must be made of prince / oriplast.
18. Vitrified tiles, or other glazed tiles must be made of Kazaria, Johnson, Vermora, make.
19. C.P bibcock, stopcock, pillar tape, basin tape must be made of Royal / Pushp / Mare Jaquan make.
Heavy GI fittings to be used for internal water supply net work including conceel line if any. All sanitary
fitting like Europen commode, Indian OT pan, Urinal pan etc. must be made of Hind ware / Pary ware
make.
20. Door locks, latches, handles, door closures etc. must be make at Gadrej / link.
207
Annexure – I
PRICE BREAK-UP FOR SUPPLY: -
a) Basic price :- Rs.
b) Road Transport charges, including Loading at : - Rs.

dispatch point, unloading inclusive of
comprehensive insurance and other charges
c) Total :- Rs.
d) GST rate :-
e) GST amount :- Rs.
f) Discount if any on Rs…………….. :- Rs.
g) Bidder should declare any other Taxes / duties : - Rs.

not covered above and Amount, if applicable
h) Grand total :- Rs.
PRICE BREAK-UP FOR CIVIL & ERECTION WORK: -
a) Basic price :- Rs.
b) GST rate :-
c) GST amount :- Rs.
d) Discount if any on Rs…………….. :- Rs.
e) Bidder should declare any other Taxes / duties : - Rs.

not covered above and Amount, if applicable
f) Grand total :-
Signature of the Tenderer / Bidder

208
Annexure – VI
MAKERS LIST OF MATERIALS
Sl. No. Items Manufacturer

1. Power Transformer BHEL / ALSTOM / CGL / Siemens / Bharat Bijlee / ABB
/ Transformers & Rectifiers (India) Ltd./ Volt Amp /
Prolec GE.
2. 132 KV SF6 Breaker Alstom / CGL / Siemens / ABB / BHEL
3. 33 KV SF6 Breaker CGL / ABB / Schneider
4. 132 KV Isolator Siemens / ABB / CGL / Alstom / Hivelm / M/s Raychem
RPG Pvt. Ltd., / GR Power / Project Electricals (PEI)
5. 33 KV Isolator Switchgear & Control Pvt. Ltd. / JK Electricals / Bharat
Electrical Industries / Hivelm / Project Electricals (PEI) /
Siemens / GR Power / Electrolities (Power) Pvt. Ltd.
6. 132 KV CT Alstom / CGL / Siemens / ABB / Vidyut Control System
Pvt. Ltd.
7. 33 KV CT Vidyut Control System Pvt. Ltd. / Switchgear & Control
Pvt. Ltd. / Schneider / CGL / ABB
8. 132 KV PT Alstom / CGL / Siemens / ABB
9. 33 KV PT Vidyut Control System Pvt. Ltd. / Switchgear & Control
Pvt. Ltd. / Schneider / CGL / ABB
10. LA Alstom / CGL / Oblum / Raychem RPG / Lamco Ltd.
11. CVT Alstom / CGL / BHEL / ABB / Siemens
12. Hardware Fittings / Clamps, EMI / Rashtraudyog Ltd. / Electromech & Transtech /
Connectors etc EMC LTD / IAC / Klemmen / Megha / IPS / TLP / TM
POWER.
13. Power cable Havells / Polycab / KEI / Gloster / Torrent / GEMSCAB /
CCI
14. Control Cable Havells / Polycab / KEI / Gloster / Torrent / GEMSCAB /
CCI
15. Relay & Control Panel Siemens / ABB / ALSTOM / L & T / Schneider Electric /
PASCAL SWITCHGEAR / AMARARAJA
16. Nuts & Bolts and other Reputed manufacturer having credentials of supplying
hardwares to different Central / State power utilities.
17. Relays SIEMENS / ABB / GE ALSTOM
18. 11 KV VCB Crompton Greaves / Siemens / ABB / L & T / PASCAL
19. Energy Meter L & T (ER 300P)
20. Battery & Battery Charger Exide / Amara Raja / Chabbi Electricals Pvt. Ltd. /
Caldyne
21. Oil Filter Plant John Fowler (NIRMAL BRAND) / CEE DEE Vacuum /
AR ENGINEERING.
23. Sub-Station Lighting Philips / Havells / CGL / Bajaj.
Equipments
24. Marshaling Kiosk / box, Electro Allied Products / Vikas Engg. Associates / Bose
Junction box. Corporation / Control & Switchgear / Maktel.
209
Sl. No. Items Manufacturer

25. Structural Steel Re-rollers shall purchase Billets from SAIL / TISCO /
RINL / ISCO / VIZAG / Other reputed manufacturer
having credentials of supplying to different Central /
State power utilities.
26. Nuts & bolts and other Reputed manufacturer having credentials of supplying
hardwares to different Central / State power utilities.
27. ACSR PANTHER APAR Industries / Saravathi Conductor / Sterlite
conductor of size 30/7/3.0 Industries / Smita Conductor / Cabcon India Pvt. Ltd./
mm Lumino Industries Ltd / Reputed manufacturer having
credentials of supplying to different Central / State
power utilities.
28. 7/3.15 mm galvanized Reputed manufacturer having credentials of supplying
Steel Stranded Wire of Gr. to different Central / State power utilities.
– III conforming to ISS:
2141 of 1979 of as
amended latest
29. Hardware fittings EMI / Rashtraudyog Ltd. / Electromech & Transtech /
EMC LTD / IAC / Klemmen / Megha / IPS / TLP
30. Disc Insulator (11 KV Disc Aditya Birla Insulators Ltd. / BHEL / IEC / WSI /
Insulator of size 255 mm X Reputed manufacturer having credentials of supplying
145 mm Ball & Socket type to different Central / State power utilities.
EMS 120 KN)
31. 40 mm dia G.I. Pipe TATA / BANSAL / BMW / JINDAL.
All materials should be embossed/engraved with TSECL-IPDS for identification.

210
ANNEXURE-I
PROFORMA OF BANK GUARANTEE FOR
CONTRACT PERFORMANCE
(To be stamped in accordance with stamp Act)
Ref. …………………………. Bank Guarantee No. ……………………………
Date ……………………………
To
Bidyut Bhavan, North Banamalipur,
Agartala – 799001,
West Tripura.
Dear Sir,
In consideration of Tripura State Electricity Corporation Limited (hereinafter referred to as the ‘Owner’,
which expression shall unless repugnant to the contest or meaning thereof include its successors,
administrators and assigns) having awarded to M/s ……………………….. with its registered / Head office at
…………………………….(hereinafter referred to as ‘Contractor’ which expression shall unless repugnant to
the context or meaning thereof, include its successors, administrators, executors and assigns), a Contract by
issued of Owner’s Letter of Award No……………………..dated………………….and the same having been
acknowledged by the Contractor, resulting in a Contract bearing No. ………………dated
………………….valued at ……………for …………………(scope of contract) and the Contactor having agreed
to provide a Contract Performance Guarantee for the faithful performance of the entire Contract equivalent to
…………………………being .(%) per cent) of the said value of the Contract to the Owner.
We, ……………………………………………………………………… (Name & Address) having its Head Office

at…………………………….(hereinafter referred to as the ‘Bank’, which expression shall, unless repugnant to
the context or meaning thereof, include its successors, administrators , executors and assigns) do hereby
guarantee and undertake to pay the Owner, on demand any or all monies payable by the Contractor to the
extent of …………………………………………………………………..as aforesaid at any time up to
………………………… ** (see in note below) ………………………….. (days/month/year) without any demur,
reservation, contest, recourse or protest and/or without any reference to the Contractor.
Any such demand made by the Owner on the bank shall be conclusive and binding notwithstanding any
difference between the Owner and the Contractor or any dispute pending before any Court, Tribunal,
Arbitrator or any other authority. The Bank undertakes not to revoke this guarantee during its currency without
previous consent of the Owner and further agrees that the guarantee herein contained shall continue to be
enforceable till the Owner discharges this guarantee.
The Owner shall have the fullest liberty without affecting in any way the liability of the Bank under the
guarantee, from time to time to extend the time for performance or the Contract by the Contractor. The Owner
shall have the fullest liberty, without affecting this guarantee, to postpone from time to time the exercise of any
powers vested in them or of any right which they might have against the Contractor, and to exercise the same
at any time in any manner, and either to enforce or to for bear to enforce any covenants, contained or implied,
in the Contact between the Owner and the Contractor or any other course or remedy or security available to
the Owner. The Bank shall not be released to its obligations under these presents by any exercise by the
Owner of its liberty with reference to the matters aforesaid or any of them or by reason of any other act of
omission or commission on the part of the Owner or any other indulgences shown by the Owner or by any
211
other matter or thing what so ever which under law would, but for this provision have the effect of relieving the
Bank.
The bank also agrees that the Owner at its option shall be entitled to enforce this guarantee against the Bank
as a principal debtor, in the first instance without proceeding against the Contractor and not withstanding any
security or other guarantee the Owner may have in relation to the Contactor’s liabilities.
Notwithstanding anything contained herein above our liability under this guarantee is restricted to ………..and
it shall remain in force upto and including ……………..and shall be extended from time to time for such period
(not exceeding one year), as may be desired M/s …………….on whose behalf this guarantee has been given.
Dated this ………………. day of …………………200…………………. At ……………
WITNESS
…………………………………… ……………………………………
(Signature) (Signature)
…………………………………… ……………………………………
(Name) (Name)
…………………………………… ……………………………………
(Official Address) (Official Address)
Attorney as per Power

Of Attorney No. …………………………….
Date ……………………………………….
NOTES:
 This sum shall be ‘ten per cent (10 %)’ of the Contact Price.
** The date will be ninety (90) days after the end of date of ‘Warranty Period’ as specified in the
Contract.
1.The Stamp Papers of appropriate value shall be purchased in the name of issuing Bank.
**************************
212
ANNEXURE-II
APPLICATION FOR EXTENSION OF TIME
(Part – I)
1. Name of Contractor _______________________________________________________
2. Name of work (as given in the contract) _______________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
3. Agreement no. ____________________________________________________________
4. Contract amount _________________________________________________________
5. Date of Commencement of work as per agreement _______________________________
6. Period allowed for completion of work (as per agreement) ________________________
7. Date of completion stipulated in the agreement _________________________________
8. Actual date of completion __________________________________________________
9. Period for which extension of time has been given previously if any ________________
a) 1st extension vide No. _____________________________________________________
b) 2nd extension vide No._____________________________________________________
c) 3rd extension vide No. _____________________________________________________
d) 4th extension vide No. _____________________________________________________
10. Period for which extension have been previously given (Copies of the previous application should be
attached).
11. Hindrances on account of which extension is applied for with date on which hindrances occurred.
Remarks as to why the

to items which overlap
hindrances is likely to
Overlapping period, if
Nature of hindrances
any, giving reference
hindrances occurred
extension is applied
Date of occurrence
and justification for

Extension of time
applied for by the
extension of time
Period for which
Period of which
contractor
Sl. No.
last
for.
12. Total period for which extension is now applied for on account of hindrances mentioned above.
13. Extension of time required for extra work: - ___________ Months. ____________ days.
14. Detailed for extra work and the amount involved: -
15.
a)
Total value of extra work: -
b)
Proportionate period of extension of time based on estimated amount put to tender on account of
extra work: -
16. Total extension of time required for 11 & 12: -
Signature of Contractor
213

(Part – II)
(To be filled in by TSECL)
1. Date of receipt of application from ___________________________________________ contractor for
the work of _________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________ in the Sub-
Divisional ______________________________________________________.
2. Acknowledgement issued by the Sr. Manager, vide his No. ________________________
__________________ Dated _____________________________.
3. Recommendation of Sr. Manager, in – charge of the Sub-Division is to whether the reasons given by the
Contractor are correct and what extension, if any, recommended by him, if he does not recommended the
extension, reasons for rejection should be given
Dated ………………….. Signature of the Sr. Manager in-charge of Sub-Division.

214

(Part – III)
(To be filled in by TSECL)
1. Date of receipt in the Divisional office: ________________________________________
2. Report of DGM, in-charge of the Division regarding hindrances mentioned by the contractor
_______________________________________________________________
any, giving reference to
Remarks as to why the

Net extension applied
hindrances is likely to
Overlapping period, if
Nature of hindrances
hindrances occurred
items which overlap
Date of occurrence
and justification for

Extension of time
applied for by the
Period for which
recommended
contractor
extension
Sl. No.
last
for
3. Recommendation / Approval of the DGM, in-charge of the Division: -

(The present progress of work should be stated and whether the work is likely to be completed by the date
upto which extension is applied for, if extension of time is not recommended, what compensation is
proposed to be levied under clause 13 of section - III.
Signature of DGM
4. Recommendation / Approval of the AGM, in-charge of the Circle: -
Signature of AGM
5. Recommendation / Approval of the GM (Technical): -
Signature of GM (Technical)
6. Recommendation / Approval of the CMD: -
Signature of CMD
215
ANNEXURE – III
DECLARATION BY BIDDER
I/We hereby declare that I/we have personally gone through the Bid-
Document of Contract, Technical Specifications, other instructions/ Special
instructions etc. incorporated in the Bidding Document for the works/ Supply
and I/We do agree to abide by all the rules and regulations of TSECL, Agartala,
Tripura.
Date:-
Place:-
Authorized signatory
of Firm/Agency
SEAL
216
ANNEXURE – IV
(N.J. Stamp of Rs.30/-)
BEFORE THE NOTARY
__________: TRIPURA.
INDEMNITY BOND
THIS INDEMNITY BOND IS EXECUTED ON THE______________________ DAY OF____ 2010 A. D.

By Shri ___________________________________,
S/O. Shri / Late _________________________________, Vill._______________________ P.S.
___________________, District _____________________________, aged about _______ years, a
citizen of India (Here-in-after called the Contractor indemnifier) in favour of Tripura State Electricity
Corporation Ltd. (TSECL) (Here-in-after called the Corporation) under the terms and conditions here-in-
after mentioned : -
WHEREAS, I am a Class __Government Contractor and the Corporation awarded me to execute the
work namely________________________________________________ _________agree to
indemnify the corporation that in the event of any accident of any workman, arising out of and in course
of employment, during execution of the work I shall be liable to pay full compensation to the workmen
employed by me for execution of the work.
I also agree to indemnify and save harmless the corporation that, the lives & bodies of my workmen(s),
employed by me for execution of this work, are duly insured with the
_______________________________________________________________ Insurance
Company________________
Branch under Act / Scheme.
I further agree to indemnify and save harmless the corporation that the corporation or any of its Director
(s) or Officer(s) or Manager(s) shall not be made liable to pay any compensation to any workmen in the
event of death or bodily injury, arising out of the in course of employment under me, employed by me for
execution of the work namely
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
IN WITNESS WHERE OF I SIGN THIS INDEMNITY BOND TODAY, THE DAY, MONTH, YEAR FIRST
ABOVE WRITTEN IN PRESENCE OF FOLLOWING WITNESSES.
Witnesses
1. _______________________________
Full Signature of Contractor (INDEMNIFIER)
2.
Identified by me
___________________________________
Advocate
217
Annexure-V
ACCEPTANCE LETTER AFTER DUE ATTESTION BY NOTARY

(TO BE SUBMITTED IN TECHNICAL BID)
Refer NIT No._________________________________ Date______________________
To
The General Manager Technical
Bidyut Bhavan
Banamalipur,
Agartala, West Tripura
Sir,
Acceptance of TSECL’S NIT Clause No. 7.7 (v) of Section –I
1. I/We hereby declare that I/We have gone through the NIT Clause No. 7.7(V) of Section –I of this
NIT.
2. I/We hereby declare the acceptance of the aforesaid mentioned clause.
3. I/We hereby on behalf of (the name of the Vendor / Firm…………………………) declare that we
are not “De-barred/Black listed” by any Central (GOI)/State Govt owned Power Utility, for supply of
similar materials during last 3 years for whatever reasons.
Yours faithfully,
Date:………
(Signature of the Tenderer)

With rubber Stamp
Attestation Signature of Notary

With Rubber Stamp
Date:
218
Annexure-VI
Certificate regarding Summary Statement of Yearly Turnover
This is to certify that the following statement is the summary of the audited Balance Sheet arrived in
favour of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . for the three consecutive years or
for such period since inception of the Firm, if it was set in less than such three year's period.
Financial
Sl.
No. Turnover rounded up to ` in Remarks
Year lakh (two digit after decimal)
1.
2.
3.
Total
Average Turnover: In
Note:
1. Year proceeding the current financial year is to be considered as Year-1.
2. Average turnover is to be expressed in lakh of rupees, rounded up to two digits after decimal.
3. Average turnover for 3 years is to be obtained by dividing the total turnover by 3.0. If the Firm was
set up in less than 3 year's period, consider the turnover for the period from inception to the Year-1. It
may be either 1.0 or 2.0. Average turnover is to be obtained by dividing the total turnover by 1.0 or
2.0, as the case may be.
4. In case, the firm was set up in less than 3 year's period, mention the year of inception in the
‘Remarks’ column.
……………………………………………………………………
SIGNATURE OF THE TENDERER WITH OFFICE SEAL
219
Section-VII
Price Schedule/BoQ
Price shall be submitted/uploaded as per Price Schedule/BoQ given/uploaded in the e-procurement portal
http://tripuratenders.gov.in
Single Line Diagram of 132KV Garodtilla Sub-Station, Kamalpur
132KV 132KV 132KV
P.K.Bari Fdr Ambassa Fdr Dhalabil Fdr
Scope of Work
132KV LA 132KV LA
132KV ISO 132KV ISO 132KV ISO
132KV CT 132KV CT 132KV CT
132KV PT 132KV 132KV 132KV

SF6 Bkr. SF6 Bkr. SF6 Bkr.
132KV MAIN BUS
2 X 10 MVA,
132/11KV POWER 1 X 10/16MVA,
TRF.(Dyn11) 132/33KV POWER
TRF.(YNyn0)
11KV Inc.Bkr.
33KV ISO
11KV U.G. CABLE
11KV Inc. CT
33KV Inc. Bkr.
33KV Inc. CT
33 KV BUS
11KV BUS
33KV ISO
11KV O/G Bkr.
33KV O/G Bkr.

11KV O/G CT 33KV O/G CT
11 KV OUT GOING FEEDER

33 KV OUT GOING FEEDER

GM Tech Agt Kmlbid1 29-03-19

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

GM Tech Agt Kmlbid1 29-03-19

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

TRIPURA STATE ELECTRICITY CORPORATION LIMITED

(A Govt. of Tripura Enterprise)

NIT NO: 59/GM(Tech)/TSECL/IPDS/KMP SS(Ph-II)/2018-19 Dt. 06.03.2019

Estimated Cost: Rs. 59996581.00

5.0 Critical Dates:

5. Place of Pre-Bid Meeting: General Manager, Technical, Corporate Office,

6.0 Scope of Work:

7.0 QUALIFYING REQUIREMENTS FOR BIDDERS:

i. Photo copy of PAN Card.

15.0 Submission of Bids:

Bid Envelop-I (Technical Bid):

Sl. Folder Name Documents to be uploaded

2. DNIT Documents I. Corrigendum, if published

1. Scanned copy of Tender Fee and EMD in single PDF.

Bid Envelop-II (Financial Bid):

General Manager Technical

General Manager Technical

3.2 UNDERSTANDING OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS

5. CORRIGENDUM /AMENDMENT TO BIDDING DOCUMENTS

Part-I: Envelop-I (Technical Bid):

ix. Providing Guaranteed Technical Particulars of Equipment / Materials

c) Contract Performance Guarantee:

Bid Envelop-I (Technical Bid):

Sl. Folder Name Documents to be uploaded

2. DNIT Documents II. Corrigendum, if published

1. Scanned copy of Tender Fee and EMD in single PDF.

Bid Envelop-II (Financial Bid):

General Manager Technical,

BID OPENING AND EVALUATION

TSECL as required in these specifications and documents. TSECL determination of a Bid’s

No load Loss: Rs.5, 61,036.00 / KW

30. COMPARISON OF BIDS

1.29 ‘Drawings’, ‘Plans’ shall mean all:

9.0 ENFORCEMENT OF TERMS

A) For supply of Equipment / materials

C) For the Spares & Tools & Plant

46.0 SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTES

14.6 Electricity – Power Supply

25.3 Comprehensive Automobile Insurance

27.0 WORK & SAFETY REGULATION

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR 10/16 MVA, 132/33 KV POWER TRANSFORMER

ix) Other Relevant IS as per CBIP reference.

5.6 Insulation Levels:

Highest system Basic Insulation Level Phase to Phase Phase to earth

12.0 Off load tap Changer:

Sl. No. Type of Losses 10/16 MVA, 132/33 Transformer

36.0 Cleaning and Painting:

s) A suitable ladder to be provided to climb up transformer top for easy monitoring or

3) Pressure Withstand Test on the Main Tank.

a) Lightning Impulse Test on Chopped on the Tail

GURANTEED TECHNICAL PARTICULARS

SL. DESCRIPTION SUBMISSION

SL. DESCRIPTION SUBMISSION

SL. DESCRIPTION SUBMISSION

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR 132 KV & 33 KV SF6 CIRCUIT BREAKER

Sl. No. STANDARD TITLE

Each mechanism shall have an operation counter.

Sl. Particulars Unit Data for Data for

Sl. Particulars Unit Data for Data for

Sl. Particulars Unit Data for Data for

19.0 ERECTION, TESTING AND COMMISSIONING

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR 132 KV & 33 KV ISOLATOR

Sl. Particulars 132 KV 33 KV